hlmaritimetest engine

MARITIME TESTSEngine Category

EM1-Plan and Schedule Operations

Q: On board your vessel the main engine consumes hourly 1375litres HFO, the boiler 560 litres per hour and the auxiliary diesel 166litres per hour. At what throughput shall you feed the HFO purifier?

1)

2)

3)

4)

3700 litres/hour

3200 litres/hour

2600 litres/hour

2350 litres/hour4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose the crankcase oil system contains 14000 litres of oil andthe capacity of the Lubrication Oil purifier is 2500 litres/hourmaximum, what throughput should be maintained?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2300 - 2400 litres per hour.



1350 - 1450 litres per hour.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most practical way to control the humidity of thecooled air to the accommodation as well as efficiency control intropical climates ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Keep the outside watertight doors closed as much as possible.

Keep portholes and vents closed.

Keep both fresh air intake and recirculation open , throttle withF.A.I.

Ensure galley, laundry room, drying room doors always closed.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You are required to order 1 years supply of refrigerantcompressor oil and you estimate that consumption will be 480 litresin that time. If there is already an open drum of 180 litres on board,what will you order ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

One drum x 205 litres + 5 pails x 20 litres.

Two drums x 205 litres.

15 pails x 20 litres.

24 pails x 20 litres.4

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic1

Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of 5-yearly maintenance should be carried out on thistype of heat exchanger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pull and clean tube nest and inspection by class surveyor.

Exchange all gaskets, clean and test for classification.

Mechanical and chemical cleaning, test for classification.

Open inspection covers and check for leaks, clean tubes.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: According to regulations, on board ships it is necessary to havePUMP REDUNDANCY. What does this mean ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

All pumps in the engine room are duplicated

All essential pumps in the engine room have a back-up possibility

Two identical pumps must be fitted for each circuit.

A stand-by pump must be available for each pump separately2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most important connection with the deck departmentfor the chief engineer ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Maintenance of all safety appliances.

Maintenance of all cargo gear.

Knowledge of all sailing plans and cargo loading/discharging.

The ships speed and consumption.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most aspect of communication with the deckdepartment ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ballasting operations, cargo hold bilge pumping.

Executing of orders from the bridge.

Executing orders from and issuing warnings to the bridge.

Operation of fire fighting and life saving equipment.3

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic2

Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following is the Chief Engineer's obligation tocalculate in advance for the next voyage and may not be delegated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fuel requirement.

Lub oil requirement.

Spares and consumable stores essential for the voyage.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The water in a steaming auxiliary boiler should be tested daily for.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

dissolved oxygen.

dissolved nitrogen.

chlorides.

sulphites.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the starting air layout shown what is the purpose of item 'A'?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pilot air control valve.

Automatic air venting valve.

Interlock air blocking valve.

Air relief valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of item "PC" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure Controller activating 3-way valve solenoid

Pressure Container admitting air to air bottle

Pressure Container activating automatic pressure release valve

Piston Controller activating compressor piston movement1

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic3

Version 1.0.0

EM10-Diagnose and Correct Equipment Malfunctions

Q: What is item "U" and how does it act on item "S" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Item "U" is the uplifter of the air bottle's safety valve.

Item "U" is the upper pressure limit valve activating the solenoid.

Item "U" is the unloader lifting the compressor suction valve.

Item "U" is the activator for the safety release valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You will notice in this drawing that steam traps are fitted so onlycondensate can return. Then why is there an atmospheric condenserfitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because the water is condensed under pressure and will re-evaporate.

To allow the vapour and water to be cooled under vacuum.

To de-airate the water under vacuum.

To avoid steaming up if steam traps are frequently stuck ordefective. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen if the seat plate 5 is ground too much allowingvalve disc 4 to open an increased amount?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The thermodynamic efficiency decreases.

The compression ratio decreases.

The maximum output pressure decreases.

All of these.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the steps to be taken, in what order, to stabilise thegovernor of a diesel engine after overhaul ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Adjust speed P, then integrate, next differentiating, from 0.

Set integrating to MAX. than adjust speed P and differential D.

Set integrating to MAX, differentiating to MIN, adjust speed upward.

Integrating and differentiating MAX, set speed from 0 upwards.1

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic4

Version 1.0.0


Q: All engine crankcase explosion investigations have show onlyone thing in common; this is ......

1)

2)

3)

4)

the build up of oil vapour.

excessively high lubricating oil temperature.

evidence of a hot spot.

a wiped crankshaft bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the primary cause of scavenge air space fires ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Blow-by due to broken piston rings.

Insufficient cylinder lubrication.

Faulty injectors.

Excessive cylinder lubrication.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the performance of a centrifugal pump deteriorates over time(tons/hour x height in metres) it is usually due to .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

cavitation of the impeller.

excessive wear between impeller and wear ring.

condition of the ball bearing.

condition of the pump housing.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The amount, condition and appearance of liquid collecting inbilges over time is a sign of ......?

1)

2)

3)

4)

sloppy engine room management.

flooding taking place.

specific system losses.

leakage or overflow.3

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic5

Version 1.0.0


Q: Which are the parameters that steer the automatic level controlsystem of the boiler shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water level and steam consumption.

Feedvalve and feed by-pass valve.

The level controller.

The level transmitter.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the significant combustible elements of fuel oil are amajor source of air pollution?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Sulphur, carbon.

Nitrogen, oxygen.

Carbon, oxygen.

Hydrogen, nitrogen.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Too high alkalinity of boiler water may cause ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

scale.

corrosion.

caustic embrittlement.

alkoid precipitation.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The weakening of boiler steel as the result of inner crystallinecracking is known as ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

exposure stress.

caustic embrittlement.

alkaline stress.

corrosion.2

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic6

Version 1.0.0


Q: Uneven flame distribution during combustion in the boiler furnaceis known as .......

1)

2)

3)

4)

flame impingement.

furnace overload.

burner flame failure.

unequal firing.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The best way to ensure engine speed governor stability is toallow a given ratio of .......

1)

2)

3)

4)

stability.

sensitivity.

speed droop.

compensation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When a new cylinder liner is fitted to a 2-stroke engine, which ofthe following steps should be taken ? I. Increase the cylinder oilflow. II. Reduce the cylinder load. III. Reduce the oil flow.

1)

2)

3)

4)

I and II

I, II and III

II and III

I and III1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you get a heavy scavenging air fire, which of these parts islikely to suffer the most serious damage ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The crosshead bearing.

The piston.

The exhaust valve.

The stuffing box.4

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic7

Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking a set of crankshaft deflections the + sign isindicated, example +4. This means that .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the crankpin location is 4/100 mm out of centre.

the crankwebs have opened up by 4/100 mm.

the crankwebs have closed in by 4/100 mm.

one main bearing on one side is 4/100 mm bigger than the other.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the operation shown what is being checked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Axial position of the compressor impeller.

Turbine wheel/nozzle clearance.

Axial location of the labrynth gland.

Axial movement in the thrust bearings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of part number 2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To prevent clean liquid mixing with the in-coming dirty liquid.

To accelerate the liquid to the same speed as the bowl.

To reduce the bowl speed to adapt to the type of liquid.

To keep the liquid separated.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The use of a steam trap has a beneficial influence on the thermalbalance of the heat exchanger fitted before that trap. This is because.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

it will allow the steam to expand to atmospheric pressure.

all heat is used under corresponding saturated pressure.

all heat will be extracted from the steam before turning to water.

it will allow the steam to expand below atmosphere to vacuum.3

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic8

Version 1.0.0

EM3-Operate, Monitor and Evaluate Engine Performance

Q: A ship's propeller is 4882 mm in diameter with pitch of 4226 mm.The engine RPM is 122. Assuming no slip what is the ship's speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

19.29 knots.

18.44 knots.

16.7 knots.

15.22 knots.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A ship's main engine runs at 114 RPM. The slip that day was 7.4%. If the ship's speed that day was 13.82 knots, what is the pitch ofthe propeller ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

4426 mm

4182 mm

4040 mm

3938 mm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A vessel has a propeller with 3828 mm pitch and makes 109 RPM.If the sea speed is 12.8 knots, what is the slip ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

8.3 %

3.8 %

5.3 %

3.5 %3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A diesel engine cylinder diameter is 700 mm, its stroke is 1200mm, its IMP is 8.9 bar and its revolutions 120 RPM. What is thePOWER developed per cylinder ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1095 IHP

2052 BHP

1633 shaft horsepower

2344 metric HP1

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic9

Version 1.0.0


Q: How is it ensured that the flow of the scavenge air is directedsymmetrically through the cylinder ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the uniflow system.

By the reverse system.

By the turbocharger.

By the scavenge port shape.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What factors influence the vacuum (vacuum %) inside the shell ofa fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The temperature of the fresh water heating the evaporator.

The temperature of the sea water cooling the condenser.

The pressure of the ejector water on the vacuum ejector.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: As we can use only the linear part of the characteristic, thisshows that the flapper can only travel 0.01 mm, therefore DELTA psiobtained can only be less than 1 psi. Can we use the flapper nozzlesystem ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, the nozzle/flapper assembly needs modification.

No , the flapper system will gives erratic readings.

Yes, but the valves need a servo booster.

Yes, but the readings obtained between DELTA psi need to beamplified. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On which part of the Pneumatic Amplifier is the nozzle backpressure of the nozzle/flapper (NBP) acting ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On spring S

On ball valve B

On valve V

On membrane M4

Engine Category

Answer :

@ 2012 Hobby Logic10

Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the function of ball valve B in relation to the outletpressure Pu of this pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To push the membrane back in place after each movement

Opening port of 20 psi supply air access

To push the atmospheric vent close, increase Pu

To counteract the pressure on the membrane M , decrease Pu2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of valve V in relation to the outlet pressurePu of this pneumatic amplifier

1)

2)

3)

4)

To allow stabilising feedback pressure on the membrane

To allow venting of pressure Pu to the atmosphere

To transmit the pressure Pu to the membrane

To push spring S open via the ball B2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: These characteristics show Pu in relation to flapper distance andNBP of a pneumatic nozzle flapper and transmitter; thus with thesmallest distance movements it fluctuates sharply. What is the resultand the remedy ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Unsteady operation .Springs are to be fitted on all moving parts.

Tendency to close. Fit by pass nozzle to amplifier.

Tendency to open. Fit elongated flappers in output.

Unsteady operation. Bellows are to be fitted in pneumatic lines.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This is an actual lay-out drawing of a pneumatic amplifier block.Where is the 20 psi supply air admitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At air passage item 12




Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where is the output pressure Pu taken from this pneumaticamplifier shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air passage 12

Air passage 13

Air passage 14

Air passage 153

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Via which air passage is the nozzle back pressure from thenozzle/flapper admitted for this pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air passage 12

Air passage 13

Air passage 14

Air passage 151

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item No 3 shown of this pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Retaining plates for the ball valve.

Blade (feather) springs to load the ball and the vent valve.

Nozzle flappers.

Ball valve securing blades.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can the output pressure Pu of this pneumatic amplifier beinitially adjusted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By screw item 4

By screw item 11

By screw item 1

By screw item 101

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No 4 shown in this drawing of a pneumatic amplifier?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The air supply compartment.

The exhaust or vent compartment.

The output air compartment.

The nozzle back pressure supply compartment.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the amplification factor (K) of a pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

K = 4

K = 12

K = 16

K = 203

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the length of "a" is equal to the length of "b" what will be theproportional band "PB" of this pneumatic controller ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 %

25 %

50 %

100 %4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If Q1 is the filling volume of the tank and Q2 the outflow volume ofthe tank and the level L is constant by controller output pressure Pu= 9 psi, the valve V2 will be open for .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

100 %

75 %

50 %

25 %3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the input flow Q1 increases to Q1' and level L increases to L'what will initially happen ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The amplifier will increase its air output pressurising bellow P

The output pressure Pu will increase proportionally to L'

The proportional band PB will change

The amplification factor K will change1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you call the pneumatic mode of operating of thepneumatic controlled valve V2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Positive activation

Negative activation

Air to Open

Air to Close3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This characteristic shows the output pressure of a controllereffecting valve lift. If PB = 100 % is the graph shown in "a" . What isthe graph of PB = 50 % ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Graph b

Graph e

Graph d

Graph f1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This characteristic shows output pressure of a controllereffecting valve lift. If PB = 100 % is the graph shown in "a " . What isthe amplification factor and the proportional band represented bygraph "f" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Amplification 50 %, Proportional Band 100 %

Amplification 0, Proportional Band infinitive

Amplification infinitive, Proportional band 0

Proportional band 50 %, amplification 100 %2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Graph "d" of this characteristic showing output pressure Pu of acontroller effecting valve lift, represents ZERO proportional bandover INFINITIVE amplification. How does the system works ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It does not regulate the level at all.

It works with intolerable offsets.

It works with maximum range offsets.

It works FULL OPEN/FULL CLOSE, unsteady, offset NIL.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the pressures in the MV and the SV bellows are equal, what willbe the output pressure Pu of this pneumatic P-controller ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

3 psi

6 psi

9 psi

12 psi3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the measured value bellow is connected to the output of thejacket CW temperature transmitter and the Pu of the controller is 9psi, and we reduce the temperature setting from 75 to 72 degree Cwhat happens to the Pu ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It will increase to 20 psi.

It will decrease below 9 psi.

It will increase above 9 psi.

It will decrease to 0 psi.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose the variation of INPUT is 1 psi down instead of 1 psi upon this pneumatic P-Controller. If the proportional band PB is 25 %what will be the output pressure ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

3 psi

2 psi

6 psi

0 psi1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Suppose the INPUT of the pneumatic controller is 4 psi and thePB is 25 %. If variation on the input is 1psi down, what is thevariation on the output expressed in psi ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

4 psi

2 psi

1 psi

6 psi3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be the variation of output on this pneumaticcontroller if Proportional B and PB = infinity, by varying the input asshown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 psi

Infinity, full open, full close control system

Between 3 and 15 psi

No response, nil4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose the Proportional Band of this pneumatic controller isincreased to 500 % and the input variation remains the same. Whatwould be the output variation ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 psi

5 psi

0.2 psi

0.5 psi3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This characteristic shows output pressure of a pneumaticcontroller controlling water level. The level is fluctuating. What iswrong with the setting of the controller.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The span is too narrow.

The range is too large.

The proportional band is too small.

The amplification is too small.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Something is wrong with the controller setting of this water levelcontrol system. Suppose the Proportional Band is 12.5 %, to whatvalue would you reset it ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20 %

50 %

100 %

500 %3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In this electrical amplifier drawing, what takes the place of theflapper/nozzle unit used by the pneumatic control unit with amplifier?

1)

2)

3)

4)

R2

R1

U1

U21

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This drawing shows which kind of pneumatic controller ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A proportional controller.

A proportional integrating controller.

A proportional differentiating controller.

A proportional integrating-differential controller.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Since the output of the pressure transmitter is not linear with theflow in the pipe as measured over the measuring flange the outputsignal should be sent to a ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

balancing valve.

equaliser.

root extractor.

summator.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: From this drawing of a pneumatic pressure transmitter, what isthe Proportional Band setting ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Proportional Band = 100 %, amplification K = 1

Proportional Band less than 100 %, amplification K more than 1

Proportional Band more than 100 %, amplification K less than 1

Proportional Band 0%, amplification infinitive2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For which type of controller are these the input (left) and theresponse (right) characteristics ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pneumatic inverter

A pneumatic integrator

A pressure integrating controller

A proportional integrating controller4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The manometer with scale indication shown here is fitted in the............... line of a controller or valve positioner which supplies apneumatic valve motor with " Pressure to ..... function.

1)

2)

3)

4)

supply, " Close "

input, " Open "

output, " Open "

input, " Close "3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What measure of power developed inside a cylinder is obtainedby using the formula PMI x cylinder section surface (cm2) x stroke(metre) : 75 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Brake horsepower.

Metric Horsepower.

Effective horsepower.

Indicated horsepower.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A ship makes an observed speed of 17 knots. The engine speed is17.5 knots. What is the propeller slip ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

28.5 %

285 %

.0285 %

2.85 %4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An engine develops 2500 IHP and the BHP is 2000. What is themechanical efficiency?

1)

2)

3)

4)

12.5 or 1250%

1.25 or 125%

0.8 or 80%

0.08 or 8%3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Thermal efficiency refers to heat engines and is the ratio of .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

input to the output on the power take off.

output on the shaft/flywheel to internally produced power.

horsepower to BTU input of fuel.

Output to BTU converted in energy.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is a record of the pressure existing in thecylinder at various positions of the piston throughout the enginecycle ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Timing diagram.

An Indicator diagram.

A Temperature diagram.

a Cycle diagram.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The basic type of reversing air starting system that can be usedonly on two-stroke, ported, direct coupled, propulsion Dieselengines is the .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

rotating camshaft.

reversing latch.

sliding camshaft.

distributor type.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: To find the indicated power developed in the cylinder theindicator card is used to determine the ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

compression pressure.

firing pressure.

mean effective pressure.

mean height of the diagram.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What method is employed in the design of waste heat boilers toobtain maximum heat transfer while maintaining low overall weight ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steel fins are installed on the generating tubes to increase theeffective surface area.

An unfired exhaust gas preheater is added to increase the heattransfer rate.

An external superheated unit is located above the boiler to the gaspassages.

Feedwater is preheated in a separately fired economizer.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The flow through this heat exchanger is determined by the"Reynolds number". Depending on certain factors, this allows thesystem designer to select either...

1)

2)

3)

4)

streamline flow or contra flow.

turbulent flow or laminar flow.

parallel flow or turbulent flow.

parallel flow or contra flow.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is this connecting rod eye split obliquely?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To decrease the bottom end bolt shock loading.

To avoid setting up unecessary stress in the rod eye.

To allow the piston/connecting rod to pass through the liner.

To allow access to both of the bolts and bearing from one side ofthe engine. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If when in port there is an urgent need to pump bilge water fromthe vessel, what would you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Authorise pumping the bilges over the side via the oily waterseparator.

Instruct the watchkeeper to lower the bilges only during night time.

Issue strict instructions that the bilges must only be discharged to ashore tank or barge facility.

Instruct the watchkeeper to pump bilges to the dirty oil tank orsludge tank and note in logbook 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After bunkering when all the fuel oil tanks have been topped off,which of the listed procedures should be followed next ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pressure vacuum relief valves should be reset.

The tanks should be sounded to make sure the levels are notrising.

The tanks should be marked with a bull stamp on the manifoldfilling valve.

All of these.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A pump can empty a tank in 12 hours, another pump can emptythe same tank in 4 hours, and another can empty this tank in 9hours. If all three pumps are used together, how long would it take toempty it ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

4/9 hours

2 and 1/4 hours

2 hours

3 hours2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EM5-Manage Fuel and Ballast Operations

Q: Every ship above 400 tons gross shall be provided with tank(s) ofadequate capacity to receive oily residues or sludges such as thoseresulting from ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

heavy fuel oil purification leakages, lantern and scavenge spacesleakages and drainages from engines.

lubricating purification and crankcase leakages from machinery andstern tube leakages.

diesel oil leakages from purification, main and auxiliary engine fuelleakages.

All oil leakages in the engine room inclusive of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Concerning the designing and construction of Machinery SpaceOily Residue Tanks (Sludge Tanks) what requirements, besidescapacity, need to be met ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

All engine room overflows and leakage tanks must drain into them..

They must be capable of being pumped overboard through a15ppm separating system.

They must have cleaning facilities and arrangements to dischargeto reception facilities.

They must have steaming out and pumping out connections fitted.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For ships not fitted with a sludge burning incinerator, the sludgetank capacity shall be directly proportional to ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the size of the vessel.

the total horse power (or kWatt) generated in the engine room.

the amount of fuel purified for daily consumption times themaximum period between voyage ports.

the number of purifiers fitted on board times the maximum range ofthe ship. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Written information must be available each time a ship carries outbunkering operations inclusive the titles. This information includesthe names of the persons engaged in bunkering operations. Whichpersons ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The responsible person in charge, the engineer officer in charge ofbunkering in the engine room and the person(s) assigned on deck.

The chief engineer, the engineer officer in charge in the engineroom and the petty officer on deck.

The chief engineer, the duty engineer and the duty officer.

The responsible person in charge, the duty engineer, the engineerin charge of bunkering and the stand-by team on deck. 1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EM5-Manage Fuel and Ballast Operations

Q: Written information must be available each time a ship carries outbunkering operations. This information must include the following....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the specific gravity of the oil and the level at which bunker tanks areto be closed.

the ventilation and overflow system of each tank and the bunkerrate in tons per hour.

the procedures for topping off tanks and the bunker slow down rate.

the bunkering rates, procedures for topping off tanks and the levelat which bunker tanks are to be closed. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Written information must be available each time bunkeringoperations are carried out. This should include information aboutreporting oil spills and provide contact details for which of theseorganisations?

1)

2)

3)

4)

II, III, IV, VI, VIII, IX

I, II, III, VI, VII, VIII

I, III, IV, V, VIII, IX

III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will cause the oil/water interface in this centrifugal separatorto move outwards from its correct position?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An increase in the oil flow rate.

A decrease in the viscosity of the oil.

An increase in the temperature of the oil.

An decrease in the temperature of the oil.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: From the sample diagrams shown, choose the correct voltagewaveform measured across the load.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

2

3

43

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EM7-Operate Electrical and Electronic Equipment

Q: What is the function of the circuit shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

DC to AC voltage converter.

Three phase rectifier.

Three phase AC converter.

Three phase oscillator.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will be the binary output at A ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

0

1 1

1 02

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will be the binary output at E ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

0

1 0

1 12

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Indicate the correct characteristic of the amplifier "A".

1)

2)

3)

4)

An input impedance lower than 1,000 Ohm

A voltage gain greater than 100,000

An output impedance greater than 10,000 Ohm

A frequency range less than 1kHz2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: An ideal operational amplifier is characterised by.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

infinite input impedance.

infinite output impedance.

limited bandwidth.

limited open loop voltage gain.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does this symbol represent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A differential trigger.

A binary register.

A binary flip-flop.

A digital amplifier.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a high-pass filter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A circuit that will only pass a high voltage.

A circuit that blocks a high voltage.

A circuit that will limit resistance.

A circuit that will only pass high frequency signals.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these formulas is used to calculate capacitive reactance(Xc) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A

B

C

D2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The second potentiometer of this electric command system islocated in the steering gear. What moves this potentiometer ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The telemotor.

The rudder angle indicator.

The rudder position via the trunion connection.

The eccentric pushrod on the HELE-SHAW pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the set pressure (opening pressure) adjusted on thecylinder head safety valve of a diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By adjusting the distance of the valve cone.

By adjusting the lift height of the spindle.

By fitting distance washers.

By adjusting the spring pressure.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What control equipment drawing is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An electric P-controller.

An electric differentiating amplifier.

An electric temperature measurement scanner.

An electric pressure transmitter system.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Here 'S' is the support point in the middle of pivoting arm 'AB'.For a given increase in water level the valve is opened by the samedistance, therefore the amplification is 1. What will happen if b = 2 xa ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The water will drop twice as fast in the tank

The valve will open twice the distance of the increased level

The amplification is increased by 50 %

The process will not longer working2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A six-pole asynchronous motor is connected to a power supplywith a frequency of 50 Hz. If the rotor bar frequency is 2.3 Hz, whatwill be the speed of the motor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

972 RPM

954 RPM

928 RPM

912 RPM2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A six pole asynchronous motor is fed from a 60 Hz circuit and hasa slip of 5 %. What is the motor speed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1720 RPM

1560 RPM

1140 RPM

960 RPM3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A star connected induction motor operates on 220 V with powerfactor 0.7 and efficiency of 82 %. Its output is 8 HP. What is thephase, current and voltage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

I phase is 12.8 Ampere , phase voltage is 220 Volt.

I phase is 27.3 Ampere, phase voltage is 127 Volt.

I phase is 15.8 Ampere, phase voltage is 220 Volt.

I phase is 22.7 Ampere, phase voltage is 127 Volt.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A 3-phase 60 cycle motor delivers 50 HP to a pump (shaft output).What is the torque if the RPM is 1176 RPM ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

223 pound-feet

175 pound-feet

275 pound-feet

250 pound-feet1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In these integrator circuits the air flow through the restrictor andthe current through the resistance ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

remains constant.

decreases with time.

increases with time.

is negative.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the difference in function between these electrical and thepneumatic integrators ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

None

The pneumatic integrator is slower

The electric integrator is slower

They work in opposite directions1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The size of any electrical conductor should be such that inpractice, the voltage drop at full load will not exceed .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 %

2 %

3 %

5 %2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Two 3 phase 4160 Volt, 60 Hz alternators are operated in parallel.The total load of the system is 1050 kW with power factor 0.75lagging. If alternator No 1 is carrying 700 kW at 80 % power factorlagging ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the Power Factor of alternator No 2 is lagging 0.7352.



the Power Factor of alternator No 2 is lagging 0.658.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Alternator (A) 100 kVA runs parallel with alternator (B) 125 kVA,both are 3 phase, 240 V, 60 Hz. The load of A is 60 kW, 90% powerfactor and the load of B is 80 kW, 70 % power factor. What is the totalload ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

472.8 Amps

458.8 Amps

429.8 Amps

416.8 Amps3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The pick up and the time settings of reverse power relays areadjustable. If the prime mover of the alternator is a steam turbinewhat is the trip level setting ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.5 - 1 %

2 - 3 %

4 - 6 %

6 - 7 %2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the prime mover of an alternator is a diesel engine, what shouldthe Reverse Power Relay's pick up setting be ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

5 - 10 %

10 - 15 %

8 - 10 %

5 - 12 %4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The characteristics shown here indicate a ramp input on the lefttogether with the corresponding output on the right of .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

a proportional controller.

a pure integrator.

a pure differentiator.

a proportional integrating controller.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: These graphs are, left, the step input and, right, the outputresponse of a controller. What characteristics are shown ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The controller response output characteristics.

The integrator characteristics.

The PI characteristics.

The integrator differential characteristics.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For which type of controller are the input and outputcharacteristics shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressure indicating controller.

A proportional integrating controller.

A PI differentiating controller.

A pneumatic indicating controller.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In this drawing, the triangle marked "A" represents ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

an operational amplifier.

an ampere-differential transmitter.

an analog converter.

a current converter.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which resistor determines the proportional band on thiselectronic proportional integrating controller ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Rf

R1

R2

R34

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Fitting a restriction R1 in the supply to the proportional feedbackof this PID controller ensures that for an initial small variation on theinput, the initial response on the output will be ......

1)

2)

3)

4)

zero.

very weak.

proportional.

strong.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For which control instrument are these the input (left) and theoutput or response (right) characteristics ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressure differentiator.

A proportional differentiating controller.

A pressure controlling data register.

A pneumatic differentiating controller.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For this PID controller to act only as a P (proportional) controller,what should be the arrangement of restricting valves R1 and R2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

R1 fully open, R2 closed

R1 fully open, R2 fully open

R1 closed, R2 closed

R1 closed, R2 fully open1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For which kind of controller are the input and outputcharacteristics shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressure indicating controller

A proportional integrating-differentiating controller

A proportional indicating differentiator

A pneumatic differential summator2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In the output characteristics (right) of this controller, whichresponse lines are clearly shown ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The output, variation and differentiation.

The proportional output, offset and integration.

The proportional, integration and differentiation.

The proportional, variation and integration.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the differentiating action of this PID controller obtained ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By C and R1

By C and R2

By C and R3

By C and RL1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The three conductor system used by Wheatstone Bridge lay-outsis intended to provide ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

compensation for changing conductor resistance by changingtemperature.

zero setting at all times by variable resistances to be measured.

balancing of the bridge by very high or very low temperatures.

conversion of an electrical signal into a pneumatic signal.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The function of this measuring system is to ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

convert a digital signal into a pressure.

convert an electric temperature measurement into a pneumaticsignal.

convert Wheatstone Bridge readings into remote pressurereadings.

convert Field Effect Transistor readings into a temperature reading.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The resistance characteristic of Platinum is linear. The resistancecharacteristic of Nickel is non-linear. How can the characteristic ofNickel be made linear ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By using a three-wire system Wheatstone Bridge

By fitting a compensation cable

By fitting another resistance in parallel

By fitting another resistance in series3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Item No 2 of this Wheatstone Bridge is .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the field wire fed by amplifier A

the feed-back coil fed by amplifier A

the field balance indicating field wire of amplifier output

the thermal resistance fed by the output of amplifier A4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The potential of this thermocouple bridge is zero if allconnections are kept at the same temperature. Why is the indicationof the potentiometer zero ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because of the second balancing couple B.

Because of the copper (Cu) calibration wiring connected to C andD.

Because A and B couples are opposed.

Because the connections in A and B and in C and D are opposed4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the fastening device shown at the left side of the drawing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A beam clamp.

An angle iron fastener.

A frame clamp.

A support fastener.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO1-Use Hand and Power Tools for Fabrication and Repair

Q: What is the measuring instrument shown on the left top ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An outside calliper.

An outside pipe calliper.

A Dornier calliper.

A Vernier calliper.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the accuracy of the measuring instrument shown on thetop left ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1/10th to 1/20th millimetre

1/20th to 1/25th millimetre

0.1 to 0.5 millimetre

0.1 to 0.25 millimetre1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose you need to draw a circle of 186 mm diameter on metalor on a packing sheet. How would you do this using the compassshown top centre ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Measure 186mm on packing, draw 2 lines through the centre.

Set opening of compass legs to 93 mm using a steel ruler.

Indicate straight line with points 0mm, 93mm and 186mm onpacking.

Project first a hexagon on packing or steel plate.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the accuracy of a micrometer shown top right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.1 to 0.2 millimetres.



0.05 to 0.01 millimetres.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the measuring device shown at the bottom ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A tracing instrument.

A right angle plane tracer.

An angular tracer.

A 90 degree angle projector.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the measuring device shown in the top and what is itused for ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A thread gauge. To measure thread size on bolts and studs.

A bolt thickness gauge. To measure the size of bolts.

Thread thickness gauge. Measure clearance of bolts and nuts.

Thread wear down gauge. Measures wear-down on bolts / nuts.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What measuring device is shown in the bottom left corner ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pipe calliper.

An inside tracer.

An adjustable inside calliper.

A bore calliper.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the calliper shown in the bottom leftcorner ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Measuring piston ring gaps.

Measuring fuel pump lifts.

Measuring inside diameters of hydraulic pipes.

Measuring inside diameters or gaps.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the measuring device shown in the right bottom corner ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A flange calliper.

A pipe calliper.

An adjustable pipe calliper.

An adjustable outside calliper.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will the tool shown at the top be powered if it is to be usedon tankers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By battery power, 12 Volt maximum.

By AC power 110 Volt, 60 Hz maximum.

By compressed air 8.5 kg/cm2 maximum.

By compressed air 3.5 kg/cm2 maximum.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For what are RECOIL-LESS HAMMERS used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To assemble tight fitting parts.

To chisel deep grooves in metal.

To hammer on ring spanners.

To test the foundation bolts of engines.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown top left and for what is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A ratchet spanner / Used on main engine piston crowns.

A torque spanner / Used on foundation bolts.

A forged torque spanner / Used to hammer nuts.

A forged ring spanner / Used to be hammered by a sledgehammer.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the tool shown upper right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A bearing cap-wrench.

A purifier assembly wrench.

An orifice removal wrench.

A hydrant wrench.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What tool is shown bottom left and for what is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Articulated socket wrench/ Out of centre extension.

Square ratchet wrench / 45 degree out of line wrench.

Flexible socket spanner / For sunken nuts removal and fitting.

Flexible ratchet wrench / As extension for ratchets.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown right bottom and into what does it fit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A bar wrench / It fits into exhaust gas pipe fastening bolts.

An angle wrench / It fits into cylinder cover plugs.

A socket bolt wrench / It fits into Allen Bolts (Allen keys).

A torque wrench / It fits over nuts.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of wrench is shown upper left ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An adjustable spanner.

A spring wrench.

A Stillwell adjustable wrench.

A Stilson wrench.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of tool is shown upper right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Stilson wrench.

A pipe wrench.

An adjustable nut wrench.

An adjustable vice grip wrench.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the tool shown bottom left ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A ratchet spanner.

A flexible ring spanner.

A forged flexible star-spanner

A torque ring spanner.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown top right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A star spanner, double forged.

A mechanic's spanner.

A common bolt spanner, double forged.

A double ended open jaw spanner.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the tool shown top left ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A flat mechanic's double spanner.

A double ended ring spanner.

A double flat spanner.

A forked double spanner2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of tool is shown bottom left ? How can it be extended?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A star spanner / Extended by torque bar.

An open spanner / Cannot be extended.

A double hexagon spanner / Extended by rod.

A single ended ring spanner / Extended by a pipe or tube.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown bottom right bottom ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A combined open ended spanner and socket wrench.

A flat ratchet spanner.

A socket wrench forked spanner.

A single ended forked ratchet wrench.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of assembly does the upper left piece and the uppercentre piece make ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A socket wrench assembly.

A ratchet spanner.

A ratchet lever assembly.

A ratchet torque assembly.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown on the bottom left corner of the pictureand when is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A rod spanner / For cylinder cover tightening.

An extended spanner / When the nut is found frozen.

A hexagon fork spanner. / To apply extra force when tightening.

A pinchbar spanner / When there is no side space available.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of tool is shown bottom centre ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An adjustable pocket spanner.

A pipe wrench.

A shifting spanner.

A Stilson wrench.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On what equipment should the wrench shown bottom right beused ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On bolts and nuts.

On broken studs.

On large diameter pipes and shafts.

On electric motor couplings.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The tools shown here are ................?

1)

2)

3)

4)

engineer's tools.

electrician's tools.

duty engineer's and watchkeeper's control room tools.

welder's tools.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the tool shown top left called and by whom is it mostlyused ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Welding rod pliers / fitters and welders.

Manometer curved pliers / engineers.

Instrument long nose pliers / Automation and control engineers.

Curved long nose pliers / Electricians.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the tool shown top right and by whom is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Combination pliers / For general use.

Electrician's pliers / By the electrician.

Mechanical pliers / By the engineers and fitters.

Flat nose pliers / By the electrician.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the tool shown bottom left and by whom is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inside circlip pliers / By engineers.

Outside circlip pliers / By engineers.

Round point pliers / By electricians.

Eye nose pliers / By the electrician.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown bottom left ? What is its use ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mason's chisel / To break up cement boxes.

Blacksmith's chisel / To cut steel bars and rods.

Hot chisel / To cut bolts and nuts.

Cold chisel / A general purpose cutting and splitting tool.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the welding torch and the oxygen/acetylene pressure regulatorsare fitted in the engine room workshop, to what should they beconnected ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The oxygen and acetylene bottles.

Oxygen and acetylene pipe lines.

Gas bottles depending the material to weld.

Safety valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When igniting the welding torch, how would you proceed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Open acetylene, ignite, than adjust flame with oxygen.

Open oxygen and acetylene, than ignite

Open acetylene, ignite, open oxygen than adjust flame

Ignite whilst controlling acetylene, open oxygen, adjust flame4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the gas welding equipment shown right side ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A heavy duty welding torch.

A blow-by torch.

A cutting torch.

An illumination torch.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How should oxygen and acetylene bottles be transported. ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In a safety net, well secured..

In a special provided stand with clamps.

With the caps secured by gas-tight tape.

In an upright position.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Depending on the plate thickness to be cut you should increase................?

1)

2)

3)

4)

the acetylene flow.

the oxygen flow.

the oxygen and the acetylene flow.

the nozzle size.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If you are welding in the workshop, you must ensure in advancethat the bridge is told and that .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the Chief Engineer is informed as well.

the emergency fire pump is started.

the fire extinguishers of the engine room platform are not expired.

the fire alarm for the workshop platform is switched off.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of this hydraulic stressing tool whenfastening and unfastening bolts/nuts on an engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To fasten or unfasten the nut.

To press the part to be fastened together or down so that the nutcan be tightened by hand.

To apply pressure on cylinder head or bearing so that the bolts/nutscan be tightened by hand.

To elongate the bolts at required stress value so that the nuts canbe tightened to the position to ensure correct pre-tensioning. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The "scleroscope" is used to determining ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

the "hardness " of a metal..

the "thickness" of a metal.

the "brittleness" of a metal.

the existence of cracks in metal.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these four screws is a fillister head screw ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No 1

No 2

No 3

No 41

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of screw is No. 2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A hexagon head screw.

A button head screw.

A flat head screw.

A fillister head screw.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)



A fillister head screw.

A flat head screw.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)



A flat head screw.

A button head screw.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For cutting hard materials, metal saws with ...............................blades should be used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

large pitch.

small pitch.

sharp angle teeth.

dual angle teeth.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When starting to tap a hole, how is the process checked forperpendicularity?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By sighting.

By spirit level.

By try square.

By straight edge.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What general name is given to files which remove maximum metalin the shortest time?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Single cut.

Draw file.

Double cut.

Bastard.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The figure shows welded tee joints. What preparation is requiredfor No.2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Single bevel

Double bevel

Double V

Double U2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When fitting new bottom ends to a small diesel engine, thebottom end bolts have no locking devices. Which of the followingshould be fitted.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Taper pins

Bifurcated taper pins

Parallel pins

Split pins4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The sketch shows the rollers for a pyramid rolling machine.Which is the idler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.41

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What device is fitted to prevent component gases mixing inhoses?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A relief vale.

A stop valve.

A by-pass valve.

A hose check valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The diagram shows four types of machine screws. Identify thecheese head screw.

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.44

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Identify the powered hand tool No. 2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Drill

Grinder

Screwdriver

Input wrench4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Perspex is an example of a thermoplastic, How is this bestheated prior to bending?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Heat in an oven.

Heat in boiling water.

Flame heat.

Hot air stream.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: It is required to make a drip tray. What machine would be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Powered brake press.

Rolling machine.

Hand operated folding machine.

Nibbler.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In readiness for use, a good scraper would have it's cuttingedges?

1)

2)

3)

4)

GroundOil stoned

GroundOil stoned

HonedSand stoned

PolishedSand stoned 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A method of joining two plastics together is by solvent welding.What is this process?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Application of a thin film of adhesive to joining surfaces.

Adhesive is applied and dissolves the plastic material being joined.

A heating tool is applied with pressure to required join.

A high frequency current is applied to clamps at the join.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When gas cutting a mild steel plate, what does the size of nozzleused depend upon?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Thickness the of plate

The gases used

Impurities in the material

Gases remaining in the cylinder1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The sketch shows a partially completed knocked up joint madefrom 0.5 mm plate. Which direction of bending completes the joint?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.42

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: .A short box girder is fabricated from 8 mm steel plate. Whatedge preparation is required for No.2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

None.

Single bevel Closed corner.

Double bevel closed corner.

Double U.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Welding fumes can be dangerous. When welding in the workshophow is welding rendered safe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By respirator.

By extraction.

By ventilation.

By extractor welding gun.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which set of equipment is required to mark out the keyway of a 30mm diameter shaft?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Porthole glassSlip gauges

Dial gaugeVee block

Polish flat barSlip gauges

Surface plateVee block 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A blind hole in a valve casing requires to be tapped 12 mm.Which tap(s) would be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Plug.

Second and plug.

Taper and plug.

Taper, second and plug.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For the fillet weld shown, what is the throat length?

1)

2)

3)

4)

ad

ae

Db

af4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A crankcase weld requires detailed inspection while on passage.How would this be carried out?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By x-ray.

Visually.

By dye penetrant.

By magnetic particle.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which gas is NOT commonly used as a fuel when cutting steelplate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Propane.

Acetylene.

Natural gas.

Helium.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When bonding together two metal components, what is thecorrect sequence?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Clamp together.Add activator to epoxy resin.

Add activator to epoxy resin.Clamp together.

Clean and rough surfaces.Add activator to epoxy resin.

Clean and rough surfaces,Add activator to epoxy resin. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When gas welding, which is the most likely cause of a seriousaccident?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Touching hot metal.

Flying sparks.

Leaving torch on floor.

Not extinguishing when finished.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For the square pyramid float component shown, which is thecorrect development?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.44

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the materials listed can be cut using an oxygen fuel gasmixture?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bronze.

Stainless steel.

Cast iron.

Mild steel.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the limiting factor of a visual inspection of a weld?

1)

2)

3)

4)

There is none.

It will not show if penetration is correct.

It will not indicate blow holes.

It gives an indication only.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When working with bonded resins what is their useable pot life?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 to 3 minutes.

4 to 6 minutes.

9 to 10 minutes.

11 to 14 minutes.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What general name is given to files used for finishing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Single cut.

Draw file.

Second cut.

Smooth.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which column gives the correct factors for a clean cut edgepreparation?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flame adjustment.Speed of travel.



Flame adjustment.Angle of nozzle to plate. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following size nominations is most commonly used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Actual size.

Basic size.

Nominal size.

Limit of size.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the plate thickness limit for hand-operated foldingmachines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2.5 mm

3.0 mm

3.5 mm

4.0 mm1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which system uses a tungsten electrode, causing an arc betweenitself and the metal to be cut?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Electric arc cutting.

Molten arc cutting.

Arc cutting.

Plasma arc cutting.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A repair to a compressor requires a plate of the form illustrated tobe designed. Which illustration is dimensioned to be the correctstandard.

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.44

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The speed and feed for a 20 mm diameter reamer would be?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Same as a drill.

75% less than a drill.

50% less than a drill.

25% less than a drill.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A scriber should not be used for marking out?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When material is copper.

When material is to be bent.

When material is to be hot worked.

When material is plastic.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Hoses are easily damaged and require special care for long life,but what are they reinforced with?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Canvas.

Cotton.

Nylon.

Wire.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The diagram shows four types of socket head screws. Identify thesocket shoulder screw.

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.42

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What dictates the size of drill hole required prior to cutting aninternal thread?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The core diameter.

The outside diameter.

The thread form.

The thread pitch.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When welding at a bench, which list of equipment would be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Leather glovesLeather apron

Leather glovesBoiler suit

Leather glovesLeather apron

Leather glovesLeather apron 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following effects could be reduced if hand poweredtools were used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Over familiarityUse of safety glasses

FatigueLoss of concentration

DistractionUse of hard hat

Injury to handsTools correctly sharpened 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What effect will an undersized vee width have on the formproduced?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Outside bend may fracture.

Inside bend may fracture.

Outside bend may be scuffed.

Inside bend may be polished.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which correctly identifies a full acetylene cylinder ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

170 bar right hand thread black colour.

170 bar right hand thread blue colour.

15 bar left hand thread maroon colour.

7.5 bar left hand thread red colour.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which material is difficult to weld due to porosity?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cast iron.

Low carbon steel.

Medium carbon steel.

High carbon steel.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When out of use temporarily, how should the workshop surfaceplate be stored?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Covered with grease.

Covered with a wooden cover.

Wiped with an oiled rag.

Covered with a cloth sheet.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A 1.3 m long slot is to be marked off on the floor plate but only a300 mm straight edge is available. How is this overcome?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By using a cardboard template.

By using a piece of wood.

By using a length of tape.

By using a chalk line.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the softening temperature for PVC?

1)

2)

3)

4)

100°C

105°C

110°C

115°C4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which type of examination reveals pin holes, slag inclusion andlack of fusion?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dye penetrant.

Visual.

Fluorescent penetrant.

Macroscopic.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a trammel used for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

For cutting out joints

For scribing large circles

Substitute if dividers are unavailable

For marking off pipes2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A frustrum of a hexagonal pyramid is shown. Which drawinggoes to the left of the figure in third angle projection?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.41

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the effect of low pressure cutting oxygen?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Combustion will not occur.

Melting point will not be reached.

The melt will not be blown out.

The cut will be ragged at edges.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The Vernier protractor gives an angular accuracy of?

1)

2)

3)

4)

7 minutes of angle.

5 minutes of angle.

1 minute of angle.

3 minutes of angle.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Dimensions are read from the bottom of the drawing but if this isnot possible what is the next choice?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Turn drawing clockwise 45. reading from RH side.

Turn drawing anti-clockwise reading from RH side.

Turn drawing anti-clockwise reading from LH side

Turn drawing clockwise reading from RH side4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: After sharpening a twist drill, which points are the most importantto check?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Web sizeRake angle

LandOverall length

Clearance angleChisel edge angle

Flute lengthFace of drill 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When fitting a blade into a hacksaw, which direction should theteeth be pointing relative to the handle?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Towards the handle.

Towards if blade is fitted at 90 degrees to normal

Towards if blade is fitted at 180 degrees to normal

Away from the handle.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the following gas flame temperatures, which is the oxy-acetylene?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1880°C

2770°

2820°

3200°C4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During a plasma cutting process the workpiece was not totallypenetrated. What would be the most likely problem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Speed of cut too high.

Speed of cut too low.

Current is too high.

Metal is too porous.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is shown in No. 1 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Small circle guide.

Roller guide.

Spade guide.

Radius bar.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How does the brake press differ from the other formingmachines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Uses rollers

Uses male and female formers

Can pierce only

Can crop only2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using third angle projection, viewing the component from x,which drawing will be above the front elevation?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A

B

C

D3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A flashback arrester has been triggered. Which is the correctsequence to follow after this event?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ascertain cause of activationClean, if necessary

Clean, if necessaryCheck equipment

Ascertain cause of activationCheck equipment

Check equipmentOpen up flashback arrester 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When self-secured joints are to be made, which tool is mostuseful?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A press.

A folder.

Tin snips.

A rubber headed hammer.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which table best describes the flexible hacksaw blade?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Only teeth hardenedReasonably non-rigid

Only teeth hardenedEasily broken if misused

Only teeth hardenedEasily broken if misused

Only teeth hardenedReasonably non-rigid 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a gas pressure gauge is over-pressured and bursts, whatfeature minimizes damage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The flexible back.

A relief valve.

A bursting disc.

Auto shut off valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The sketch shows the two scales of a Vernier caliper. Whatdegree of accuracy will a measurement have?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.01

0.02

0.03

0.042

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When two pieces of metal at right- angles are welded together,what weld is used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fillet

Butt

Bevel

Lap1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What condition must exist in order to cut using an oxygen fuelgas mixture?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Slow oxidation.

Rapid oxidation.

Slow temperature rise.

Low velocity jet.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is a high pressure blow pipe unsuitable for use in a lowpressure system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The nozzle sizes are different.

The oxygen pressure differs.

The acetylene pressure differs.

Both gas pressures must be equal.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The engine room workshop carries different types of hacksawblades. Which blade should be used to cut sheet metal?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tooth pitch = 6/cm

Tooth pitch = 8/cm

Tooth pitch = 10/cm

Tooth pitch =14/cm4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A centre punch has a 60° point for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ease to see.

Use as scriber.

Long life.

Accurate marking.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of ball- bearing is shown in the illustration?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Shallow groove.

Two-way thrust.

Heavy duty.

Deep groove.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If two pieces of metal are welded together while laying in thesame plane, this is known as?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A lap weld.

A corner weld.

A fillet weld.

A butt weld.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which table would give the best checklist following an arcwelding process, checking for:

1)

2)

3)

4)

FusionUndercutting

FusionUndercutting

Slag inclusionFusion

UndercuttingSurface pin holes 1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In the system of limits and fits shown, on what basis has thedrawing been made?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Interference fits.

Shaft basis fits.

Hole bases fits.

Clearance fits.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A white metal lined bearing is to be fitted on to a shaft. Whichcombination would be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Use a flat scraper with engineer's blue on bearing.

Use a flat scraper with engineer's blue on shaft.

Use a half-round scraper with engineer's blue on shaft.

Use a half-round scraper with engineer's blue on bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For the fillet weld shown, what is the throat length?

1)

2)

3)

4)

ab

ac

ad

de3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the greatest danger when working with sheet metal?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Plate is too large.

Plate is too heavy.

Edges are sharp.

Space to manoeuvre is usually restricting.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A flat chisel requires tempering; which temperature and colour iscorrect for this process?

1)

2)

3)

4)

240°C dark straw.

250°C light brown.

260°C dark brown.

280°C purple.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Thick plates require a multi-run weld. Which type of runs areused?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.44

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Identify the powered hand tool in No. 1 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Drill

Grinder

Screwdriver

Input wrench1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The square to round section shown requires a template. Whatforms the triangular base line from which the true lengths areobtained?

1)

2)

3)

4)

aba1

a1a2

a2ab

axab 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is the emergency stop button indented on workshopmachinery, for example, the lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Large round head with light emitting diode insert.

Large round head painted green.

Large round head painted red.

Large round head painted yellow.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In electric arc welding, what purpose does the the electrodecoating serve?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It provides a gas shieldReduces splatter

Gives a variable arcReduces splatter

Allows damp electrodes to be usedGives a stable arc

Controls the metallurgical propertiesAssists penetration 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the four bearings shown provides positive location?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.43

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The figure shows welded tee joints. What preparation is requiredfor No.3 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Double U

Double bevel

Single bevel

Single U3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: All mechanical cutting devices have the same basic features.These are?

1)

2)

3)

4)

One moving blade

One fixed blade

Two moving blades

One moving and one fixed blade4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The engine room workshop has a bench shear. What is themaximum thickness of mild steel it will cut?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 mm

3 mm

5 mm

7 mm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For the cover shown, what length of plate is required?

1)

2)

3)

4)

350.2 mm

348.4 mm

345.1 mm

343.7 mm4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How does a two-stage pressure regulator give precise control?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Both stages are adjustable

First stage only is adjustable

Second stage only is adjustable

Automatical regulation of both stages.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using a centre lathe what operation could a hacksaw beused for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting off.

Shaping.

Cutting threads.

Removing burrs.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A chisel is refurbished and requires the cutting end to betempered after hardening. How is this achieved?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Heat to 230.CQuench in oil.

Heat to 280.CQuench in oil

Heat to 260.CQuench in water

Heat to 250.CQuench in water 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the following, which gives advantages only for adhesivebonding?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Needs good surfaces/no protruding parts.

Poor electrical conductivity/may act as an insulator.

Toxic hazards/reduced galvanic action.

Weight reduction/may join thin sheet.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is significant about the spring-back hacksaw blade?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It can be bent into a circle over its length.

It is a compromise between the flexible and all-hard blade.

It is only available with a large tooth pitch.

It is only suitable for use in a power saw.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The drawing of an engine mechanism component gives somesurfaces as angles. How would these angles be marked out?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With a steel rule.

With dividers.

With odd leg callipers.

With a vernier protractor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An acetylene welding cylinder is packed with charcoal andcharged with acetone. At 15 bar by how many times will it absorb itsown volume ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

275 times

325 times

375 times

425 times3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A short box girder is fabricated from 8 mm thick steel plate. Whatedge preparation is required for No.1 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Double bevel 60°

Double bevel 45°

Single bevel 60°

Single bevel 45°4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the tables of defects would lead to porosity in a weldedjoint?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Welding current too low.Speed of travel too fast.

Damp electrode coating.Damaged electrode coating.

Wrong electrode angle.Incorrect joint set up.

Welding current too high.Incorrect root gap. 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What feature of a good weld is indicated by No.4 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Good penetration.

Blend with parent metal.

Contour even and regular.

Backing bar has been used.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Mild steel plate 2 mm thick bent in vees would produce anapproximate inside bend radius of?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1.0 mm

1.5 mm

2.0 mm

2.5 mm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the system called which gives explicit instructions ondrawings which cannot be misinterpreted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cumulative effect.

Geometrical tolerancing.

Limits and fits.

Tolerances.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When carrying out a repair using a bonded resin whatprecautions should be observed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Use gloves, do not smoke,use barrier cream and use safetygoggles.

Use gloves, ensure below flash point of material, use brush anduse safety goggles.

Use gloves, use stirrer, take care opening tins and use safetygoggles.

Use gloves, use brush use barrier cream and use safety goggles.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Looking at the drawing, can this component be made?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Yes.

No - material is not given.

No - scale is not given.

No - relevant dimensions are missing.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the preferred table to be checked to ensure a soundweld is produced during an arc welding process?

1)

2)

3)

4)

ElectrodeArc length

ElectrodeArc length

Arc lengthWelding current

Arc lengthElectrode angle 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What presents the greatest danger when sharpening a chisel on agrinding machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Wrong grade of wheel.

Worn wheel.

Exsessive rest clearance.

Using too much force.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When tempering a cold chisel, at which part of the chisel is theflame directed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cutting edge.

The hammer end.

Mid-way.

The beginning of the tapered portion.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What may be done to improve the finished appearance of a self-secured joint?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Caulk.

Solder.

Burnish.

Fit edging wire.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What special care do an engineer's dividers need :

1)

2)

3)

4)

Keep oiled.

Keep screw thread clean.

Always use same leg in centre pop.

Protect points when not in use.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Thermoplastic type adhesives soften when subject to heat, arefusible and soluble. They are not suitable for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Leather.

Wood.

Aluminium.

Fabrics.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The ventilation trunk shown goes from square to round section.What does its development look like?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.41

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: To make a single grooved seam from 1 mm plate, in what orderwould the following operations be carried out?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Set to thicknessHook together

FoldHook together

FlattenSet to thickness

FoldSet to thickness 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the method of datum dimensioning (sometimes known asparallel dimensioning), what is the advantage over conventionaldimensioning?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Makes machining easier.

Improves positional accuracy.

Reduces the marking out time.

Ignores conventions.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the attachment shown in No. 2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Small circle guide.

Roller guide.

Spade guide.

Radius bar.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The safety features for a welded acetylene gas cylinder are?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Spring load relief valve.

Bursting discs.

Fusible plugs.

Gas loaded relief valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The sketch shows the configuration of a pinch bending roll. Howdoes this operate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Roller No. 2 rises

Roller No. 1 is lower

Rollers No. 2 and No. 3 rise

Roller No. 3 rises4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A short box girder is fabricated from 18 mm thick steel plate.What edge preparation is necessary for No.3 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Double bevel

Single bevel

None

Single U1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A component with a working temperature of 325°C is to be joinedusing epoxy resin. Which of the following is suitable?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Epoxy silicone.

Epoxy phenolic.

Epoxy nitrile.

Phenolic nitrile.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The figures show welded tee joints. What preparation is requiredfor No. 1 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Single V

Double V

Double U

None4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Prior to welding, plate edges are prepared to?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Allow filler to the flow.

Give economical use of the filler.

Give a flat surface to the filler.

Allow maximum penetration of the filler.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which system of welding uses a shield of Argon and a non-consumable electrode?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Gas metal arc.

Metal inert gas.

Manual metal arc.

Tungsten inert gas.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For a particular welding arrangement, the decision is to use amanifold system. Why would this be chosen?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because of the long time span of welding

The discharge rate is too high from single bottle

Better stability when using large bore nozzles

Cost - two cylindersare cheaper than one2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Plates of less than 6 mm thickness (T) have no edge preparationbut what ratio of (T) is the gap?

1)

2)

3)

4)

T/6

T/4

T/2

T/13

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When tempering use is made of the microscopic oxide filmformed on the surface, in what sequence does change occur?

1)

2)

3)

4)

StrawBrown

StrawPurple

BrownPurple

PurpleStraw 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A 90°centre punch is specifically designed to?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Act as a pin punch.

Pop mark for drilling.

To scribe.

Give long life.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Given a set of odd-leg calipers and a small cork, what use is thecork?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cork is used as centre when marking out.

Cork is to protect the point.

Cork has the same properties as silica gel and prevents corrosion.

Cork is a sales gimmick.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the sketches, which view is incomplete?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.44

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If a view is projected in a direction which is not horizontal orvertical, what name is given to the view?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An auxiliary view.

An isometric view.

An elevated view.

A pictorial view.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Sketch shows a gas cutting blowpipe. What is control No. 1 usedfor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Acetylene control.

Pre-heat oxygen.

Mixing gases.

Cutting oxygen.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the geometrical tolerancing shown in the drawing referto?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flatness.

Roundness.

Screw thread.

Squareness.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the maximum number of 50 W bulbs you wouldrecommend to be connected to a 220 V outlet fused with a 10 A fastblowing fuse?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20

46

44

223

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO2-Characteristics of Electrical Systems and Equipment

Q: What is the normal output voltage range of an insulation meter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between 200 and 300 Volts



Between 250 and 1000 Volts4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following statements is correct?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The resistance of a human body increases in a humid atmosphere.

The resistance of a human body is unaffected by humidity.

The resistance of a human body decreases if the applied voltage isincreased.

The resistance of a human body is unaffected by applied voltage.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal resistance of the human body?

1)

2)

3)

4)

4,000 Ohms at 25 Volt



5,000 Ohms at any voltage2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Can a current as low as 25mA kill a human being?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Yes, but only if applied for a long period.

Yes, but only if the applied voltage is high enough.

Yes, but only from an AC source.

No, not a fit healthy person.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How many ohms make one megohm?

1)

2)

3)

4)

100,000

1,000,000

1,000

10,000,0002

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Express 125mA in amperes?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.00125 A

1.25 A

0.125 A

0.0125 A3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A ship's electrical system is usually the so-called "insulatedneutral" type. What does this means?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The system's zero voltage point is connected to the frame of thegenerator.

The system is totally insulated from the ship's hull.

The system is totally insulated from the ship's 220V distributionsystem.

The system does not have a neutral point.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will an earth failure be noticed in an insulated distributionsystem ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuse in the faulty circuit will blow.

The fuse located in the system's neutral point will blow.

The voltage will drop in proportion to the earth leakage.

The system insulation meter will indicate a drop in resistance.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of a preference load tripping system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To disconnect important equipment before a short circuit can causedamage.

To re-connect essential equipment after a black out.

To disconnect non-essential equipment in case of generatoroverload.

To trip a generator if the load becomes too large.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of an instrument transformer installed on thegenerator main bus-bars?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure the generator output voltage

To measure the generator output current

To measure the temperature of the bus-bar

To prevent bus-bar overload2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen if the connections between an ammeter and aninstrument transformer located on the generator main bus-bars aredisconnected ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The ammeter will go to zero.

The ammeter will go to maximum.

The ammeter will read zero and the instrument transformer willquickly become over heated.

Nothing will happen.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the symbol in the diagram show?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A PNP transistor.

A thyristor.

A NPN transistor.

A double pole transistor.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

A zener diode

A thyristor

A bridge rectifier

A diode4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A zener transistor.

A rectification diode.

A zener diode.

A regulating diode.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What can the component showed in the picture be used for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As a frequency stabiliser.

As a voltage stabiliser.

As a temperature stabiliser.

As a light emitter.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the symbol show?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A light absorber.

A light emitting diode.

A heat absorber.

A heat measurer.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

A circuit that is connected to a DC source.

A circuit that is not allowed to be earthed.

A circuit that is connected to earth.

A circuit that is connected to earth if a short circuit occurs.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the symbol in the picture show?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A capacitor

A battery (single cell)

An AC power supply

A switch2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does this symbol show?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An OR gate.

A NOR gate.

A NAND gate.

An AND gate.4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

An OR gate.

A NOR gate.

A NAND gate.

An AND gate.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

A double amplifier.

A latch.

A lock amplifier.

A latch rectifier.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the total resistance of the three resistors shown in thediagram?

1)

2)

3)

4)

150 Ohm

250 Ohm

300 Ohm

200 Ohm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will the total resistance of the four resistors shown in thediagram?

1)

2)

3)

4)

200 Ohm

250 Ohm

300 Ohm

400 Ohm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Calculate the current "I" in the diagram?

1)

2)

3)

4)

100 mA.

0.01mA.

1.0 A.

0.01 A.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the total resistance of the two resistors shown in thediagram?

1)

2)

3)

4)

400

300

200

1004

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What resistance does RS have to be for the combined resistanceof the circuit to be 50 Ohm?

1)

2)

3)

4)

100 Ohm

200 Ohm

20 Ohm

50 Ohm4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the circuit shown in the diagram?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A full wave rectifier.

A half wave rectifier.

A zero point meter.

A transformer balance adjuster.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: From the sample diagrams shown, choose the correct voltagewaveform measured across the load.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

2

3

42

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the symbol in the picture show?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A NPN diode.

A PNP diode.

A PNP transistor.

A NPN transistor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following four materials is the best electricalconductor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Copper.

Brass.

Silver.

Steel.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An electrical heater is marked 220 V, 4400 W. What is theresistance of the heater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

220 Ohm

11 Ohm

22 Ohm

110 Ohm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Two electrical heaters both marked 220 Volt and 2200 W areconnected in series to a 220 Volt supply with a 10 A fuse. What willhappen?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuse will blow.

The heaters will produce twice their normal heat output.

The heaters will produce half of their normal heat output.

The heaters will be damaged as the voltage is different from theirmarked voltage. 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When is it necessary to take into the consideration the internalresistance of a multi-meter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the resistance in the circuit to be measured is very high.

When the resistance in the circuit to be measured is very low.

When the frequency of the circuit become very high.

It is not necessary to consider multi-meter resistance.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following components can be used as an voltagestabiliser?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A coil.

A PNP transistor.

A zener diode.

An OR gate.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the diagram, if E is set to 15 Volt, Uz will be 12 Volt. What willUz become if E is increased to 20 Volt?

1)

2)

3)

4)

17 Volt

16 Volt

12 Volt

20 Volt3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the circuit shown here used for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As an amplifier.

As an rectifier.

As a voltage regulator.

To measure a DC current.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Choose the correct Boolean equation for the circuit shown.

1)

2)

3)

4)

E = ((A*B) + (C*D))

E = ((A+B) + (C*D))

E = ((A+B) * (C+D))

E = ((A*B) * (C*D))1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Choose the correct Boolean equation for the circuit shown.

1)

2)

3)

4)

E =((A+B) * (C+D))

E =((A*B) * (C*D))

E =((A+B) + (C+D))

E =((A*B) * (C+D))2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component X called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A converter.

An integrator.

An invertor.

A rectifier.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The windings of a three pole DC shunt motor.

The windings of a three phase AC " Y " connected motor withearthed neutral.

The windings of a three pool DC " Y " connected motor.

The windings of a three phase " D " connected motor.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What does this symbol show ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A three phase "Delta" connected motor.

A three phase DC connected motor.

A three phase " Y " connected motor.

A three phase compound AC motor.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the circuit shown in the diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To light the lamp when the coil is de-activated.

To operate the relay coil A with buttons 1 and 2.

To prevent relay coil A becoming over-heated.

To change direction of the motor connected to coil A.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Choose the correct Boolean expression for the output at D.

1)

2)

3)

4)

D = A+ B + C

D = A + (B * C)

D = A * B * C

D = A - (B * C)1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which formula gives the correct Boolean expression for thecomponent shown?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

2

3

44

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which option gives the correct output for the gate shown?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

2

3

44

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which option gives the correct output for the gate shown?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

2

3

44

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which option gives the correct output at A ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 minus 1

0

0 times 0

14

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen when switch D is closed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Relay A will activate.

Lamp E will de-activate.

Relay B will de-activate.

Lamp E will activate.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What conditions are needed for relay A to be activated ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Relay B activated and switch F closed.

B de-activated and switch F and G closed.

Switch G open and relay B activated.

Switch F closed and relay B activated.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can lamp E be turned on?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By closing switch D.

By closing switch C.

By closing switch D and switch F at the same time.

Lamp E cannot be turned on.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will coil C be activated ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When both D and E are closed.

When D, E and F are closed.

When E and A are closed.

When A and B are closed and either D or E are closed.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When will coil C be activated ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When E is closed and D is open.

When E is closed and relay F activated.

When relay F is activated.

When A and B is closed and D is open.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What does the symbol "A" represent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A differential amplifier.

An operational amplifier.

A summing amplifier.

A flip-flop amplifier.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the circuit shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A digital summarizer.

A summing operational amplifier.

An integrating operational amplifier.

A differential amplifier.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the circuit shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure low frequent current.

To measure the resistance of RL.

To measure voltage E.

To calibrate resistance Rv.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the resistances RL and Rv are equal, what will be the voltageVm? (Assume R1 = R2)

1)

2)

3)

4)

E divided by R1 + R2

E = Vm

(R1*R2) + (RV*RL)

Zero4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What does the symbol shown here represent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An American standard NAND gate.

A European standard AND gate.

A European standard NAND gate.

An American standard NOR gate.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the symbol shown here represent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An American standard invertor.

A European standard converter.

An American standard NOR gate.

A European standard OR gate.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does this symbol represent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A European standard NOR gate.

An American standard NAND gate.

A European standard NAND gate.

An American standard NOT gate.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does this symbol represent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An American standard AND gate.

A European standard AND gate.

An American standard NOR gate.

A European standard NAND gate.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What will be the output " A " in this circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0

0 + 0

1 * 0

14

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will be the output " A " in this circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1

0

1 + 1

inverted2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The specific gravity of the cells in a lead acid battery for theemergency generator is found to be 1.250. What action would youtake?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Top up with water.

Refresh with the addition of new acid.

Check the charging system and if possible increase the chargingrate.

No action is required.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Complete the sentence. Ships normally use an AC insulatedneutral distribution system because....

1)

2)

3)

4)

it limits fault current.

an earth failure on one phase will not cause protective devices likefuses and circuit breakers to trip.

it reduces cable size.

it reduces switch gear ratings.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of probe is most suitable to measure the main engineexhaust temperature?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A PT100 (Platinum wire resistance) probe.

A T802 (Thermistor) probe.

A NiCr/NiAl -type K (Thermocouple) probe.

A mercury thermometer probe.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why should an electronic digital meter be used to measurevoltage in electronic circuits?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because it's easier to read.

Because it's not affected by interference.

Because the voltage for electronic circuits can only be sensed byan electronic meter.

Because the input resistance of the meter is high enough not toaffect the circuit under test. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of electrolyte is used in a nickel cadmium battery?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dilute sulphuric acid.

Distilled water.

Potassium hydroxide solution.

Dilute hydrochloric acid.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the "Ward/Leonard" method of DC motor speed control, how isthe motor direction changed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Reversal of generator polarity.

Reversal of motor field polarity.

By reversal of the rotation of the generator

By switching the motor armature connections1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A flat lead acid battery can be revived by.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

Filling with dilute sulphuric acid and trickle charging.

Adding "battery restorer".

Adding distilled water.

Trickle charging.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Sulphation in a lead acid battery occurs as a result of:

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lack of trickle charging.

Incomplete charging.

Heavy discharging.

Fast charging.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What safety protection measure should be taken whenconnecting a multimeter to an unknown voltage source?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Set the multimeter to DC.

Set the multimeter to AC.

Set the multimeter to AC and highest voltage range.

Set the multimeter to DC and highest voltage range.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the four alternatives shown gives the correct voltageoutput across component C when a step change in voltage isapplied to the circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A

B

C

D3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the four alternatives shown gives the correct voltageoutput across component L when a step change in voltage is appliedto the circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A

B

C

D1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a diode?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A conductor.

A semi-conductor.

An insulator.

A part conductor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which two symbols in boxes A to D have the same function ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A

B

C

D3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The state of charge of a lead acid battery is best indicated by......

1)

2)

3)

4)

its ampere hour capacity.

an individual cell voltage.

its total cell voltage.

the specific gravity of the electrolyte.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The basic unit of measurement of inductance is the......

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ohm

Henry

Farad

Coulomb2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Battery rooms must be ventilated because it......

1)

2)

3)

4)

prevents sulphation during discharge.

supplies oxygen.

dissipates explosive gases.

prevents formation of moisture and condensation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of values can change continuously? Pressure andtemperature are examples.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Digital values.

Humpless values.

Binary values.

Analog values.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which one of the following devices uses the principle ofelectromagnetic induction ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A rectifier.

A transistor.

A transformer.

A rheostat.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What happens in a circuit when the voltage remains constant andthe resistance increases ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The current decreases.

The current increases.

The current remains the same.

The current increases by the square of the increase in resistance.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Electric current is defined as the flow of electrons through aconductor. This is measured as.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

Voltage.

resistance.

inductance.

amperage.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: One kilo-watt is equal to......

1)

2)

3)

4)

1.25 horse power.

1.34 horse power.

1.50 horse power.

2.00 horse power.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A horse-shoe magnet has ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

3 poles.

4 poles.

2 poles.

no poles.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of device measures pressure and converts it to anelectrical signal ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A transducer.

A reducer.

A transformer.

A pressure rectifier.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A micro-processor is:

1)

2)

3)

4)

another name for a computer.

a CPU integrated circuit.

another name for a calculator.

a computer's random memory.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the capacitors used across the output of aDC power supply ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They act as a permanent load.

They prevent overload.

They filter out ripple.

They increase the output frequency.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The resistance in a wire decreases if ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the temperature of the wire increases.

the cross-sectional area of the wire increases.

the length of the wire increases.

the applied voltage decreases.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of these materials can be used to insulate magnetic flux ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ceramic.

Rubber.

None of these.

Porcelain.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main difference between a relay and a contactor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A contactor is designed to handle heavier loads.

A relay is series connected but a contactor is parallel connected.

A contactor is series connected but a relay is parallel connected.

A relay can only operate with DC voltage but a contactor canoperate with both DC and AC. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Voltage multiplied by current equals......

1)

2)

3)

4)

resistance.

capacity.

power.

efficiency.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the resistance of a circuit doubles while the applied voltageremains constant, the current will be ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

doubled.

halved.

remain the same.

quadrupled.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the voltage across A and B?

1)

2)

3)

4)

6 volts

18 volts

24 volts

12 volts4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the voltage across A and B?

1)

2)

3)

4)

6 volts

12 volts

18 volts

- 6 volts1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the current I3?

1)

2)

3)

4)

I1 - I2

I1

I1 + I2

I23

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This diagram shows the characteristics of a......

1)

2)

3)

4)

transistor.

capacitor.

diode.

rectifier.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: This diagram shows the characteristics of a .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

diode.

transistor.

zener diode.

thyristor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This symbol represents a .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

PNP transistor.

field effect transistor.

thyristor.

diac.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This drawing shows the structure of a .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

FET transistor.

diode.

bipolar transistor.

light activated SRC.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This drawing shows the structure of a .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

PNP transistor.

flip-flop gate.

thyristor.

zener diode.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is component number 2?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A thyristor.

A diac.

A triac.

A FET transistor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component number 3?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A junction diode.

A diac.

A triac.

a FET transistor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of component number 1?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To regulate the capacity over the triac.

To lower the inductance across resistance RL.

To regulate the firing of the diac diode.

To limit the voltage across resistance RL.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is this circuit used for ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To test the back firing of the triac.

To test the opening voltage across the diac.

To regulate the power across resistance RL.

To regulate the voltage across component number 3.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: An ideal operational amplifier is characterised by ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

infinite input impedance.

zero output impedance.

infinite bandwidth.

all the other options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following statements is most correct for a resistor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An increase in temperature varies the resistance.

An increase in temperature has no effect on resistance.

An increase in temperature decreases resistance.

An increase in temperature increases resistance.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: TTL is the abbreviation for a family of .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

Integrated analog circuits.

Integrated digital circuits.

Integrated amplifying circuits.

Integrated differential circuits.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A triac circuit is used to regulate the brightness of a 220 V 60Wbulb. What is the advantage of this circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The power losses are almost zero.

The bulb will give about 10% more light.

The bulb will last about 30% longer.

The bulb will produce 30% less heat.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is this component shown called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An integrated rectifier.

A diode.

A transistor.

A capacitor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the lines on this component ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To identify the type of component.

To indicate the resistance and the resistance variance of thecomponent.

To indicate the resistance of the component.

To indicate the maximum inductance which can be applied.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of component is this ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A resistor.

A capacitor.

A variable resistor.

A diode.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the name and application of this component ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A transistor for high power.

A high frequency diode.

A diode for high power applications.

A diode for light emitting applications.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the name of this component ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A high power diode.

A low power diode.

A high power transistor.

A high power half-wave rectifier.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which statement is correct ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The TTL family of integrated circuits consume less current than theCMOS family of integrated circuits.

A CMOS integrated circuit is a non-digital switching system.

A TTL integrated circuit has a low processing speed.

The CMOS family of integrated circuits consume less current thanthe TTL family of integrated circuits. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal operating voltage of a TTL circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

12 volts

5 volts

8 volts

24 volts2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is this component ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An NPN transistor.

A P channel junction transistor.

An N channel junction transistor.

A PNP transistor.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

A P channel junction transistor.

A P channel diode.

An NPN transistor.

An N channel junction transistor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the two transformers will provide an electricallyinsulated voltage E2 from the source voltage E1 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1.

Number 2.

Neither.

Both.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the two transformers can be used for regulating the sizeof voltage E2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1.

Number 2.

Both.

Neither.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the two transformers are safer for regulating the voltageE2 in order to avoid electrocuting ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1.

Number2.

Both the same.

Neither.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In both circuits Voltage E is the same and all resistors R have thesame value. In which circuit will the current be greater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Both circuits will have the same current value.

The currents will be the same but the Voltage will be higher in 1.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Voltage form number 2 represents the output from a DIAC in aDIAC/TRIAC voltage regulator. What is the voltage used for ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To close the TRIAC.

To fire a light diode.

To fire the TRIAC.

To reverse the TRIAC voltage.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The pressostat shown in the picture controls the cut-in/cut-out ofa pump. To what part of the pump's electric motor would this beconnected ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The main contactor.

The timer.

An auxiliary relay.

An overload relay.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the electrical function of the pressostat shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure to open contact.

Pressure to close contact.

Pressure to cross-connect contact.

Pressure to either close contact or open contact depending on howit is connected. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In this schematic diagram of a fluorescent lamp, in what locationis the BALLAST fitted, if (1) and (2) are the supply terminals ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between points 3 and 4.



Between points 9 and 1.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Between which points on this schematic diagram of a fluorescentlamp is the STARTER fitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)




Between points 9 and 1.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In this schematic diagram of a fluorescent lamp, through whichpoints is the electric current absorbed by the lamp during NORMALoperation (lighting)?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Through points 3 and 4.



Through points 3 and 8.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item No 11 called, shown here in this fluorescent lampassembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The starting box or switching box.

The base.

The lamp fitting or holder.

The lamp body or lamp box.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is shown by item No 3 on this electric motor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Shaft sleeves.

Ball bearings.

Dust throwers.

Seals.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown by item No 5 on this electric motor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The outer casing.

The ventilation air passage grids.

The motor cover.

The inspection plates.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A battery of dry cells consists of 8 cells connected in series. Eachcell has an E.M.F. of 1.5 Volt and an internal resistance of 0.5 Ohm. Ifthe cells are connected to a resistance of 1.2 Ohm, what currentflows ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1.8 Ampere

2.3 Ampere

2.8 Ampere

3.1 Ampere2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the resistance of a heating element of 2 kWatt, 220 Volt ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

24.2 Ohm

9.09 Ohm

44 Ohm

11 Ohm1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Determine the resistance of three resistors connected in STAR ina resistance box with 3 terminals? Resistance AB = 20 Ohm,resistance BC = 30 Ohm, resistance CA = 40 Ohm.

1)

2)

3)

4)

R1 = 15 Ohm, R2 = 5 Ohm, R3 = 25 Ohm

R1 = 10 Ohm, R2 = 18 Ohm, R3 = 22 Ohm

R1 = 12 Ohm, R2 = 8 Ohm, R3 = 22 Ohm

R1 = 10 Ohm, R2 = 10 Ohm, R3 = 30 Ohm1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In oil type circuit breakers, what is the purpose of the oil ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To act as insulation.

To smother the arc.

The release of hydrogen gas in the oil will extinguish the arc.

All of the options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the worst case, an electric shock of as low as 15 milli-amps will.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

be totally harmless.

give you a faint shock.

burn your skin.

be fatal.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen when an earth fault occurs on one line of aninsulated distribution system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The line will short circuit with the earth and the line fuse trips.

The system will be in overload and both line fuse trip.

No fuses will trip, the system is isolated from the earth.

The opposite line fuse will trip due overload.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A single phase motor has a full load current of 28 A. What will bethe rating of the branch fuses?

1)

2)

3)

4)

34 Amps

56 Amps

63 Amps

112 Amp3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A voltmeter with 5,000 ohm internal resistance reads 10 volts atfull scale. What resistor needs to be put in series to increase itsrange to 150 volts ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

7500 Ohm

35000 Ohm

70000 Ohm

165000 Ohm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The low voltage side of a welding transformer has two turns anddelivers 300 A. If the primary side has 30 turns, how much currentflows through it ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

10 Amps.

15 Ampere.

20 Amps.

30 Amps.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Two 30 Ohm resistors are connected in parallel. What is theircombined resistance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

15 Ohm

30 Ohm

20 Ohm

60 Ohm1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: An electric appliance takes 2500 Watt. The electric current is 15Ampere. What is the resistance of the load ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

8.2 Ohm

9.4 Ohm

10.5 Ohm

11.11 Ohm4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How many diodes are there in a single phase full bridge rectifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Two

Three

Four

Six3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an emergency insulation resistance readings lower than normalcan be acceptable, but what would the allowable minimum be ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.5 Meg Ohm

1.0 Meg Ohm

5.0 Meg Ohm

10.0 Meg Ohm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What voltages are accredited standard secondary voltages forvoltage transformers. ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

240 Volt and 220 Volt.



230 Volt and 120 Volt.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Current transformers supply ampere meters and the currentoperated coils of instruments with a standard current of either...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 or 1 Amps.

5 or 1 Amps.

20 or 5 Amps.

20 or 5 milli-amps.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the required minimum Megger test reading for MCCB' Scircuit breakers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 - 3 Megohm

4 - 6 Megohm

5 - 8 Megohm

7 - 10 Megohm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the cable gland in addition to providing awatertight seal ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To provide a gas tight seal.

As bulkhead or penetrating plate reinforcement.

To allow minor sliding movements of the cable.

To maintain the mechanical properties of the cable.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the part circled red ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To protect the motor from water.

To cover the fan of the motor.

To cover the lubrication inlet.

To cover the speed regulator.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A Wheatstone Bridge is used to measure an unknown resistancein relation to what?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A voltage drop.

A current imbalance.

Kirchoff's Laws.

A known resistance.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is power?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The mount of work done.

The rate of energy dissipation.

The capacity for doing work.

The generated current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is not a requirement for the Navigationlight distribution board?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Double pole switch.

Always supplied from batteries

Audible and visual lamp failure alarm

Location on the Bridge2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are valence electrons?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Outer orbiting electrons.

Contained in the nucleus.

Orbiting electrons.

Positively charged electrons.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In one complete cycle of a single phase of alternating current howoften is the voltage at zero?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Never

Once

Twice

Three times3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will the plastic insulation in a cable be affected if thetemperature exceeds 100 degrees C.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The insulation is likely to be severely damaged.

Nothing as the insulation is designed to withstand more than 500degrees C.

The life-span of the cable will be reduced in accordance with theconductor life span formula.

The insulation resistance is increased as the heat will remove anytrace of humidity. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When will the resistance in a wire decrease?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the temperature of the wire increases.

When the cross-sectional area of the wire increases.

When the length of the wire increases.

When the applied voltage decreases.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will an earth failure be noticed in an insulated distributionsystem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuse in the faulty circuit will blow.

The fuse located in the system's neutral point will blow.

The voltage will drop in proportion to the earth leakage.

The system insulation meter will indicate a drop in resistance.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why must each voltage system have it's own earth fault lamps?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In case of failure of one set

To accurately locate the earth fault

To make tracing the earth easier

Earth faults are not transmitted through the transformers4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a fluorescent lamp what is used to improve the power factor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Capacitor

Mercury gas

Coil

Thyristor1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A ship's electrical system is usually the so-called "closedinsulation" type. What does this mean?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The system's zero voltage point is connected to the frame of thegenerator

The system is totally insulated from the ship's hull

The system is totally insulated from the ship's 220 V distributionsystem

The system does not have a neutral point2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In incandescent lights what is the filament constructed from?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Nickel

Carbon

Tungsten

Chromium3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why must both primary and secondary windings haveindependent earth leakage detection?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To accurately locate the earth.

There is no electrical connection between the two.

To allow for different leakage current levels.

Because of the difference in Voltages.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The size of any electrical conductor should be such that thevoltage drop at full load will not exceed what percentage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 %

2 %

3 %

5 %3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which conductor would produce the greatest inductance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Plain coiled.

Coiled with copper core.

Coiled multi strand.

Coiled with iron core.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the formula e = B l ØSin . What does sin represent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Average rotational velocity.

Cycles/ second.

Maximum rotational velocity.

Instantaneous rotational velocity.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using a Megger Tester to test equipment rated 440 Volt,what test voltage should you ensure that the instrument indicates?

1)

2)

3)

4)

250 volts

500 volts

750 volts

1000 volts2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which law governs the relationship between potential differenceand current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Coulomb's law

Lenz' law

Ohm's law

Kirchoff's current law3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will an earth failure be noticed in an insulated distributionsystem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuse in the faulty circuit will blow

The fuse located in the system's neutral point will blow

The voltage will drop in proportion to the earth leakage

The system insulation meter will indicate a drop in resistance4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is most likely to cause an earth indication?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A switched off motor has developed a short circuit.

A deck fitting has been affected by seawater.

Emergency generator, which is on stand-by, has been splashedwith seawater.

Earth fault on the navigation lights.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using an ohmmeter to find a short circuit, which meterreading indicates the fault?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Infinity.

100 megohm.

1 megohm.

Zero.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: At maximum voltage what angle is the conductor cutting themagnetic field?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 degrees

45 degrees

90 degrees

180 degrees3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A Wheatstone Bridge is a precision instrument used mostly tomeasure:

1)

2)

3)

4)

Capacitance.

Resistance.

Inductance.

Amperage.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Voltage multiplied by current equals what?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Resistance.

Efficiency.

Power.

Reactance.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When is an atom considered to be a positively charged ion?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When electrons are gained.

When electrons are lost.

When it has positive electrons.

When it has positive protons.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the required minimum Megger test reading for MCCB' Scircuit breakers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 - 3 Megohm

4 - 6 Megohm

5 - 8 Megohm

7 - 10 Megohm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What term describes the effective value of an alternating current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mean

Average

RMS

Peak3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which measuring device should always be connected in serieswith a circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ohmmeter.

Ammeter.

Wattmeter.

Voltmeter.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the unit of magnetic flux?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Farad

Henry

Coulomb

Weber4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is a Voltmeter connected in a circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In series.

In series with a resistance.

In parallel.

In parallel, combined with a resistance.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a 2kW heater is on for four hours, how much energy is used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

24mJ

28.8mJ

36.6mJ

40mJ2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do good insulators have in common?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Large number of electrons.

Positive electrons.

Stable atomic structure.

Negative nucleus.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a non-reactive circuit which statement applies?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Impedance is greater than resistance.

Impedance is less than resistance.

Impedance is zero.

Impedance is equal to resistance.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which law states that the sum of the potential differences is equalto the sum of the E.M.F.s?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Coulomb's Law

Ohm's Law

Lenz' Law

Kirchoff's Voltage Law4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What may happen if a Megger tester is used to measure theinsulation in a circuit containing electronic components?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The Megger may give an indication on how much current the circuitwill consume.

The components in the circuit may be destroyed.

The wrong internal resistance may be shown.

The connections between components will show a high insulationvalue. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the danger of fitting too high wattage lamps in flameprooffittings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Seal could be damaged by extra heat.

Increase in surface heat of fitting.

Extra power could overload the cable.

Internal heat generated will damage the fitting.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When two masthead lights are fitted what is the requiredrelationship between them?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Both must be at the same level.

Frd must be at least 4.5 metres higher than the aft.

Frd must be at least 2 metres higher than the aft.

Aft must be at least 4.5 metres higher than the frd.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When both a fuse and breaker are used on one circuit, when willthe fuse blow?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A break in the motor winding.

A very high short circuit current.

Continuous moderately high over-current.

An earth fault.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is the battery maintenance of such Importance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To comply with the planned maintenance requirements.

The batteries are the last resort back-up system.

They are an item of survey equipment.

To ensure there is a continuity of supply to the navigation lights.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these materials can be used to insulate magnetic flux?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Rubber.

Ceramic.

None of the other options.

Porcelain.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following is the most suitable for use as a magnet?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Stainless steel.

Soft iron.

Copper.

Nickel.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In series connected resistors which value remains constant?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Voltage.

Current.

Resistance.

Reactance.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will the plastic insulation in a cable be affected if thetemperature exceeds 100 degrees Celsius?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The insulation is likely to be severely damaged.

Nothing as the insulation is designed to withstand temperatures ofmore than 500 degrees Celsius.

The life-span of the cable will be reduced in accordance with theconductor life span formula.

The insulation resistance is increased as the heat will remove anytrace of humidity. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the worst case what would be the effect a 25 milli-amps electricshock?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Totally harmless

Give a mild shock

Burn the skin

Could be fatal4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Two resistors of 6 ohm & 3 ohm are connected in parallel acrossan EMF of 12V, what is the circuit current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 A

6A

3A

9A2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a p.d. of 24V exists across a 15 Ohm resistor what is thecurrent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.6amps

3.6amps

1.2amps

1.6amps4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a 100 metre length of 1.25 mm dia. wire has a resistance of 30Ohm, what length of the same wire of 0.75 mm dia. will have aresistance of 25 Ohm?

1)

2)

3)

4)

35 metres

20 metres

25 metres

30 metres4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What danger is associated with excess shaft magnetism?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Failure of the generator to self excite.

Damage to shaft bearing surfaces.

Arcing at commutator.

Insulation breakdown.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Using lead/acid batteries what is the minimum number of cellsrequired to produce 24V?

1)

2)

3)

4)

12

24

6

161

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which law states that the sum of currents arriving at a junction isequal to the sum of currents leaving the junction?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ohm's Law

Lenz' Law

Kirchoff's Current Law

Faraday's Law3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the unit for inductance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Henry

Weber

Farad

Coulomb1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the electrolyte in a conventional lead/acid battery?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Distilled water.

Dilute Sulphuric acid.

Dilute Hydrochloric acid.

Potassium hydroxide.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What happens to the current if the resistance of a circuit doubleswhile the applied voltage remains constant.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Doubled.

Halved.

Remains the same.

Quadrupled.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen when an earth fault occurs on one line of aninsulated distribution system?

1)

2)

3)

4)


The system will be in overload and both line fuses trip.


The opposite line fuse will trip due overload.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the maximum allowable temperature for normal Class Ainsulation type?

1)

2)

3)

4)

45 degree C

55 degree C

80 degree C

105 degree C2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of an instrument transformer installed on themain bus bars?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure the generator output voltage.

To measure the generator output current.

To measure the earth leakage.

To prevent bus-bar overload.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the danger of naked lights in the battery locker?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Reaction with the gases to form a toxic mixture.

They may damage the battery casings

The batteries give off highly flammable hydrogen gas.

The batteries give off hydrogen sulphide making the air explosive.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What causes the EMF variation in an AC alternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flux density.

Changing polarity.

Velocity of conductor cutting flux.

Component of velocity at 90° to flux.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is energy?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Capacity to carry out work.

Rate of doing work.

Amount of work done.

Transfer of power.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Give the reason why shore power and ship's power should neverbe run in parallel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ship's supply is in STAR, shore supply is in DELTA

The shore frequency is rigid, the ship's frequency is not

No common earth is available

Voltage drop from shore is different from the ship3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is an Ammeter connected in a circuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In series.

In series with a resistance.

In parallel.

In parallel with a resistance.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why do ships normally use an AC insulated neutral distributionsystem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It limits fault current.

An earth failure on one phase will not cause protective devices likefuses and circuit breakers to trip.

It reduces cable size.

It reduces switchgear ratings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What produces an induced E.M.F.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Change in voltage.

Change in flux linkage.

Change in current.

Change in resistance.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the wire made from in an HRC fuse?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Platinum

Tungsten

Silver

Nickel3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In an emergency, what would be the lowest acceptable insulationresistance readings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.5 Meg Ohm

1.0 Meg Ohm

5.0 Meg Ohm

10.0 Meg Ohm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal output voltage range of an insulation meter?

1)

2)

3)

4)


Between 1,000 and 10,000 Volts


Between 400 and 500 Volts4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the cable gland in addition to providing awatertight seal?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To provide a gas tight seal

As bulkhead or penetrating plate reinforcement

To allow minor sliding movements of the cable

To maintain the mechanical properties of the cable4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why should an earth failure be checked and cleared as soon aspossible?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It may damage the monitoring instruments.

There may be a circulating current around the vessel's hull.

The Unattended Machinery Space (UMS) certificate may bewithdrawn.

A conflicting earth failure may occur and cause fuses to blow.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of device measures pressure and converts it to anelectrical signal?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A transducer.

A transponder.

A transformer.

A transceiver.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What law states that induced EMF always opposes the changeproducing it?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lenz

Faraday

Fleming

Coulomb1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is impedance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Total resistance in an electrical circuit.

Resistance provided by the cable in an electrical circuit.

Induction of an electrical circuit.

Induced E.M.F. of a circuit.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following four materials is the best electricalconductor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Copper.

Brass.

Silver.

Steel.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How much energy is dissipated when a 2A current is passedthrough a 50 ohm resistor for 3 minutes?

1)

2)

3)

4)

24kJ

30kJ

33.3kJ

36kJ4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the unit for energy?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Watt

Coulomb

Joule

Ohm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which statement is true for induced E.M.F.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Always equal to the current.

Always resists change in current.

Always assists change in current.

Is a function of resistance.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can a Voltmeter measure a variety of voltage values?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By connecting a shunt in series.

By connecting a shunt in parallel.

By connecting a capacitor in series.

By connecting a capacitor in parallel.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do wire size numbers indicate?(e.g. sizes 10, 12 etc.)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Wire section in square millimetres.

Wire outside diameter in millimetres.

Retrogressive numbering in " AWG".

Progressive numbering in Amps.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In parallel connected resistors which value remains constant?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Impedance

Reactance

Voltage

Current3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What gases are present in the modern incandescent lamp?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Vacuum.

Argon and Nitrogen.

Argon and neon.

Neon and Nitrogen.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the advantage of a delta-star wound transformer?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Can transform higher loads.

Allows cycle changing.

Allows an earthed secondary winding.

Allows an earthed primary winding.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are ideal conditions for taking insulation test readings of amotor or alternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hot after stopping.

Cooled down to hand-warm.

Cooled down to ambient temperature.

Running.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following would you expect to find at the mainswitchboard?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Insulated rubber matting.

Insulated grab rails.

Suitable extinguisher.

All of the other options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Using Fleming's Right Hand Rule what does the thumb indicate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Direction of current in the conductor.

Direction of the magnetic flux.

Direction of movement of the conductor.

Direction of the excitation current.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What governs induced EMF in a conductor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flux density.

Rate of cutting flux.

Rate of change of magnetic flux.

Magnetic strength.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Two resistors of 6O ohm & 3O ohm are connected in parallelacross an EMF of 12V, what is the effective resistance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20 ohm

4.5O ohm

9O ohm

6O ohm1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are Arc chutes fitted in circuit breakers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To extinguish the arc and prevent carbon formation

To isolate the breaker segments so the arc does not blow over

To control the temperature and molecular structure of the arc

To confine the arc, control its movement and provide rapid cooling4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the formula e = B l ØSin. What does 'e' represent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Maximum voltage

Average voltage

Instantaneous voltage

RMS voltage3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For value 0 - max in the AC sin wave how far does the rotatingvector (phasor) travel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

180 deg.

90 deg.

270 deg.

360 deg.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a purely resistive circuit what is the phase difference betweenvoltage and current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 degrees.

90 degrees.

180 degrees.

45 degrees.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The ratio of active power to apparent power is known as?

1)

2)

3)

4)

RMS voltage.

Power factor.

Angle of phase difference.

Circuit inductance.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is a ballast resistor fitted in fluorescent lamps?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pre heat the electrodes.

Provide high starting voltage.

Stabilize current and power.

Performs all of these functions.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In one cycle of 3-phase AC how often is voltage at peak value?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Six times

Twice

Three times

Always1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In an incandescent lamp how much of the energy is converted tolight?

1)

2)

3)

4)

80%

60%

40%

20%4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In internal alleyways what is the light spacing regulation?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lights spaced at 1.5 X alleyway height.

Lights spaced every 2 metres.

Lights spaced at 2 X alleyway height.

Lights spaced every 2.5 metres.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On an electrical drawing what symbol represents impedance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

R

I

Z

L4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will an earth fault be noticed in an insulated distributionsystem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuse in the faulty circuit will blow

The fuse located in the system's neutral point will blow

The voltage will drop

The system insulation meter will indicate a drop in resistance4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In what situation is Induced EMF given by the formula e=Blv?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When a conductor rotates in a magnetic field.

When a single conductor cuts a magnetic field in a straight line.

When a conductor is rotated between opposing magnets.

When a magnet is rotated in a coiled conductor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What happens in a circuit when the voltage remains constant andthe resistance increases?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The current decreases.

The current increases.

The current remains the same.

The current increases by the square of the increase in resistance.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be the S.G. of a fully charged battery?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1.12

1.2

1.28

1.363

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the AC sin wave what is the periodic time?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Time for zero to max voltage.

Time for zero to zero voltage.

Cycles/second.

Time for one complete cycle.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the amplitude of the AC sin wave?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Peak value.

Cycle length.

Cycles/second.

Phasor value.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal output voltage range of an insulation meter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between 200 and 300 Volts.



Between 400 and 500 Volts.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is a requirement for the Navigation lightingdistribution board?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fuse located on the main switchboard.

Alarm must sound in the engine room.

An alternate supply must be available.

Indicator lamps must be in series with the navigation light.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What units is impedance expressed in?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Henry

Ohm

Farad

Weber2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Two resistors of 6O ohm & 3O ohm are connected in parallelacross an EMF of 12V, what is the current in each resistor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2A & 4A

3A & 6A

1A & 2A

0.66A & 1.33A1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In oil type circuit breakers, what is the purpose of the oil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Acts as insulation.

To smother the arc.

To release hydrogen gas in the oil will extinguish the arc.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Induced E.M.F. is out of phase with current by what degree?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 degrees

180 degrees

90 degrees

60 degrees3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On an electrical drawing what symbol represents Inductance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

F

I

R

L4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is a Clamp meter used for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure current in a single cable.

To measure cable resistance.

To measure current in a three phase cable.

To measure cable voltage.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the effective resistance of a circuit is 8 ohm and current fromsource is 1.5A what is the E.M.F.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

6V

24V

12V

9V3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a multi meter used for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure resistance.

To measure voltage and resistance.

To measure voltage, resistance and current.

To measure voltage and current.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If magnet pole faces are 3cm X 4cm and have flux density of0.417T, what is the flux?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.5mWb

0.4mWb

0.7mWb

0.55mWb1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Except when used as bus-bars, which conductor number (AWG),or larger should always be stranded?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No 6 AWG

No 8 AWG

No 10 AWG

No 12 AWG1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How does the RMS voltage compare to peak voltage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.666 of peak value

0.707 of peak value

0.805 of peak value

0.777 of peak value2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a three-phase system why is a resistor fitted in series with theearth detection lights?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To limit the earth current.

To protect the earth lights.

To provide an easier path for the earth current.

To lower the voltage at the earth lights.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the unit of lighting intensity?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lumen.

Candela.

Angstrom.

Lambert.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A voltmeter with 5,000 ohm internal resistance reads 10 volts atfull scale. What resistor needs to be put in series to increase itsrange to 150 volts?

1)

2)

3)

4)

7500 Ohm

35000 Ohm

70000 Ohm

165000 Ohm3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An electrical heater is marked 220 V, 4400 W. What is theresistance of the heater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

220 Ohm

11 Ohm

22 Ohm

110 Ohm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the unit for power?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ohm.

Watt.

Coulomb.

Joule.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why should an earth failure be checked and cleared as soon aspossible?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It may damage the monitoring instruments.

There may be a circulating current around the vessel's hull.

The Unattended Machinery Space (UMS) certificate may be invalid.

A conflicting earth failure may occur and cause fuses to blow.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What problem can arise from auto starting electric equipment?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Overload the generator prime mover.

Trip preferential trips.

Trip reverse power trip.

Over speeds the generator prime mover.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What law determines the direction of induced EMF?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Faraday.

Fleming.

Lenz.

Weber.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can an Ammeter measure a variety of current values?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By connecting a shunt in series.

By connecting a shunt in parallel.

By connecting a capacitor in series.

By connecting a capacitor in parallel.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which one of the following devices uses the principle ofelectromagnetic induction?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A variable capacitor.

A transistor.

A transformer.

A rheostat.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the continuity resistance of a heating element of 2 kWatt,220 Volt?

1)

2)

3)

4)

24.2 Ohm.

9.09 Ohm.

44 Ohm.

11 Ohm.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would a clamp type ampere meter read if clipped around a3-core cable known to carry 100 Amps to a 3-phase electric motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

100 Amps

33.33 Amps

300 Amps

0 Amps4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: With reference to a magnet what is Hysteresis?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Magnetic strength in relation to current.

Lag of flux compared to field strength.

Permeability of the magnet material.

Reluctance of magnetic material.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component number 3 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cooling water inlet.

The lubricating oil outlet.

The cooling water outlet.

The air vent valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO3-Operate Main Machinery and Control Systems

Q: Which part is the valve guide?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1

Number 2

Number 3

Number 42

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the exhaust gas receiver ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1

Number 6

Number 7

Number 81

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the exhaust valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1

Number 2

Number 4

Number 62

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is part number 3 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The air chamber

The combustion center

The combustion chamber

The piston glider3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

The air receiver

The scavenging air box

The air filter

The air cooler2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is part number 8?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The air box

The air filter

The cooler inlet

The air cooler2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the turbine wheel ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 4

Number 7

Number 8

Number 94

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the auxiliary fan ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 6

Number 7

Number 9

Number 104

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

The turbine wheel

The blower

The turbine outlet

The blower ring2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most likely cause if the main engine exhausttemperature increases in one cylinder only ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The engine is overloaded.

The main engine RPM is too high.

Faulty fuel injector.

Cooling water restriction.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Pressure in the combustion chamber can be reduced by .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

a piston ring failure.

a burnt piston top.

a leaking exhaust valve.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Temperature in the combustion chamber will be reduced by ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

a defective fuel valve.

a low air pressure.

lubrication low pressure.

not using the auxiliary fan.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is likely the reason if the exhaust temperature is increasingin all cylinders of the main engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A faulty fuel valve.

A cracked liner.

Rising scavenging air temperature.

Broken piston ring.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following would most likely account for a decreasein main engine scavenging air temperature?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An increase in air volume.

A rising air temperature in the air cooler.

A dirty turbine wheel.

A decrease in air volume.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does a pressure drop across the scavenge air coolerindicate ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increased engine room temperature.

Fouling of cooler air side.

Fouling of the cooling water system.

A reduced cooling water flow.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Exhaust temperature increasing on all main engine cylindersindicates....

1)

2)

3)

4)

The air system is fouled.

The exhaust system is fouled.

The scavenging ports are fouled.

Any of the these faults.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The turbo charger turbine wheel is rotated by........

1)

2)

3)

4)

pressured air supplied by blower number 10.

inlet air coming from the inlet filter.

exhaust gas from the exhaust manifold.

any of the other options.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A double valve.

A three way valve.

A thermostat.

A controllable thermostat.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part is the de-airating tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1

Number 4

Number 6

Number 73

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Pipe number 8 is connected to the salt water cooling system.Why ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To operate the cooling system with salt water during cleaning of thefresh water generator.

To back flush the cooling water system.

For use in an emergency only.

Any of the other options3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What liquid is used to clean the turbo charger of a large lowspeed main engine? (high speed air side, half speed gas side)

1)

2)

3)

4)

Oil.

Water.

A chemical mixture of oil and water.

A chemical mixture of acid and water.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of part number 6 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To prevent an increase in water pressure.

To be an extra expansion tank.

To prevent accumulation of air in the cooling system.

To measure difference of pressure before and after the cooler.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the cooling water temperature goes below it's recommendedvalue, what can happen ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Condensation of sulphuric acid on the cylinder walls

Condensation of lubricating oil on the cylinder walls

The engine cannot be started again

The fuel pumps may be clogged1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the cooling water temperature exceeds its recommended value,what can happen ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Too much lubricating oil film will form on the cylinder walls whichwill create black exhaust smoke

The blower will slow down

A less effective lubricating oil film is formed on the cylinder walls

The expansion tank will be emptied3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is item "V" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A flow control valve.

A viscometer.

A fine filter.

A steam trap.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "M" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuel flow meter.

The by-pass valve.

The magnetic filter.

The manometer.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of valve "PR" in this fuel circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A safety blow-off valve in case of Emergency Stop.

A fuel drain valve in case of engine shut-down.

A de-gassing/ HP gas release by very high fuel temperature.

A constant pressure regulating valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the parts marked "F" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fine filters.

Magnetic filters.

Automatic filters.

Any of the these.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What grade of fuel does the temperature of the daily tank suggestis in use ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Intermediate or heavy fuel oil (1500 - 3500 sec redwood 1).

Marine diesel.

Distillate diesel.

Gas oil.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When in UMS mode of engine room operation, at what intervalsshould the HFO daily tank be drained via valve "D"?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At 08.00hr and 17.00hr as well in last evening round prior UMSoperation.

Every 4 hours.

Twice a day.

Once a day.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Fuel of 180 cst is in use on board. Fuel of 380 cst is now beingbunkered. How will this affect the reading of thermometer "T" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Temperature will increase when 380 cst fuel is used.

Temperature remains constant, same fuel pump viscosity.

Temperature will decrease when 380 cst fuel is used.

None of the other options.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the outlet temperature "Tout" is kept constant at 65 degrees Cand during normal sea speed the inlet temperature "Tin"is 62 degreeC, what would "Tin" show during engine slow down ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inlet temperature "Tin" will decrease.

Inlet temperature "Tin" will be kept constant by controller.

Inlet temperature "Tin" will fluctuate.

Inlet temperature "Tin" will increase.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is item "J" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Water Strainer.

The Jacket Cooling Water Pump.

The Piston Cooling Water Pump.

The Sea Water Cooling Pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the Jacket Cooling Water expansion tank level drops rapidlywhilst Full Ahead on passage, what could cause this?

1)

2)

3)

4)

There is a leakage in the lube oil cooler.

There is an internal leakage on the engine.

Cracked cylinder head.

Malfunctioning thermostatic valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of Jacket Cooling water system is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An open circuit

A free closed circuit

A forced circuit

None of the other options3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What absorbs the impact of the up-and-down movement of thepiston telescopic pipes in this water flow system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The expansion tank.

The construction of the buffer tank.

The air cushion in the buffer tank.

The up and downward movement of the indicating flaps.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the system pressure is 3.5 kg/cm2, what will be the pressure inthe buffer vessels ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Exactly the same, 3.5kg/cm2

Higher than 3.5 kg/cm2.

Lower than 3.5 kg/cm2.

Fluctuating around 3.5 kg/cm24

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is there an indicating flap "IF" (shown with arrow up andarrow down) fitted on the outlet of the piston cooling water buffertank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To indicate if the pump is running

To indicate that the engine is running

To indicate that the buffer air in the system is in order.

To indicate that buffer air and water flow are in order.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen to the level of the expansion tank if the engineslows down or stops ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The level will decrease.

The level will increase.

The level will at first decrease but increases again.

Nothing will happen.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items "F" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flow controllers.

Thermostatic valves.

Filters.

Flow meters.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How are the crosshead bearings on this Diesel engine suppliedwith lubricating oil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Direct from the lub oil main line.

From the camshaft lub oil line.

Via the main bearing, crankshaft, bottom end bearing andconnecting rod.

Independently.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the gear train lubricated on this Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Via the crankshaft.

Via the camshaft system.

By its own independent lub oil cicuit.

Direct from the common lub oil circuit.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the thrust bearing lubricated on this Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Via the crankshaft.

Via the camshaft.

Direct via the main lub oil line.

By its own independent supply system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following components is NOT directly lubricated bythe lubricating inlet supply line?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The crosshead bearing.

The main bearings.

The thrust bearing.

The gear train.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the function of the valve PR close to the lubrication oilpump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To keep the oil temperature constant.

To absorb pump vibrations.

To keep the oil pressure constant.

To act as a high pressure safety valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of temperature control system is fitted in thislubrication oil system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Controlling the outlet by regulating the inlet

Controlling the outlet by regulating the outlet

Controlling the inlet by regulating the inlet

Controlling the inlet by regulating the outlet3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the lubrication oil sump tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To collect the system oil in use.

To act as as buffer tank of the system oil in use.

As supply source of the system oil.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of scavenge air system is applied to this diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Loop scavenging

Uniflow scavenging

Compounded scavenging


Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When does the exhaust valve "EV" open ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the piston is at bottom dead point.

When the piston moves upward.

At the end of the working stroke.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which type of exhaust manifold feeds this turbocharger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Constant pressure type.

Booster type.

Impulse type.

Split type.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of drain valve "D" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To release the air when the engine is stopped.

To drain the oil from the manifold.

To drain hydrocarbons and avoid explosion.

To drain the moisture from the manifold.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which thermometer always indicates the highest temperature inthe turbocharger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

TEB

TE

TE1

TE51

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do you think would be a reasonable scavenge air pressurefor this engine running at full speed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

25 kg/cm2

7.0 kg/cm2

1.25 kg/cm2

0.25 kg/cm23

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What might be a reasonable value for the scavenge airtemperature of this diesel running at full speed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

420 degrees C

75 degrees C

45 degrees C

28 degrees C3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Under normal running conditions, what pressure is the exhaustgas entering the exhaust gas turbocharger "ET" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Under a vacuum.

Under high pressure.

Under slight overpressure.

Under atmospheric pressure.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of fuel oil system is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A heavy fuel oil system.

A blend fuel oil system.

A marine diesel oil system.

A gas oil system.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the component marked "BUC" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The Basic Unit Controller

The Blend Unit Controller

The Blend Unit Calorifier

The Base Unit Calorifier2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Over which components does the Blending Unit Controller act inorder to blend fuel of the required viscosity?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The diesel oil and heavy fuel oil booster pumps.

The diesel oil and fuel oil inlet valves of the blender.

The steam inlet and return by-pass valves of the fuel heater.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where does the blending of fuels take place in this system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In units DP and FP

In unit H

In unit BU

In unit BUC3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the components marked "M" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Manometers

Magnetic shut-off valves

Microprocessors

Flow meters4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the components marked "F" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flow meters.

Fuel filters.

Fuel pumps.

Fuel heaters.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part of this system is usually heated to 65 degree C ?Study the picture.

1)

2)

3)

4)

The blending unit BU.

The blending unit controller BUC.

The unit H.

The HFO daily tank.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the component marked "P" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fresh water pump.

The lub oil pump.

The piston cooling pump.

The sea water pump.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a small diesel engine how would pump "P" be driven ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By "V" belt from the crankshaft.

By an electric motor.

By gears driven from the crankshaft.

By gear drive from the main output shaft.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the component marked "W" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A water strainer.

A WAX by-pass temperature controller.

A water by-pass buffer.

A manual 3-way water by-pass valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the exhaust gas turbocharger cooled in relation to theengine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In series with the cylinders.

In line with the cylinders.

In parallel with the cylinders.

In tandem with the cylinders.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the output of this auxiliary diesel increases, say by 30 %, howwill the thermometer readings on the outlet side of engine andturbocharger change ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They will slightly decrease (by 10 to 30 degrees C)

They will remain the same

They will slightly increase (by 20 to 50 degrees C)

They will greatly increase (by 80 to 100 degrees C)3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For this auxiliary diesel fresh water system, what method oftemperature control is used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Controlling the outlet by regulating the inlet.

Controlling the outlet by regulating the outlet.

Controlling the inlet by regulating the inlet.

Controlling the inlet by regulating the outlet.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the auxiliary diesel renovating lubricationoil tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To collect used auxiliary diesel lubrication oil and purify it for reuse

To act as a purification stand-by tank for the auxiliary diesel sumptanks

To store auxiliary diesel fresh lube oil.

To act as a collecting tank for non-reusable auxiliary diesel lube oils1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the Main Engine Dirty Oil tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To act as collecting tank from Main Engine scavenge drains

To act as collecting tank for dirty oil from the Main Engine intendedfor purification

To act as a collecting tank for all non-reusable oils

To act as a drain tank of the piston rod stuffing boxes2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What description best fits the Main Engine Lub. Oil sump tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A collecting and buffer tank of the Main Engine system oil

A Main Engine system oil reserve tank

A collecting tank for main engine dirty oil used by the Main Engine

An overflow tank of the Main Engine system oil1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do all the lubrication oil tanks that are connected thelubrication oil purifiers have in common ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They all contain extremely dirty oils.

They all contain the same grade of oil.

They all contain in-service oils.

They all contain waste oils.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the usual inlet temperature of Main Engine lubricating oilto the purifier (Tin) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

70 degree C

75 degree C

85 degree C

95 degree C3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose Lubrication Oil Purifier No 2 is running M.E.L.O. sumptank to M.E.L.O. sump tank. Lubrication Oil Purifier No 1 is now to beset up for the other tank purification, which set up is not possible ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Aux Diesel Renovating Tank to Renovating tank

M.E. Dirty Oil Tank to Dirty Oil tank

M.E. Dirty Oil tank to Lub. Oil sump tank

M.E. Lub Oil sump tank to Dirty Oil Tank4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where and how would you take sample of the oil from the MainEngine sump tank?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At the sample cock on delivery side of the M.E. Lub Oil Pump.

From the suction filter drain of the M.E. Lub Oil Pumps.

After the purifier when running sump to sump and M.E. running.

In port when engine is stopped taken directly from the sump tank.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During manoeuvring with the main engine, what is thearrangement for starting air supply by the main air compressors ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No 1 and No 2 compressors on "AUTO".

One compressor on "AUTO", the other on "MANUAL"

No 1 and No 2 compressor on "MANUAL".

Both compressors started at the local start position as required.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In what part shown on this scavenge air schematic diagram isheat converted into mechanical power ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In part 2, the turboblower.

In the main engine.

In part 1, the exhaust gas turbine.

In part 5, the scavenge air blower.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In which part indicated on this scavenge air schematic ismechanical power converted to thermal power ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In the main engine

In the turboblower and scavenge air blower (no 2 and no 5)

In the exhaust gas turbine (no 1)

In the exhaust gas boiler2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an "impulse type" exhaust gas turbocharger, the exhaust gasesof the main engine ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

are entering into a spacious exhaust gas manifold.

are driving only one single turbocharger.

are led in pipe groups directly and separately to the turbocharger.

are led to two or three sections of the exhaust gas manifold.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On which unit of the scavenge air system is an automatic drainfitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On the exhaust gas boiler.

On the turbo blower.

On the scavenge air blower.

On the scavenge air manifold.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why can the temperature of the scavenge air after the scavengeair cooler not be lowered below a given temperature and why has thetemperature to be regulated above this value ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To avoid cracking of the cylinder liner.

To maintain the thermal efficiency of the diesel.

To avoid misfiring and starting problems.

To avoid condensate and water entering the engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a constant pressure type turbocharger the exhaust gas entersthe turbo charger via ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the grids of the common exhaust gas manifold.

the grids of two or more exhaust piping groups.

a separate manifold for each turbocharger.

nozzles on each individual exhaust pipe.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For a turbo charger is running at full speed, what would be ausual oil sump temperature on the turbine side ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

35 to 45 degrees C

45 to 50 degrees C

55 to 65 degrees C

72 to 82 degrees C4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the Main Engine sea water circuit why are the Lub Oil and theScavenge air coolers fitted in front of the jacket and piston watercoolers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They need more cooling water.

The Lub Oil and Scavenge air temperatures are lower.

The Scavenge air and Lub Oil coolers have by-pass valves fitted.

For ease of installation.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How frequently are the tanks (item number 3) of this fuel oilschematic diagram refilled ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are constantly refilled by the fuel purifier.

They are refilled once per day.

They are refilled only when required.

They are refilled twice a week.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be the temperature of the oil in the settling tank (itemnumber 3) shown in this fuel oil arrangement?

1)

2)

3)

4)

45 to 60 degree C

30 to 45 degree C

60 to 80 degree C

Above 80 degree C1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item number 4 of this fuel oil arrangement drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A fuel strainer.

A fuel transfer pump.

A heater.

A booster pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item number 5 of this fuel arrangement schematicdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A fuel oil transfer pump

A fuel oil booster pump

A fuel oil ball filter

A fuel oil purifier4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: At sea, what should be the level in tank number 2 of this fuelarrangement schematic drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Variable, depending time of the day

Between 2/3 and 3/4 full

Full

Between 1/2 and 3/4 full3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following system set-ups are possible using the fuelarrangement shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Settling to Daily, Daily to Daily tank

Daily to Settling, Settling to Settling tank

Settling to settling, Daily to Daily tank

Settling to Daily, Settling to Settling tank4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the usual temperature of a fuel oil (HFO) daily tank?

1)

2)

3)

4)

40 to 50 degree C

50 to 60 degree C

60 to 75 degree C

80 to 90 degree C3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following are not necessarily fitted on a HFO settlingtank?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A drain valve (Spring loaded)

Quick closing shut-off valves (remote operated)

A thermometer

A remote tank gauging system4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following alarms on UMS operation are notnecessarily provided on the Fuel Oil Daily Tank (HFO) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Daily tank low temperature

Daily tank low level

Daily tank high Level

Daily tank high temperature4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When you read a crankshaft deflection figure and the + sign isindicated, for example +4, this means that ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the crankpin location is 4/100 mm out of centre.

the crankwebs have opened up by 4/100 mm.

the crankwebs have closed in by 4/100 mm.

the main bearing on one side is 4/100 mm greater than the other.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the two most important factors influencing thecrankshaft deflection readings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Condition of ballast tanks and temperature of engine.

Bearing wear and bedplate alignment.

Bedplate alignment and condition of after peak.

Ballast tank condition and bedplate alignment.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A cylinder of a large diesel engine is 900 mm in diameter and thefiring pressure is 80 bar. What is the force exerted on the piston atthis firing pressure ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

508,680 kg

635850, kg

487,334 kg

299,074 kg1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of a safety valve fitted in the cylinder coverof a diesel engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To open in port so the engine cannot be started.

To drain off water and condensate from the cylinder.

To release gas from the cylinder by operating turning gear.

To release excessive gas pressure from the cylinder.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What force makes a safety valve of a diesel engine open?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The starting air pressure admitted in the cylinder.

The exhaust gas pressure.

The fuel pressure to the cylinder head.

The pressure inside the combustion space.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: At which moment exactly does the safety valve of a diesel engineopen?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At top dead point of the cylinder by max firing pressure.

When too much starting air is admitted.

When the gas pressure in the engine exceeds the spring pressure.

When fuel was retained previously in the cylinder.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In which stage of its working process is this two-stroke dieselengine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressing.

Firing.

Gas expanding.

Scavenging.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of engine is shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A two stroke diesel with loop scavenging.

A two stroke diesel with spiral scavenging.

A two stroke diesel with uniflow scavenging.

A two stroke diesel with piston underside scavenging.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you are taking crankshaft deflections, for which position willyou list the reading which was last taken if the engine turnscounterclockwise ? Right is PS, left is SB.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Zero

P

S

TS1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the structural lay-out of this diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Foundation, one-piece motor block.

Separate bedplate, columns, cylinder block for each cylinder.

Separate bedplate, one part crankcase and cylinder block.

One unit foundation and bedplate, separate cylinder block.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A piston of this type is composed of the following main parts:-

1)

2)

3)

4)

piston body, piston flange, piston crown.

piston crown, piston rod, piston skirt, intermediate piece.

piston crown, piston body, piston rings.

piston, piston rings, telescopic piping.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would you call the assembly fitted on the piston rod, whichfits into a flange on top of the crankcase block opening throughwhich the piston rod moves in order to secure tightness ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The piston underside valves.

The scavenging air valve box.

The piston rod stuffing box.

The crankcase sealing assembly.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During normal operation, the telescopic piping of this dieselengine's piston are sliding up and down into ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the crankcase cooling space.

compressed air vessels.

piston cooling water piping.

telescopic buffer vessels.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of diesel engine is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A four stroke supercharged engine.

A four stroke trunk type engine.

A two stroke crosshead type engine.

A two stroke trunk-piston type engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of scavenge system is in use in this diesel engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A uniflow scavenge system.

Loop scavenging.

Diverted scavenging.

Combined scavenging.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of turbocharger would be fitted to this engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An impulse type.

A constant pressure type.

A dual entry type.

A radial inlet type.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of diesel engine is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A four stroke trunk type engine.

A four stroke flanged type engine.

A two stroke trunk type engine.

A two stroke suspended engine.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How are the inlet, exhaust valves and rocker arms actuated onthis engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Directly lifted by the cams acting on pushrods.

Hydraulically lifted by cam activated servo unit.

Pneumatically lifted via cam activated air booster.

Indirectly lifted by cam via tumbler lever.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In this diagram if left is portside and right is starboard and duringthe taking of crankshaft positions the rotation is counterclockwise,in what position is the engine crankshaft now shown ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between TP and P

Between P and S

Between S and TS

Between TS and TP3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which grade of fuel oil can be used in this kind of engine (builtafter 1990) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Marine diesel or distillate diesel oil.

Blend or intermediate fuel oil.

Heavy fuel oil.

Any of these fuels.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the starting valve fitted on the cylinderhead of a diesel engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To allow starting air of 25 kg/cm2 into the cylinder when starting.

To block the fuel and air supply unless in "START" position.

To allow air from the main air bottle to enter the cylinder directly.

To activate the main air starting valve fitted on the engine.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: At what moment will the cylinder head starting air valve, shownhere, open and allow 25 bar to flow into the cylinder ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the control air on top is vented by the starting cam.

When control air is supplied to the top connection.

When the main starting air is opened from the bottle.

When 25 kg/cm2 air is supplied on top by manoeuvring.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the air-tightness of the sliding piston (moved by controlair pressure and spring) ensured in starting air valves of this type ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Teflon seals are fitted.

O-ring seals are fitted.

Piston rings are fitted.

Labyrinth seals are fitted.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of periodic activity needs to be carried out on the mainengine prior to manoeuvering with regard to the starting air system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Open up the main and cylinder head starting valve and cleanpistons.

Check if the valves are moving freely with a torque spanner.

See that the cyinderl starting valve is moving by air hoseconnection.

Grease the valves by grease cup or grease gun, drain moisture.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How are starting air valves made gas tight in the cylinder heads ofdiesel engines ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By face to face, hydraulic pressure applied.

They are screwed into the cylinder head and asbestos sealed.

Teflon or Viton seal rings are fitted.

A copper gasket is fitted.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of scavenging is shown on the top left drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Transversal scavenging.

Loop scavenging.

Cross scavenging.

Single valve uniflow.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of diesel scavenging system is shown on the topcentre drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Four-way uniflow.

Transversal.

Cross scavenging.

Loop scavenging.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of diesel scavenging system is shown on the top rightdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Loop scavenging.

Traverse scavenging.

Cross scavenging.

Uniflow scavenging.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of scavenging system is shown on the bottom leftdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Transverse scavenging.

Cross scavenging.

Loop scavenging.

Uniflow scavenging.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of scavenge air system is shown on the right bottomdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Uniflow scavenging.

Cross scavenging.

Loop scavenging.

Balanced scavenging.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Loop scavenging, cross scavenging and traverse scavenging arecalled ..................... scavenging, as opposed to UNIFLOWscavenging.

1)

2)

3)

4)

MULTIFLOW.

DIVERSE FLOW.

REVERSE FLOW.

INVERSE FLOW.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What preparations are required regarding PISTONS andCYLINDER LINERS of a diesel engine prior to departure stand-by?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Preheat cylinders and pistons, turn engine, turn cylinder lubricators.

Close safety valve, put out turning gear, open air bottles.

Open starting air, start booster pump, start stern tube pump.

Open indicator cocks, close safety valve, turn lubricators.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What should be observed when you make a lubrication check ofthe engine forced lubrication oil system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The level in the oil sump tank.

The condition of the oil in the sump tank by test kit.

Uniform oil flow from bearings, top ends, guides, gear train.

That the oil pressure on the top position manometer is correct.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: At what times during the sea voyage is the main engine in state ofreadiness for manoeuvring?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In shallow waters.

By reduced visibility.

In all emergency situations.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What determines the amount of fuel pumped per stroke with thisfuel pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lifting height of the plunger.

The setting of the overflow valve.

The setting of suction and overflow valve.

The rotating angle of the plunger in the barrel.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is the timing adjusted on this type fuel pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the suction valve setting.

By the delivery valve setting.

By the plunger rotation.

By the fuel cam setting.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The fuel delivery pipe between fuel pump and injector, is shownhere as a red interrupted line. For " UMS " classed vessel, how isthis pipe best described ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is manufactured from Austenit Steel and has flame/smokedetectors fitted in the vicinity.

It is manufactured of high tensile steel and has to have thermalinsulation fitted.

It needs to be a shielded pipe so that in case of rupture the fuelleakage can be contained and the alarm sounded.

It must be provided with sensors so that the corresponding fuelpump cuts out in case of rupture. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the mechanism that moves the injection needle upwardsin the injector and causes the injector to spray fuel under pressureinto the cylinder ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lifting pressure of the pump plunger.

The mechanical force of the fuel cam.

The hydraulic pressure in the fuel line.

The balance pressure obtained by the injector spring.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you want to obtain a higher lift-off pressure in the injector, youcan ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

tension the injector spring more.

tension the fuel pump spring more.

adjust the fuel pump cam to advance.

adjust the fuel oil cam to retard.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The engine to which this fuel pump is fitted is ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

an auxiliary engine fuelled by heavy fuel oil and driving analternator.

an auxiliary engine fuelled by diesel oil driving an alternator.

a main engine with direct coupled shaft and propeller.

a main engine with controllable-pitch propeller.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The upward movement caused by the fuel cam is transferred tothe plunger via the ................... on the fuel pump.

1)

2)

3)

4)

plunger spring

roller

barrel

cam lever2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The injector seen in the drawing is best described as........................ type injector.

1)

2)

3)

4)

a heavy fuel oil

a diesel oil

a forced circulation

a water cooled4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The end of the pumping action of this fuel pump is determined bythe position of the ...... ............ .

1)

2)

3)

4)

pipe plunger.

suction valve.

overflow valve.

fuel cam.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Crankshaft distortions need to be measured and are referred to as................. .

1)

2)

3)

4)

crankshaft distortion readings.

crankshaft deflection measurements.

crankshaft misalignment calibrations.

Any of these answers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a trunk type piston, the gudgeon pin is subject to two forces.What are these forces ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Exhaust pressure and combustionl force.

Linear and and rotating motion.

Vertical force and horizontal force in line with crankshaft rotation .

Combustion pressure and crankshaft torque.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following refers to the distance between the pistontop at BDC and TDC?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cylinder distance.

The stroke.

The compression clearance.

Any of these.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an engine operation, what is the effect called that describes theunstable operation of the governor that will not maintain a steadystate condition ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hunting.

Sensitivity.

Deadbeat.

Stability.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The fundamental difference between a 2-stroke and a 4-strokeengine is in the number of:

1)

2)

3)

4)

piston strokes each one needs to complete a revolution.

piston strokes each one needs to complete a combustion cycle.

strokes in each combustion cycle.

combustion events occurring in each stroke.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The force tending to twist the material such as the force on ashaft is called............

1)

2)

3)

4)

tensile stress.

compressive stress.

bending stress.

torsional stress.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the effect of temperature on the specific gravity of a fueloil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The higher the temperature the higher the specific gravity.

The lower the temperature the higher the specific gravity.

The higher the temperature the lower the specific gravity.

The lower the temperature the lower the specific gravity.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part shown in this diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A crosshead bearing.

A piston and rings.

A piston filter.

A connecting rod.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a 4 cycle engine the inlet valve begins to open when the pistonis ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

at BDC on the firing stroke.

after TDC on the suction stroke.

just before BDC on the suction stroke.

just before TDC on the exhaust stroke.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a 4 cycle engine the exhaust valve opens when the piston is .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

at BDC on the suction stroke

just before TDC on the exhaust stroke

jusbefore BDC on the power stroke.

at BDC on the compression stroke3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a naturally aspirated 4 cycle diesel engine the exhaust valve isopen for a period of ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

180 degrees.

200 degrees.

250 degrees.

160 degrees.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of counterbore in a cylinder?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To facilitate piston overhaul

To have good an effective combustion

To prevent the piston ring from wearing a shoulder in the cylinder

To distribute the oil film evenly over the cylinder surface4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The ash content of a fuel oil is significant because it ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

indicates the quantity of energy released by burning a unit amountof the fuel.

is useful for determining proper atomization temperatures.

reflects the overall thermal efficiency of the fuel oil.

is non-combustible and remains partly in the engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An engine's fuel pump supplies fuel in excess of the fuelconsumed and this excess fuel is returned to the pump suction viathe .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

non-return valve.

pressure regulating valve.

fuel rack.

plunger.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Clearing a cylinder of exhaust gases by forcing in a current of airwhich provides clean air for the next compression stroke is called.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

expansion.

compression.

scavenging.

cycle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part of the mechanical governor is manipulated by theservo-motor to increase or decrease engine speed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The linkage to the fuel rack.

The sensitivity band.

The compensating spring.

The dashpot.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do you call the gauge that measures the concentric positionof the crankshaft or rotor shaft in its bearing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A bridge gauge.

A slip gauge.

A shafting gauge.

A poker gauge.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the indications of excessive cylinder clearance in asmall diesel engine? I Loss of power. II Misfiring. III Whiteexhaust smoke.IV Excessive consumption of lube oil.

1)

2)

3)

4)

II, III and IV

I, III and IV

I, II and III

I, II and IV2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a four stroke cycle diesel engine, the four stroke of the pistonrequired to complete one cycle which must take place in regularorder. The second stroke ................ .

1)

2)

3)

4)

expels the burned gases.

draws air into the cylinder.

compresses the air.

is the power stroke.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The narrow band of speed variation through which the governormakes no correction and refers to the sensitivity of the governor isknown as the ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

speed droop.

sensitive band.

dead band.

isochronous band.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The third stroke of four-stroke diesel engine is called the ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

compression stroke.

power stroke.

air stroke.

expansion stroke.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The last stroke of two-stroke diesel engine is called the .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

power stroke.

air stroke.

ignition stroke.

compression stroke.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is pipe No 1 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cooling water outlet

The cooling water inlet

The lub oil inlet

The lub oil outlet1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component No 5 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lub oil inlet

The oil purging valve

The fresh water purger

The Sediment drain2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No 4 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cooling water space.

The sacrificial anode.

The tubeplate.

The tubestack.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is Part No 7 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The sediment tapping valve.

The cooling water drain valve.

The high pressure Lub oil inlet.

The water temperature gauge.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: As a rule of thumb, the time interval for automatic desludging oflubricating oil purifiers fitted on sumps of trunk-type engines shouldbe set at ..................hours.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 to 2

2 to 4

4 to 6

6 to 81

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In diesel engines, cylinder lubrication has the primary function of.............. .

1)

2)

3)

4)

forming a film between liner and rings, acting as a sealing barrier toprevent the escape of combustion gases and reducing friction

ensuring that cylinder liner and piston are well oiled so that they willnot overheat.

cooling the piston which would otherwise overheat and ensure thatthe carbon between the piston rings is cleared away.

flushing the carbon residue from the piston skirt and wash it downinto the scavenge space. 1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A diesel engine block is made of ............... and does not permitwelding.

1)

2)

3)

4)

stainless steel.

mild steel.

cast iron.

tempered steel.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Broken piston rings on diesel engines, if not visibly broken, canbe identified because ..............................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the ring or groove clearances have worn in excess.

the piston crowns have developed hot spots and burning marksover the surface.

the piston skirts show marks of burned oil.

they are darker in colour and lack elasticity when pushed towardsthe inside of their grooves. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Fire in the scavenging chambers of diesel engines may be causedby combustion of carbon deposits accumulated over an extendedperiod due to .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

excessive lubrication of the cylinder liner.

blocked stuffing box drain piping or worn stuffing box wear rings orsealing rings.

slow combustion caused by poor injection.

wrong grade fuel oils used for extended period in the engine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When checking the tightness of nuts and bolts during a dieselengine crankcase and hold-down bolt inspection, the quickest andmost effective method is ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

checking bold clearances with feeler gauges.

tapping the nuts and bolts with a hammer.

checking the stress on the locking plates or split pins.

checking the tightness using torque spanners.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Diesel Engine crankcase oil mist detectors are designed toanalyse ............. .

1)

2)

3)

4)

the concentration of oil vapours in the crankcase.

the temperature of the bearings in the crankcase.

the temperature of the oil in the crankcase.

fire risk in the crankcase.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The direction of flow of cooling water in an engine is always.......... .

1)

2)

3)

4)

from top to bottom.

from left to right.

from bottom to top.

from right to left.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On all ships it is possible to cool the propulsion machinerydirectly by the ............ .

1)

2)

3)

4)

main fire pump.

ballast pump.

after peak cooling water.

salt water pump (main sea water pump).4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Experience and feedback shows that excessive oil losses in anengine installation are most frequently caused by ............. .

1)

2)

3)

4)

losses in oil coolers.

malfunctioning of the valves during the cleaning of the filters of thelubricating oil system.

excessive oil in the cylinder being burned during combustion(defective piston/scraper rings).

any of the other options.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which part of a diesel engine keeps the engine speed constantregardless of the engine load ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The flywheel.

The manoeuvring controller.

The vibration damper.

The governor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Automatic shutdown of the main diesel engine always acts on the.........

1)

2)

3)

4)

governor.

control air supply.

fuel supply.

manoeuvring disc.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Putting additives into diesel engine cooling water is primarilydesigned to prevent ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

overheating.

freezing.

leakages.

scaling.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the main engine jacket cooling water expansion tank level dropsrapidly, what could this indicate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

There is a leak in the jacket cooling water cooler.

There is an internal leak in the engine.

There is a leakage in external piping.

Any of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is the exhaust gas turbocharger cooled in relation to theengine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In series with the cylinders.

In line with the cylinders.

In parallel with the cylinders.

In tandem with the cylinders.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is it important to slow down the main engine RPM whilewater washing the turbocharger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To protect the blower side.

To protect the bearings.

To protect rotor blades from damage.

To protect the exhaust gas economizer.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Your vessel is entering a tropical area and high humidity isexpected. What should you do to avoid condensation in the mainengine's air cooler ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Operate the engine with slightly open drain cocks, scavenging toget rid of water.

Decrease the air temperature so proper draining can be achievedfrom the air cooler.

Increase scavenging air temperature to above dew point.

Reduce speed.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When all preparations have been made to ensure that the mainengine is operational prior to departure, what will be the final test tobe carried out ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Put out the turning gear and turn the lubricators.

Blow indicator cocks, test reversing of engine, short firing kick.

Close safety valves, blow indicator cocks, fill air bottles.

Open air to engine, drain air bottles, blow indicator cocks.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: To avoid the possibility of a scavenge fire what important checkis to be carried out every watch and more frequently if a damagedpiston ring is suspected?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cylinder lubrication.

The exhaust gas temperature.

The scavenge drain flow through.

Overhear the cylinder for noise.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The water cooling space on the turbocharger is damaged and youhave no spares. The cooling water must be closed. What stepswould you take to ensure least possible damage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Run the engine at lower speed with the turbine drains open.

Open turbine drains and tell the duty engineer to pay specialattention for abnormalities.

Remove rotor assembly and fit the sealing plate.

Shut off cooling water and run at reduced rpm.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Paint spraying has been carried out in the engine room while theengine was running and the turbocharger was not protected. Thiscould cause which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Higher than normal scavenging air pressure.

Higher than normal revolutions on the turbocharger.

Lower than normal revolutions on the turbocharger.

Higher then normal exhaust gas temperatures.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After how many hours would you consider changing theturbocharger bearings, even though all appears to be normal ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

4000 hours.

12000 hours.

25000 hours.

30000 hours.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The turbocharger (constant pressure) is making "whoofing"noises. What might be the cause ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A strong counter current.

Heavy seas from astern.

A faulty turbocharger bearing.

One or more leaking exhaust valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The revolutions on the turbocharger have increased during thenight with an unmanned engine. This could be caused by ........... .

1)

2)

3)

4)

the viscosity of the fuel being high.

the wind and current being favourable.

the wind and current holding the vessel back.

poor combustion due to malfunction of fuel valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these could cause a problem with surging in theturbocharger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dirty scavenging air cooler on the air side.

Worn bearings on the turbocharger.

Lubrication oil pump is malfunctioning.

Dirty rotor blades and nozzle ring.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is the distance between the piston and thecylinder head when the piston is at bottom dead center ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Combustion clearance.

Cylinder clearance.

Compression clearance.

Any of these.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: With full load on the main engine, the RPM of the turbocharger istoo low. What may be the cause ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dirty nozzle ring.

The lubricating oil pump is malfunctioning.

The diffuser ring is damaged.

Exhaust temperatures on the main engine are too high.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The lubricating oil on the exhaust side of the turbine blower getsdirty after only a few hours in service. What can the reason be ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The wrong type of oil used.

Cooling water leak into oil space..

Labrynth seal leaking exhaust gas into the oil.

Damaged/worn turbine side bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After water washing the turbocharger exhaust side, the blowerstarts to vibrate. What has happened ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The foundation bolts for the blower unit are loose.

The rotor blades are damaged or the blades are not properlycleaned.

The inlet filer is partly clogged.

The water drain for washing system is clogged.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The charge air pressure is low, what is the most likely cause ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dirty scavenge duct.

Dirty air inlet filter.

Leaking air inlet valves..

Cooling water temperature is too high.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If you want to obtain a higher spray-off pressure on the injector,what should you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tension the injector spring more.

Tension the fuel pump spring more.

Adjust the fuel pump cam to advance.

Adjust the fuel pump cam to retard.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you are going to enter the engine's crankcase, how should yousecure the engine after you have closed the main starting air valve?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Close absolutely all valves on the starting air bottle.

Engage the turning gear on the engine.

Close all starting air valves and post a warning notice on the startair bottle.

Keep a man posted in the control room to watch that nobody triesto start the engine. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Inspection of the crank bearing shows the bearing shell was blackand hard with patches of black incrustations which had worngrooves in the journal. What could be the cause?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water in the lubricating oil during service.

Dirt in the lubricating oil.

The wrong casting of bearing shell.

Bearing shell service time exceeded.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When carrying out piston overhaul, why it is important to cleanthe ring grooves properly?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To make the ring fit in the groove.

All rings must be changed to make a perfect sealing.

So that the piston rings can move freely in the grooves.

To make sure gas pressure can enter freely on top of and behindthe piston ring . 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: During operation of the main engine, the exhaust temperatureincreases on one of the cylinders. The turbocharger starts surgingand smoke is coming from the inlet air filter. What is the probablecause ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Scavenge box fire.

High back pressure in the exhaust system.

Turbocharger failure.

Fuel valve seized in open position.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You are experiencing blow-by on the main engine but, due tooperational circumstances, it is impossible to stop and carry out apiston overhaul. What is the correct action to take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No action is necessary.

Reduce speed and closely monitor exhaust temperature on theaffected unit.

Increase cylinder oil consumption.

Reduce speed temporarily and increase cylinder oil supply.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You have installed a new bearing in the main engine. What is thenecessary action to take during the running in period ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No action is required to be taken.

Allow for one hour running with appropriate temperature monitoringof the bearing.

Allowance must be made for a running in period with reducedspeed and careful temperature monitoring.

Stop after 30 minutes running and hand feel the bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You are experiencing major surging in the fresh water coolingsystem. What could be the reason?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cooling water temperature is too low.

You have a cracked liner, or cover.

The expansion tank is empty.

The fresh water-circulating pump is malfunctioning.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is it important to check the timing on the cylinder oillubricators ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To get the right amount of oil into the cylinder.

To avoid excess lubrication.

To avoid high temperature in the combustion chamber.

To get the oil into the cylinder when the piston is in the correctposition. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is the tightening of the timing chain important ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To get the right timing on the chain.

To reduce vibration in the chain.

To avoid wear down of chain and chain wheel teeth and a potentialbreakdown.

To reduce the noise level.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will the effect be if a fuel injector valve is dripping aftercompletion of injection ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Better combustion.

Damage to piston & liner.

Less carbonizing.

Greater output of the engine.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the opening pressure (setpoint) adjusted in a fuel injectorvalve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By length of stroke.

By camshaft regulation.

By oil pressure.

By spring adjustment.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why blow the engine over on starting air before a start?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To be sure that water has not collected in the fire cylinders.

To be sure that no parts are loose, or that the engine is blockedfrom rotation.

To get fresh air into cylinders ensuring a safe start of the engine.

To be sure that all indicator cocks are closed and there is nopassage into the combustion chamber. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You have a cylinder liner with 8 outlet holes for cylinderlubrication, how many clogged holes can you tolerate ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0

1

2

31

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you consider to be the most important task oncompletion of maintenancework on the piston?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Starting the auxiliary blower to ventilate the scavenging belt, thecylinder liners, to ensure that the engine has sufficient fresh air to

Starting the engine to see that it rotates.

A search inside the crankcase for tools and rags.

Patching up destroyed paintwork on the crankcase doors.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A clogged or dirty lubrication oil filter can best be detected by.......... .

1)

2)

3)

4)

visual inspection of the filter elements.

a decrease in oil viscosity.

the pressure drop across the filter.

high lube oil temperature.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What can happen with lubrication oil cooled pistons if you stopthe lubricating oil pump immediately after you stop the engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Nothing will happen.

Overheating of the piston and oil coke deposits in the coolingchambers.

The oil flashpoint will change.

You preserve the oil sealings in the piston.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You have checked the oil viscosity in an auxiliary engine with theviscosity test kit. The result shows that the viscosity is high. Whatwill you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Decrease the cooling water temperature for the oil.

Increase the cooling temperature for the oil.

Increase the lubrication oil pressure.

Clean the system and change the oil.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You have checked the oil viscosity in an auxiliary engine with theviscosity test kit. The result shows that the viscosity is low. Whatwill you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Clean the system and change the oil.

Increase the lubrication oil temperature.

Start to purify the oil.

Decrease the lubrication oil temperature.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could cause engine oil to turn a "milky" colour?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Overheating.

Water contamination.

Fuel contamination.

The oil is old.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If you have a fuel injector nozzle with 10 holes, how many cloggedholes are acceptable ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0

1

2

31

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Lapping a valve and valve seat together means .............. .

1)

2)

3)

4)

adjusting the overlapping of the inlet and exhaust valves.

grinding the valve against the valve seat to obtain a uniform sealingsurface.

machining the valve in a lathe.

repairing by welding.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why do diesel engine manufacturers recommend grinding thevalve seating surface with a half degree difference to the valve seat?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To prevent pitting of the valve seat.

To minimize heat transfer between seat and housing.

To improve sealing between valve and seat.

To avoid sticking between valve and seat during high loadoperation. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What steps are to be taken in chronological order to stabilise agovernor of a diesel engine after overhaul ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Adjust speed (P) setting, than integrating, next differentiating fromzero.

Set integrating to MAX, then adjust speed (P) and differential D.

Set integrating to MAX, differentiating to MIN, adjust speed (P)upward.

Set integrating and differentiating to MAX, set speed (P) from zeroupwards. 1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: You notice the sump level in an engine has increased and no newoil has been added. What action would you take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Drain some oil from the engine.

Reduce the load and start the purifier.

Stop the engine and check for fuel or water leaks.

Check the level regularly.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The timing of the engine is delayed and the exhaust temperaturesare high. How would you expect this to affect the turbocharger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cause increased turbocharger revolutions.

Cause surging of turbocharger.

Cause higher air and gas temperatures after the turbocharger.

Cause decreased turbocharger revolutions.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is a slow speed two stroke diesel the most suitable for asingle fixed pitch propeller vessel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Less complicated than medium speed engines

More fuel-efficient

Affords a better engine layout

Easier to reverse and no propulsion gearbox required4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the best way of preventing scavenge fires in a slow speedtwo stroke diesel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Keep scavenge spaces clean.

Ensure fuel injectors are maintained.

Maintain correct cylinder lubrication.

Burn only the specified grade of fuel.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What determines delivery pressure on a Bosch type fuel pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The spring setting on the fuel injector.

The length of stroke of the fuel pump.

The position of the fuel pump control rack.

The fuel cam profile.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most likely cause of reduction in Diesel enginecompression pressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Piston scraper ring wear.

Worn valve rocker gear.

Leaking exhaust valve.

Build-up of carbon deposits.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a trunk piston Diesel engine how is the piston cooled?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Separate piston cooling oil supply.

By a dedicated piston supply line.

By jacket cooling water.

By the crankcase oil spraying on the underside of the piston.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main purpose of turning gear on a large slow speeddiesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

For inspection and overhaul of engine components.

To prevent the engine turning.

To position the engine for starting.

To check ease of turning before starting.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the effect on the fuel injector atomisation if the oiltemperature is too high?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Carbon forming on the burner tips distorting flame shape.

Insufficient excess air.

Smoke at uptake.

Damage to refractory and overheating.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During regular manned watch keeping in the engine room howoften should the daily service tank drain be checked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At beginning of the watch.

At the end of the watch.

At beginning of the watch and if water is evident, every hour.

Every two hours.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What calibrations are taken to determine piston ring wear on aDiesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Radial thickness of ring and butt gap in unworn cylinder.

Radial and axial thickness of ring.

Internal diameter when positioned in unworn cylinder.

Ring/groove clearance and butt gap in unworn cylinder.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What operates on an Otto cycle?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam power plant.

Two stroke diesel engine.

Petrol engine.

Gas turbine.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On a medium speed four-stroke engine what is an indicator ofengine performance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Peak cylinder pressure.

Exhaust temperature.

Maximum engine rpm.

Compression pressure.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is an indication of a leaking heat exchanger on the jacketcooling water system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High jacket water temperature.

Inadequate coolant flow.

Low alkalinity readings.

High chloride readings in the jacket water.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What seal is used between turbo charger turbine and bearings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Gaco type lip seal.

Mechanical seal.

Labyrinth with charge air seal.

Plain shaft sleeve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is meant by the M.E.P. of a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Maximum cylinder pressure.

Mechanical efficiency.

Average cylinder pressure.

Compression pressure.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: An auxiliary diesel Engine cylinder head valve guide is shown.Which are the correct guide dimensions for the nominal sizesshown?

1)

2)

3)

4)

00 : 27.00

12.00 : 27.0411.96 : 26.96

11.92 : 27.0511.81 : 27.04

11.65 : 27.2111.60 : 27.23 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would you do if the engine OIL MIST DETECTOR alarm goesoff indicating abnormal oil vapour in the crankcase?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Slow down then stop engine and cool down for at least half anhour.

Investigate the oil pressure under slow down condition of engine.

Feel all crankcase doors and camshaft block for hot spot.

Stop engine at once and open crankcase doors to vent vapour.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the distance between the piston and the cylinder headwhen the piston is at bottom dead centre?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The combustion clearance.

The cylinder clearance.

The compression clearance.

The valve clearance.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the gudgeon pin removed on a trunk piston engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Heat the piston with a soft flame.

Heat the piston using water or oil.

Hammer using brass dolly and supporting piston.

Force out with an extractor.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In what area of the scavenge air system is heat converted intomechanical power?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The charge air compressor.

In the main engine.

The exhaust gas turbine.

The scavenge air cooler.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where will the Diesel engine exhaust temperature be the highest?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Before the turbo blower.

At the cylinder head.

At the turbo blower outlet.

At the exhaust port manifold.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What simple crack test can be applied to bottom end bolts?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dye penetrant test.

Ultra sonic test.

Suspend and ring with hammer.

Tensile test.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most usual damage caused by a broken timing chainon a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Broken valve stems.

Broken connecting rods.

Bent push rods.

Broken camshaft.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the injector leak-off connection?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To relieve excess fuel pressure.

For fuel leaking past the delivery valve.

For fuel leaking past the injector needle valve.

To prevent water-cooling entering the fuel space.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why must the scavenge air temperature be maintained above alow temperature limit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To avoid cracking of the cylinder liner.

To maintain the thermal efficiency of the diesel.

To avoid misfiring and starting problems.

To avoid condensate and water entering the engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If jacket water alkalinity keeps dropping what could be the cause?

1)

2)

3)

4)

More chemical additive required.

Possible cracked liner/head or leaking head joint.

Circulating pump not providing sufficient flow.

Jacket water temperature is too high.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For " UMS " classed vessels, how must the HP fuel delivery pipebe constructed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is manufactured from Austenitic Steel and has flame/smokedetectors fitted in the vicinity.

It is manufactured of high tensile steel and has to have thermalinsulation fitted

It needs to be a shielded pipe and in case of rupture the fuelleakage must be contained and the alarm sounded.

It must be provided with sensors so that the corresponding fuelpump cuts out in case of rupture. 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking a set of Diesel engine crankshaft deflections why aretwo reading taken at BDC position?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The second is taken to check the accuracy of the first reading.

The position of the con rod makes a single reading at BDCimpossible.

It is not possible to read the dial gauge accurately in one position.

During the rotating of the crankshaft the reading may vary.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A ship makes an observed speed of 17 knots. The engine speed iscalculated to be 17.5 knots. What is the propeller slip?

1)

2)

3)

4)

28.5 %

285 %

.0285 %

2.85 %4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the first indication of a broken exhaust valve spring on aDiesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Low exhaust temperature.

Smoking exhaust.

Blow back through the turbo charger.

High exhaust temperature.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal material used for Diesel engine cylinderliners?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cast steel Cast iron.

Mild steel. Alloy steel.

Mild steel.

Alloy steel.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the main function of the lub oil priming pump on a Dieselengine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Stand-by lub oil pressure pump.

Circulate oil system for starting.

Circulate oil after overhaul.

Priming lub oil filters after cleaning.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is referred to as 'masking' of Diesel engine inlet and exhaustvalve heads?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the valve edge becomes very thin.

When the valve seat becomes recessed into the head.

Build up of carbon on valve seats.

Build up of carbon on the valve stems.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could be the purpose of checking the fuel pump spillposition on a 4stroke Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To check the amount of fuel the pump will deliver.

To check the position the fuel pump ceases delivery.

To check the start point of injection

To check the tightness of the pump delivery valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What can affect the TBN of diesel lub oil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Wear of bearings

Wear of liner and rings

Fuel dilution

Wear of valves and rocker gear2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What determines a Diesel engine's mechanical efficiency?

1)

2)

3)

4)

I.H.P./B.H.P.

B.H.P./I.H.P.

B.H.P. - I.H.P.

I.H.P. - B.H.P.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is it so important to maintain air start lines clear of oil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air start valves could jam.

Air start distributor valve could seize

Increased risk of fire in compressed air

Joints could be damaged.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the formula for calculating engine power, P.L.A.N., what does Nrepresent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number of power strokes per second

Engine revolutions per minute

Number of engine cylinders

Number of the indicator spring1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the timing (degrees advance) adjusted on a Bosch typefuel pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the suction valve setting.

By the delivery valve setting.

By the plunger rotation.

By the fuel cam setting.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the narrow band of speed variation through which theDiesel engine governor makes no correction to fuel setting?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Speed droop.

Sensitive band.

Dead band.

Isochronous band.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the final engine test before starting the main engine fordeparture?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Put out the turning gear and turn the lubricators.

Blow indicator cocks, test reversing of engine, short firing kick.

Close safety valves, blow indicator cocks, fill air bottles

Open air to engine, drain air bottles, blow indicator cocks2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen to the level of the expansion tank if the engineslows down or stops?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The level will decrease

The level will increase

The level will at first decrease but increases again

Nothing will happen1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a trunk piston engine how are the connecting rod side thrustsabsorbed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the gudgeon pin bearing.

By the crankpin bearing.

By the piston and cylinder liner.

By the crosshead bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is the charge air cooled after leaving the charger?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To lower the exhaust temperatures.

To remove water vapour.

To allow more air to enter the combustion space.

To prevent overheating of the turbocharger.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a constant pressure type turbocharger how does the exhaustgas enter the turbo charger?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Via a single, common exhaust gas manifold.

Via two or more exhaust manifold groups.

A separate manifold for adjacent exhausts.

Via separate individual cylinder exhaust pipes.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is the fuel injector leak-off connection fed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Into the oily bilge collection tank.

Into the 'in use' daily service tank.

Into the fuel bunker tanks.

Into the fuel oil separator suction.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why would a check on Diesel engine cylinder compressionpressure be made?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To check the mechanical condition of valves and piston rings.

To assess the engine efficiency.

To enable the engine power to be calculated.

To check the efficiency of the turbo charger.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is the ash content of a fuel oil significant?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Indicates the quantity of energy released by burning a unit amountof the fuel.

Is useful for determining proper atomisation temperatures.

Reflects the overall thermal efficiency of the fuel oil service system.

Is non-combustible and remains partly in the engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the fundamental difference between a 2-stroke and a 4-stroke engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number of piston strokes each one needs to complete a revolution

Number of piston strokes required to complete a combustion cycle

Number of power strokes each combustion cycle

Number of exhaust strokes each combustion cycle2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The best way to ensure engine speed governor stability is toallow a given ratio of what?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Stability.

Sensitivity.

Speed droop.

Compensation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the largest source of energy loss in a diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mechanical loss in bearings and piston.

Heat loss through the cooling water.

Heat loss through the exhaust gas.

Radiated heat loss from the engine.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the crosshead bearing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To transmit piston power more directly to the crankshaft.

To prevent con rod side thrust being transmitted to the piston.

To assist in lubricating the top end bearing.

To prevent lub oil being deposited on the cylinder liner walls.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could cause jacket water contamination of lub oil in a trunkpiston engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cracked cylinder head.

Damaged piston rings.

Cracked piston.

Leaking liner sealing rings.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main advantage of a CP propeller installation?

1)

2)

3)

4)

More efficient propeller coefficient.

Engine can be run at constant, uni-directional speed.

Higher engine rpm.

Less starting air consumption.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When in UMS mode of engine room operation, at what intervalsshould the HFO daily tank drain be checked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At 0800, 1700 and in the final check round prior to closing for UMSoperation.

Every 4 hours.

Twice a day.

As required.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where is the temperature sensor fitted for the jacket watertemperature controller?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cooler outlet.

Engine inlet.

Pump outlet.

Engine outlet.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the simplest method of checking the fuel injection pointon a 4 stroke Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Checking fuel pump plunger movement with dial gauge.

Checking fuel pump plunger movement with depth gauge.

Remove 'D' valve and use spill method.

Direct from the fuel pump cam position.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the Main Engine Dirty Oil tank?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Collecting tank from Main Engine scavenge drains

Collecting tank for dirty oil of Main Engine intended for purification.

Collecting tank for all non-reusable oils.

Drain tank for the piston rod stuffing boxes.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Under what condition is the scavenge air cooled in the scavengeair cooler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Constant volume (Isochoric condition)

Constant pressure (Isobaric condition)

Adiabatic condition

Isothermal condition2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What important contribution does Nitrogen have to thecombustion process in a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Acts as a catalyst to the combining of oxygen and thehydrocarbons.

Assists in the cooling process during combustion.

Prevents the deposition of damaging elements on valves and seats.

Assists in mixing the charge air with the atomised fuel.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What should be the first action on discovering a main enginemalfunction?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inform the Chief Engineer

Inform the Bridge watch keeper

Stop the engine and attempt to rectify the fault

Slow the engine, check pressures & temperatures2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is expansion allowed for in large diesel engine exhausts?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By sliding securing mounts.

By sliding section of piping.

By the selection of materials and construction to minimizeexpansion.

By the fitting of steel bellows pieces.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where does maximum wear take place on the cylinder liner of aDiesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mid position.

At the bottom of the piston stroke.

At the top where the top ring changes direction.

At the top where the scraper ring changes direction.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: After work on the fuel system what must be carried out?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Filters renewed.

Injectors changed.

System bled through at the injectors.

System bled through at main filters.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is a by-pass fitted to the cooling water line of the charge aircooler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To prevent the air temperature going too high.

To maintain the jacket water temperature.

To prevent overcooling of the charge air.

To allow increased Jacket water flow to the water spaces.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does a decreasing scavenging air temperature mean?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An increase in air volume.

A rising air temperature in the air cooler.

A dirty turbine wheel.

A decrease in air volume.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can crankcase overpressure be checked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inspecting the crankcase relief valves.

Checking the crankcase breather outlet.

Checking the crankshaft seals.

Checking fuel pump tappet seals.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is expansion of the Diesel engine cylinder liner allowed for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Liner and entablature expand together.

Liner absorbs stresses caused by expansion.

Liner is free to expand at its lower end.

Entablature absorbs expansion stresses.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking performance figures on a 4 stroke Diesel engine,how is the quantity of fuel delivered by each pump determined?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the governor position.

By the position of each fuel rack.

By the position of the fuel control lever.

By the cylinder peak pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After fitting a new cylinder liner to a 2 -stroke engine which of thefollowing steps should be taken?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Run the unit on no load for 24 hours.

Reduce the cylinder oil flow.

Reduce the cylinder load.

Bring up to full load as soon as possible.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the Jacket Cooling Water expansion tank leveldropping rapidly indicate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

There is a leakage in the jacket cooling water system.

Jacket water cooling pump failure.

Cracked cylinder liner.

Sudden change of engine load.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On a Bosch type fuel injection pump how does the rack adjust thefuel delivery?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By altering the effective stroke of the plunger.

By increasing the delivery pressure.

By altering the opening and closing of the delivery valve.

By altering the length of time the fuel pump roller contacts the cam.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a 4-stroke diesel what is referred to as valve overlap?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The total opening period of inlet and exhaust valves.

Period when injection and inlet valve are open together.

Period when both inlet and exhaust valves are open together.

Period when injection and exhaust valve are open together.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A Main Engine revolution counter reads 69,980 at 0800; at noonthe counter reads 90,932, if the clocks are advanced 20 mins. duringthe watch what was the average rpm during the 8-12 watch?

1)

2)

3)

4)

115.6 rpm

87.3 rpm

98.4 rpm

77.2 rpm2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If water is detected in the generator crankcase what is the mostlikely source?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Leakage from the transfer passage between cylinder block andheads.

Leakage from cylinder head outlet connections.

Leaking tubes in oil cooler.

Leakage from cracked cylinder liner or perished liner sealing rings.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Upon what cycle is the modern diesel engine based?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Rankine.

Dual combustion.

Ideal cycle.

Otto cycle.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What test would indicate turbo blower condition?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Analysis of lub oil sample.

Low charge air pressure.

High charge air temperature.

Turbo run down time after stopping engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most likely causeof a low exhaust temperature on onecylinder of a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A defective fuel valve.

Low air pressure.

Charge air pressure too high.

Cooling water temperature too low.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a large, slow speed diesel engine what would best describethe bottom end bearings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Direct lined.

Wrapped bushes.

Solid insert liner.

Thick walled.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How does the turbo-charger improve engine efficiency?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increasing the charge air pressure

Improving the scavenging of the combustion space

Deliver more volume of air to the combustion space

Utilize exhaust gas energy4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the term for the volume taken up during piston travel on a4 stroke Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compression volume.

Piston volume.

Swept volume.

Scavenge volume.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a set of crankshaft deflection readings, what would a readingof +4 signify?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The crankpin location is 4/100 mm out of centre

The crank webs have opened up by 4/100 mm

The crank webs have closed in by 4/100 mm

The main bearing on one side is 4/100 mm greater than the other2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is specific fuel consumption?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fuel consumption per hour.

Fuel consumption for specific speeds.

Fuel consumption per kilowatt-hour.

Fuel consumption at specific power.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the most likely reason for high exhaust temperatures inall cylinders of a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A faulty fuel valve.

A cracked liner.

Rising scavenge air temperature.

Broken piston ring.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What fuel contaminant is potentially most damaging to a Dieselengine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water.

Sludge.

Bacterial growth.

Suspended solids.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How are starting air valves made gas tight in the cylinder heads ofdiesel engines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By face to face, hydraulic pressure applied.

They are screwed into the cylinder head and asbestos sealed.

Teflon or Viton seal rings are fitted.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If slight water contamination of lub oil is confirmed what actionshould you take?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Run the purifier, checking the water outlet and submit a furthersample for analysis.

Locate the water leak and renew the oil charge.

Run the purifier continuously.

Submit a further sample for analysis after one months running.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do we determine from the indicator card to calculate IHP ofa Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compression pressure.

Firing pressure.

Mean effective pressure.

Mean height of the diagram.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is temperature controlled in a jacket water heat exchanger?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Seawater bypassing the heat exchanger.

Jacket water bypassing the heat exchanger.

Regulating the sea water inlet valve.

Regulating the sea water outlet valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What percentage excess air would you expect with goodcombustion in a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

None.

0 - 10%.

10 - 20%.

30 - 50%.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would result from high charge air temperatures?

1)

2)

3)

4)

All exhaust temperatures would rise.

Charge pressure would increase.

Cylinder head relief valves would lift.

Jacket water temperature would rise.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why should anti- friction greases not be used on cylinder headnuts?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Enables them to be over tightened.

Contaminates the engine lub oil.

Increases the actual pressure exerted at the set torque reading.

Allows them to loosen in use.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the Main Thrust bearing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To absorb axial engine thrust.

To transmit propeller thrust to the ship's hull.

To provide forward and aft location for the propeller shaft.

To prevent propeller thrust damaging engine bearings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could indicate a cracked cylinder head or liner?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increased fuel consumption.

Increased lub oil consumption.

Presence of water in the lub oil.

Sudden overheating of the jacket water expansion tank.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the starting valve fitted on the cylinderhead of a diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To allow starting air of 25 bar into the cylinder if applicable.

To block the fuel and air supply unless in "START" position.

To allow air from the main air bottle to enter the cylinder directly.

To activate the main air starting valve fitted on the engine.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How are bottom end bearing clearances taken on a large Dieselengine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With feeler gauges.

Taking leads.

Measure crankpin and bearing diameters.

Compare thickness to new bearing.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part of the mechanical governor does the servomotoractuate to alter engine speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The linkage to the fuel rack.

The sensitivity band.

The compensating spring.

The dashpot.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most important step on detecting a scavenge fire?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increase coolant flow to engine.

Increase cylinder lubrication to affected unit.

Stop engine.

Reduce engine revs, shut off fuel to affected unit.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During overhaul what two piston ring dimensions are taken?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Butt gap and radial depth.

Axial thickness and radial depth.

Axial thickness and butt gap.

Butt gap and axial clearance.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What formula gives engine efficiency?

1)

2)

3)

4)

P.L.A.N.

Engine power/fuel energy.

Fuel energy/P.L.A.N.

Calorific value/B.H.P.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an "IMPULSE TYPE" exhaust gas turbocharger, how do theexhaust gases enter the turbine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Via a spacious, single exhaust gas manifold.

From both sides of the turbine.

Via manifold groups led directly and separately to the turbine.

Via manifolds into a common entry chamber.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the original power that moves the injection needleupwards in the injector and causes the injector to spray fuel underpressure into the cylinder?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lifting pressure of the pump plunger.

The mechanical force of the fuel cam.

The hydraulic pressure in the fuel line.

The balance pressure obtained by the injector spring.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How does the cooling water flow through the engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inlet the lower liner and outlet at the cylinder heads.

Inlet at the cylinder heads and out let at the liners.

Inlet at the turbo charger and outlet at the cylinder heads.

Inlet at the cylinder heads and outlet at the turbo blower.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is meant by an engine's critical speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Maximum allowable engine rpm.

Engine rpm at which the engine must not be operated for longperiods.

Minimum allowable engine rpm.

Engine rpm that must be attained before the engine will fire.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What material are Diesel engine cylinder blocks and coversnormally constructed from?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fabricated steel.

Cast iron.

Cast steel.

Gunmetal.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What should be carried out before starting a Diesel engine thathas been stopped for a period?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Check the reversing mechanism.

Turn over on air with indicator cocks open.

Check the governor operation.

Bar over by hand for several revolutions2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most commonly used fuel injection pump on largediesel engines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An M.A.N. type fuel pump

A Ricardo type fuel pump

A Bosch type fuel pump

A Curtis type fuel pump3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is the fuel injection timing altered on a Diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By altering the injector setting.

By altering the fuel pump lift.

By moving the camshaft position.

By adjusting the camshaft drive chain.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the formula for calculating engine power, P.L.A.N., what does Prepresent?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Maximum cylinder pressure.

Compression pressure.

Pressure at mid power stroke.

Mean cylinder pressure.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What determines the amount of fuel delivered by a Bosch typefuel pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The stroke length of the fuel pump.

The fuel cam profile.

The rotational position of the fuel pump plunger.

The fuel pump plunger top clearance.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For how long is the exhaust valve open in a 4-stroke turbocharged engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

150 degree

280 degree

200 degree

320 degree2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What could indicate a choked heat exchanger on the jacket watersystem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Low jacket water flow.

High jacket water temperature.

High exhaust temperatures.

Low seawater pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could cause the turbo inlet exhaust temperature to behigher than cylinder exhaust temperature?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Poor combustion.

Incorrect injection timing.

Engine overloaded.

This is normal.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most significant effect of fuel oil contamination of thelub oil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increases viscosity.

Increases flashpoint.

Removes additives from the lub oil.

Decreases flashpoint.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of compression takes place in a 4-stroke dieselengine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Isothermal

Isobaric

Adiabatic

Polytropic3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a 2 stroke engine what controls the admission of charge air?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Upper edge of piston.

Camshaft position.

Position of lower piston skirt.

Air inlet valve operation.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What percentage of Nitrogen is present in the engine intake air?

1)

2)

3)

4)

75.5%

70.5%

60.5%

65.5%1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a fuel oil service system where would the relief valvesdischarge?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Re-circulating line or pump suction.

Simplex fuel oil strainer.

Settling tanks.

Slop retention tanks.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would indicate a cracked cylinder liner or head?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High exhaust temperature.

Low exhaust temperature.

High lub oil consumption.

High jacket water temperature.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Should water be circulated through the main engine during portstay, and if so, why?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, as this would result in extra water consumption.

Yes, as the engine has to be ready to start at any time.

Yes, to maintain the engine temperature.

No, in case of a leak developing in the system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could be the consequence of inadequate valve tappetclearance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Exhaust valve leaking causing possible damage to seat and valve.

Accelerated valve gear wear.

High exhaust temperatures.

High jacket water temperatures.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the injection pump delivery valve?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To meter the delivery rate.

To adjust the injection pressure.

To adjust the injection timing.

To maintain injection pressure in the HP fuel line.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would represent an average specific fuel consumption for afour-stroke diesel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.15kg/kW hour.

0.30kg/kW hour.

0.25kg/kW hour.

0.20kg/kW hour.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the expansion tank in a Diesel enginejacket cooling water system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To allow for leakage in the system.

To take up the difference of water pressure with changes oftemperature.

To act as a spare tank in case the pressure is dropping.

To take up the difference of water volume with changes oftemperature. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the case of a serious main engine malfunction what would beyour course of action?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Slow down the engine and attempt to rectify the fault.

Attempt to rectify the fault.

Inform the bridge watch keeper before taking any action.

Stop the engine immediately and investigate the cause.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part of the 4-stroke diesel cycle is adiabatic?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compression stroke.

Combustion period.

Exhaust stroke.

Suction stroke.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the maximum allowable for Diesel engine cylinder linerwear?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2% of liner diameter.

0.2% of liner diameter.

1.5% of liner diameter.

0.8% of liner diameter.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the main constituents in Diesel engine exhaust gas?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Carbon monoxide, Nitrogen and Sulphur Dioxide.

Nitrogen, Carbon Dioxide and water vapour.

Nitrogen, Carbon Monoxide and Sulphur Dioxide.

Carbon Dioxide and un-burnt Oxygen.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For a turbo charger running at full speed, what would be a usualoil sump bath temperature on the turbine side?

1)

2)

3)

4)

35 to 45 deg C.

45 to 50 deg C.

55 to 65 deg C.

72 to 82 deg C.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If fuel contamination of lub oil is confirmed what action must youtake?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Change the complete lub oil charge.

Rectify the fuel leak and purify the oil.

Purify the oil and send off another sample for analysis.

Rectify the source of contamination and change the oil.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What material are Diesel engine piston rings manufactured from?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cast iron.

Carbon steel.

Cast steel.

Alloy steel.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What represents the available energy in a fuel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flash point.

Octane rating.

Calorific value.

Cetane number.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How should diesel engine exhaust temperatures change?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remain steady under fluctuating load.

Alter according to engine load.

Rise as engine rpm rises.

All remain the same.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the formula P.L.A.N. how is 'N' derived for a double acting twostroke?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Eng rpm/60.

Eng rpm/30.

Eng rpm/120.

Eng rpm/240.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the effect that describes unstable operation of the enginegovernor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dead band.

Insensitivity.

Hunting.

Oscillation.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following records the cylinder pressure existing atvarious positions throughout the engine cycle?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Timing diagram.

An Indicator diagram.

A Temperature diagram.

A Cycle diagram.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Under what engine conditions are indicator cards taken?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Low power.

At normal full load.

At 75% full load.

At any engine loading.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During a crankcase inspection what check should be made on thelub oil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The level in the oil sump tank.

The condition of the oil in the sump tank by test kit.

Uniform oil flow from bearings, top ends, guides, and gear train.

That the oil cooler inlet is clear.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What item is always found on diesel engine lub oil systems?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Low lub oil pressure shutdown.

Centrifugal oil filters.

Stand-by lub oil pump.

Reduced pressure feed to rocker gear.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If lub oil analysis results indicate fuel dilution what should be thefirst action?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Renew the lub oil charge.

Operate the lub oil purifier.

Locate and rectify source of contamination.

Take another set of samples and send off immediately.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The relief valve is fitted in the position shown to preventoverpressure..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

if the main air start valve jams in the closed position.

should the actuating piston leak.

if astern is selected when the engine is moving ahead.

if the cylinder head air start valve jams in the open position.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A boiler burner fails each time it is started with failure indicatedas "flame failure". Indicate the most likely reason.

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fan motor is faulty.

The fuel oil temperature is too high.

The flame cell is dirty.

The electrode cables have the wrong output voltage.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The engine room high level bilge alarm keeps sounding every fewminutes even though the bilge is empty. What action would you take?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Change the setting on the alarm printed circuit board.

Check the function of the level switch and the printed circuit boardfor this alarm group.

Disconnect the alarm and see if it helps.

Start the bilge pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO4-Operate Auxiliary Machinery and Control Systems

Q: What is component number 3 called?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A spring adjuster.

A spring tensioning washer.

A valve cover.

A spring plate.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is "chatter" in a safety valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The first leakage before the valve opens.

A failure of a safety valve to re-seat.

A metallic hammering noise.

A hissing sound indicating that a safety valve is leaking.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the brine cooler ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

D

H

K

C2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Should water be circulated through the main engine during a portstay, and if so why ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, as this would result in extra water consumption from mainengine water leaks.

Yes, as this will maintain watertight condition of hoses andconnections.

Yes, circulating the auxiliary jacket water will maintain the mainengine temperature.

No, as this will prevent the auxiliary engines attaining the correcttemperature. 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part number 1 called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The drainage tank.

The expansion tank.

The service tank.

The settlement tank.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the heater ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 1.

Number 2.

Number 3.

Number 4.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the two drawings shows two series connected purifiers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1.

2.

Neither.

Both 1 and 2.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is the inlet for the unclean oil ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Area 1.

Area 3.

Area 4.

Area 6.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

The chamber.

The paring disc.

The distributor.

The bowl hood.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the paring disc?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part 2.

Part 3.

Part 4.

Part 6.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The paring disc for processed oil.

The spring support.

Disc stack support bearing.

The water paring disc.4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The disk holder.

The disc stack.

The paring disc.

The distributor vanes.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where is the separation carried out ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Position number 1.

Position number 2.

Positioin number 7.

Position number 54

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of temperature control mode is fitted here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Controlling outlet by regulating the inlet.

Controlling outlet by regulating the outlet.

Controlling inlet by regulating the inlet.

Controlling inlet by regulating the outlet.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which kind of cooling water system is used with this compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Forced sea water cooling.

Open free flow sea water cooling.

Forced fresh water cooling.

Free flow fresh water cooling.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is indicated by position "I" at both of the cylinders ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water inlet of Intercoolers.

Water inlet of cylinders/intercoolers.

Water inlet of cylinders.

Water inlet of aftercoolers.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Suppose the delivery air pressure of this compressor is 30.0 bar.What class of compressor could this be ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A service air compressor.

An instrument air compressor.

A working air compressor.

A starting air compressor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the units marked "C" fitted on both cylinders ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Aftercoolers.

Intercoolers.

Cylinder blocks.

Cooling water vessels.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When is manual by-pass valve of this compressor cooler "CW"operated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

During normal running to keep the temperature constant.

In the case of a cooler tube leaking.

In cold climates to avoid moisture.

When the compressor is new/overhauled with new rings.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This drawing indicates the timing of the unloader and drains of acompressor. After how many seconds will the compressor pump atfull capacity ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

7 seconds.

12 seconds.

14 seconds.

Between 7 and 12 seconds.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When starting a compressor, why is it necessary for the unloaderto be activated before the drain valves are closed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

So the pumping action can blow the drains through.

To avoid the safety valves blowing.

To avoid air blowing in the bilges.

To prevent the compressor from tripping.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is it necessary to start a compressor with the drains open ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To hear that it is delivering pressure and the unloader is working.

To get rid of all the dirt inside.

To blow clear any moisture from the compressor discharge.

To avoid overloading the electric motor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On what part of the compressor does the unloader act and inwhat way ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It keeps the suction valves open.

It keeps the suctions valves closed.

It keeps the delivery valves open.

It keeps the delivery valves closed.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be the pressure in the air bottle which activates the"PC" and "S" connecting the unloader line with c and a ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between 6.5 and 8.5 bar.

Between 8.5 and 10.0 bar.

Between 0 and 8.5 bar.

Between 8.5 and 9.35 bar.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In which kind of compressor is this type of piston assembly fitted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Refrigeration compressor.

CO2 compressor.

Service air compressor.

Oil-free instrument air compressor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the stuffing box in this combined pistoncompressor assembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To keep the air of the pumping space separated from the guide.

To prevent oil from being pumped up to the pumping piston.

As sealing between pumping cylinder and guide cylinder.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In this oil-free compressor, of what material are the piston ringsof the pumping piston "P" made ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Chrome plated.

Slotted chromium.

Plain cast iron.

Carbon.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you increase fuel flow to the purifier using capacity controlvalve CC, what other action must you take?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increase the flow from the settling tank to the purifier.

Throttle steam to the HFO service tank.

Adjust back pressure with back pressure valve BPV.

Drain the service tank at shorter intervals.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of pump is the HFO purifier feed pump P ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A centrifugal pump.

A gear pump or worm pump.

A piston pump.

A vane pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is pump "P" driven from the purifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By V-belt.

By electric motor.

By shaft drive with replaceable sheer pins from the purifiercrankcase.

By direct gear drive from the purifier crankcase.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "F" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A flow meter.

A flow control device.

A normal mesh filter/strainer

A fuel shut-off solenoid.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using marine diesel oil with a density of about 0.87, whatwould be the inlet temperature of the fuel to the purifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

30 degree C.

40 degree C.

60 degree C.

85 degree C.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the ideal temperature to maintain the diesel oil daily tankand how is this achieved ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

45 degree C, by circulating the fuel with the purifier tank.

45 degree C, by application of steam heating.

65 degree C, by application of steam heating.

65 degree C, by circulating the fuel with the purifier tank.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When you start a purifier it takes several minutes to accelerate tofull speed since the power from the electric motor is transferred by..................... to the purifier.

1)

2)

3)

4)

a plate clutch

a magnetic coupling

a centrifugal clutch

a rotating coupling3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following alarms may sound after the automatic de-sludging cycle is completed and the purification of the oil restarts ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The overflow alarm.

The water seal alarm.

The oil high temperature alarm.

The oil high pressure alarm.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In what kind of machinery would this type of gland packing neverbe used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam valve spindles.

Refrigerating installations.

Sea water or freshwater pumping equipment.

Fuel oil or Lubricating oil systems.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do you call this device?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A safety lifting valve.

An overpressure blow-off valve.

A straight non-return valve.

A scavenge air valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the required temperature in the ship's fish room ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From 0 to - 5 degree C.

From -20 to - 25 degree C.

From -15 to - 20 degree C.

From -5 to -10 degree C.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the required temperature in the ship's dairy room ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From 0 to +3 degree C.

From +3 to +5 degree C.

From -2 to +2 degree C.

From +5 to +7 degree C.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the required temperature in the ship's vegetable room ?

1)

2)

3)

4)




From +7 to +10 degree C.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What parameter is controlling the capacity control system of thisdomestic refrigerating compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The temperature in the refrigerated rooms.

The temperature and back-pressure of the condensor.

The suction pressure of the compressor.

The discharge pressure of the compressor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Freon is being phased out gradually as a refrigerant. Why ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because it is too expensive.

Because it is being replaced by more efficient refrigerants.

Because it has a damaging effect on the Earth's ozone layer.

Because under certain conditions it is toxic.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How are the solenoid valves "S" (fitted before the evaporatingbanks) controlled ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the pressure of the evaporating liquid.

By the defrost control panel.

By the evaporator gas outlet temperature.

By the temperature inside the refrigerated compartments.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the state of the refrigerant which flows from thecondenser to the solenoids and the expansion valves ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is hot and undercooled.

It is under condenser pressure and undercooled.

It is below condenser pressure and condensed.

It rises above the condenser pressure and decreases intemperature. 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is there an oil separator "OS" fitted as shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because Freon absorbs oil and it needs to be separated.

To separate the oil dragged with the Freon from the compressor.

To separate oil during compressor start-up.

To collect the oil before stopping the compressor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the low pressure cut-out fitted on thesame manometer line as manometer "SM" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As safety shut-down device. Inspection and reset are required.

Purely as cut-in/cut-out device by low capacity. No reset required.

As safety power tripping device. Solenoids "S" will also close.

As alarm device only without shut-down function.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the high pressure cut-out fitted on thesame manometer pipe as manometer "DM" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As safety cut-out with additional alarm function . Manual resetrequired.

As operational cut-out when condenser pressurised prolonged.

As electrical overload and alarm, auto reset.

As alarm device only.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the oil differential pressure cut-out fittedbetween the manometer pipes of manometers "P" and "SM" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As temporary cut-out.

As high temperature warning.

As warning/cut out due to oil foaming.

As a low lub oil pressure cut-out.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If during your watch the air-conditioning compressor cuts-outbecause of high discharge pressure, what are you going to checkimmediately ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

If the accommodation vent fan has tripped.

The level of the receiver, to see if the Freon has escaped.

That there is sufficient cooling water to the condenser.

Ice formation on the evaporating unit.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is there a receiver fitted below the condenser of an air-conditioning unit unlike on the condenser of the domestic fridgesystem ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because the air-conditioning does not run in winter climates.

To store spare Freon.

Because there is more chance of leakage and Freon escape.

Because the capacity is larger.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: You are notified that it is getting hot in the accommodation andthe air conditioning is not working. What do you check immediately?

1)

2)

3)

4)

If the aircon compressor is still running.

If suction and discharge pressures on the compressor are normal.

If the accomodation vent fans are running.

If there is sufficient refrigerant in the system.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When should the recirculation of air from the accommodation beset to 100 % and the fresh air intake totally closed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When outside temperature is more than 30 degree C.

During cargo operations or cargo transfer in port or at sea.

When outside temperature is more than 36 degree C.

When vessel is moored at an oil refinery.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the most important item of maintenance required toensure maximum efficiency of the accomodation air conditioningplant?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Clean the central air conditioning fan unit intake suction filters.

Ensure always that there is sufficient Freon in the receiver.

Ensure the evaporator unit remains ice free.

Clean the sea water side of the condenser every 2 months.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of metal must never be allowed to come in contact withFreon liquid or Freon gas and why ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Chromium, it will overheat.

Iron, it will be rapidly wasted by the Freon.

Aluminium, it dissolves in contact with Freon.

Copper, it has a harmful effect on the Freon.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of pump is referred to in the drawing as an "H.S.PUMP" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Higgins-Simpson pump.

Hydraulic solenoid pump.

Hele-Shaw pump.

High suction pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the valves "PR" fitted between the Portand Starboard cylinders ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To return any excess oil back to the suction of the pump.

To act as automatic by-pass valves when the steering gear isstopped.

To be opened to allow emergency steering.

To relieve excess pressure, absorbing shock and preventingdamage. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When will the Hele-Shaw pump commence pumping action ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As soon as the electric motor is started.

As soon as the pilot system is started on the bridge.

As soon as point "Z" moves.

As soon as the telemotor pump is started.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When a command is given to this steering gear, what happens ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The spring "S" will be compressed or elongated.

The valves "PR" will activate, building up hydraulic pressure.

Point "X" will move, in turn moving point "Z", controlling the pumpdelivery.

The hydraulic pumps will start.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of spring "S" fitted between point "Y" and theTrunion block of the steering gear ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To elongate and compress and keep point "Y" in place.

To absorb the clearance of the Trunion with the rod "X-Y".

Ensuring flexibility by absorbing vibrations and clearances.

To avoid sudden movements and overload.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is to be checked during a drydocking period to ensure thatany upward movement of the rudder will be contained and damageto the steering gear will be avoided ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The rudder stock carrier bearing clearance.

The pallister bearing clearance.

The upper and lower pintle jumping bar clearances.

The pintle bearing clearances.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which action of the steering gear pumps is feasible ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure to cylinders A and D , return oil from B and C.

Pressure to cylinder A, return oil from D.

Pressure to cylinders A and B, return oil from C and D.

Pressure to cylinders A and C, return oil from B and D.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During normal operations, the command rod "C" pushes point"Z" and the control rod off centre so that the "HS" pumps startpumping and the steering gear moves. When will it stop moving ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the command rod "C" stops moving.

When the command rod "C" moves in opposite direction.

When the trunion point "Y" pushes point "Z" back to its originalposition.

When the rudder angle indicator corresponds to the command.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What should you observe when inspecting the steering gearduring your watch ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The oil level in the oil tank, see that there is no oil leakage.

The greasing of trunion and Pallister bearing is adequate.

No abnormal noise or vibrations, pump power consumption normal.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This electric circuit is part of the Steering Gear Control System, inwhich the output is either 1 or 0 as either solenoid 1or 2 is energized.It is an example of what kind of circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Wheatstone Bridge.

Two double resistor circuits balanced by the solenoids.

Two Potentiometers with amplifier relays.

A booster aggregate.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The first potentiometer of this electric command system islocated on the bridge. By what mode might it be actuated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By hand steering.

By push button steering.

By automatic steering via the auto-pilot.

By any of these steering methods.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the principle in which oil/water separation takes place inthis cascade tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By separation frames.

By directional change and centrifugal action in triple-action.

By acceleration through chambers.

By acceleration and gravitation.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This steering gear telemotor system is drawn in the neutralposition, rudder amidship. This means that ......... .

1)

2)

3)

4)

pump "P" is not pumping.

the double check valves are blocked.

the capacity control is at zero.

neither solenoid "S1" or "S2" is energised.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the double check valves fitted in thistelemotor system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To keep the rudder locked in the desired position.

To maintain the set pressure in the system.

To avoid oil blockage and stickiness.

To avoid pipe rupture due to sudden movements.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the capacity control on the telemotor of asteering gear ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To keep the oil delivery quantity of the pump constant.

To keep the outlet pressure and capacity to react constant.

To keep the electric capacity between parameters (absorption).

To keep the oil delivery quantity to the telemotor ram constant.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How might this steering system be actuated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By automatic gyro steering.

By push-button steering.

By hand steering.

By any of these.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of boilers are fitted (one only shown) to feed thisturbine installation ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Scotch type boilers.

Water tube boilers.

Cochran type boilers.

Exhaust dissipation boilers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Item "H' of the drawing indicates ............................ of this turbineinstallation ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

the distributor.

the steam filter.

the manoevring stand.

the steam reducer.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: This installation consists of the following turbine combination :

1)

2)

3)

4)

a high pressure and a low pressure turbine.

a turbine system with ahead and astern manoevring capability.

the H.P and L.P turbine acting in tandem to one reduction gear.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items "R" and why are they required ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Thrust bearings. To catch axial force and propel the ship.

Reducing block bearings. As turbine shaft support.

Coupling flanges. To allow disassemble of pinion gears.

Flexible couplings. To allow flexibility between HP and LP turbines.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is steam allowed to position - J' - of the turbine "J " ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is the steam regenerating line.

It is the steam gland feeder line.

It is the steam to the astern turbine.

It is the parallel reduced steam line.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are components "S" required ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To transform rotating power into axial power.

To absorb the vibrations on the propeller.

To reduce high turbine speed to propeller speed.

To enable maximum fuel efficiency of the turbine installation.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Of what is this finned pipe a part ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Of an exhaust gas boiler steam generator.

Of an exhaust gas boiler economiser.

Of an exhaust gas boiler superheater.

Of any of the other options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the fins fitted on this steam piping ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As "Harmonica" piping, to make the piping flexible.

To increase the heated surface of the piping.

To allow for expansion with temperature differences.

To absorb the vibrations existing in the funnel.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After sometime, scale build-up is unavoidable in steamgenerating coils. How is it removed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By cleaning with boiler tube brushes.

In the drydock by chemical engineers.

Bythe circulation of chemicals by small pump in port.

By flushing with the boiler water circulation pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is this finned piping of an exhaust gas boiler fastened in theboiler wall ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is caulked.

With a screwed coupling.

It is expanded.

It is welded.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is the soot which will accumulate between the finned pipingof an exhaust gas boiler removed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By sand blasting in the drydock.

By high pressure water jet washing at 3000 psi.

By chemical cleaning with pump in port.

Soot blowing at sea, water washing in port.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would you do if water was found leaking at sea from theexhaust gas boiler and it is found to be from a leaking finned tubepipe from the steam generating unit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Plug the pipe.

Plug the section/ bank.

Put the entire steam generating bank out of commission.

Put the exhaust gas boiler out of commission.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: By which unit is the combustion intensity in this boiler controlled?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By pressostat controlled fuel admission solenoids.

By the regulating valve "R".

By the compound regulator.

By the position of the air flap.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of burner would be fitted to this boiler ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A high speed jet burner.

A rotating cup burner.

A steam assisted burner.

A rotating nozzle burner.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of "S" fitted in the fuel admission line to therotating cup burner of this boiler ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Emergency stop / Boiler failure cut-out for any reason.

Fuel admission by operation/ Fuel block by stop/emergency.

Keeps fuel to burner open in normal firing mode via photocell.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main purpose of the photocell "P" fitted in the burnerfront casing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To energise the fuel solenoid "S" when comustion is satisfactory.

To cut-out the boiler if water level is low.

To maintain the correct fuel/air ratio.

To detect firing of the pilot burner "PB".1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the stand-by indicating light is energised on the control panel ofthis boiler burner, what does it indicate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the boiler is ready to be fired and no alarm conditions exist.

That an alarm condition extists.

That the pilot burner is in operation.

That the fuel is circulating and at the temperature ready to fire.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the "Boiler Firing Switch" fitted on thecontrol panel of this boiler burner ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To isolate the electric power to the control panel.

To open the fuel valve to the burner.

To change from stand-by to firing mode and fire-up the boiler.

To fire the boiler on manual in emergency.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is happening when the "PURGING" indicating light isilluminated on the control panel of the boiler burner ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Purging air in boiler with flap "F" full open, solenoid "S" and "PB"closed.

Pump "P" is purging the fuel over pressure valve "R".

Both air and fuel are admitted over "F" and "S" , ignition will start.

The boiler starts firing and the photocell will activate.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What burner equipment item operating when the ignitionindication light is illuminated on this boiler's control panel ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuel solenoid "S"

The recirculating valve "R".

The compound regulator "CR"

The pilot burner "PB"4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The firing or the flame indicating light on the control panel of thisboiler burner control panel shows that ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the pilot burner has fired.

ignition is taking place.

fuel is admitted to the main burner.

the boiler is operating normally.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The flame failure lamp on the control panel of this boiler burnerwill illuminate when ...................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the pilot burner fails to fire the main burner.

the flame is being smothered by water in the fuel.

the flame is dark due to incorrect fuel/air ratio.

Any of these faults.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the restart button which you will find fittedto the control panel of this boiler's burner?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To be pressed after low water cut-out.

To be pressed after restarting the feedwater pump.

To be pressed after flame failure.

To be pressed after the forced draught fan trips.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following conditions is a lock-out condition whichwill consequently illuminate the lock-out indicating lamp fitted to thecontrol panel of the boiler burner light up ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Burner not correctly secured in position.

Low fuel oil pressure.

Low water level.

Any of these faults.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you fire the boiler and it misfires repeatedly, indicating flamefailure, what are you going to check first?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The boiler water level is at the correct level.

The fuel oil pressure and temperature are correct.

The photocell is clean in sight glass "G".

The ignitor rods, clean the ignitor tips if necessary.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you think should be the temperature on thermometer "T"during normal operation of this boiler ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

45 to 50 degree C.

60 to 65 degree C.

90 to 100 degree C.

125 to 130 degree C.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Prior to carrying out any work on boiler burners, you shouldisolate them. What is understood by this ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

You must ensure that all electrical power supplies are shut off.

You must ensure that all fuel line valves are shut and fuel drained.

You must ensure that funnel uptake flap is closed.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "A" in the steam lay-out drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The main 7.0 bar pressure reducing valve.

The 7.0 bar - 3 bar pressure reducing valve.

The 7.0 bar steam pressure relief valve.

The 3.0 bar steam pressure relief valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "B" in this steam lay-out drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The 7.0 bar pressure reducing valve.

The 3.0 bar pressure reducing valve.

The 7.0 bar manifold safety valve.

The 3.0 bar manifold safety valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "C" in this drawing of the steam lay-out ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The 7.0 - 3.0 bar steam reducing valve.

The main steam reducing valve.

The main safety blow-off valve.

The 3.0 bar safety blow-off valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is item "D" in this drawing of a steam lay-out ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A stem pressure reducing valve.

A steam balancing valve.

A blow-off valve.

A safety relief valve for the low pressure manifold.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The exhaust steam line of one of the consumers shown in thisdrawing will not return via the atmospheric condenser but direct viaa water trap to the hot well. Which one ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Viscorator.

Purifiers.

M.E. heating.

Laundry.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a split, reduced steam manifold, one manifold of pressure 7.0bar, the other3.0 bar. From which manifold are the returns taken direct to thehotwell?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From the 7.0 bar manifold.

From the 3.0 bar manifold.

From either the 7.0 bar or the 3.0 bar manifold.

Neither.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is there an air vent provided on the atmospheric condenser ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To blow off excess steam.

To avoid vacuum and keep atmospheric pressure.

To prevent the hotwell from steaming up.

To de-airate, to avoid corrosion.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of a steam trap, shown as "ST" on thredrawing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To retain the steam and let the water pass.

To retain the water and let the steam pass.

To let steam and water pass only under atmospheric pressure.

To let water pass only under a vacuum.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is this funnel like pipe fitted below the evaporating surfaceof the boiler water ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A feedwater funnel.

A blow down funnel.

A boiler water sample drain funnel.

A skimming plate.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When skimming-off, which valve will you fully open first and closelast, whilst operating the other valve throttled ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The inner valve open first full and close last after operation.

The inner valve open first, the outer valve close last.

The outer valve open first and close last after operation.

The outer valve open first and the inner valve close last.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How do you carry out skimming operations on the boiler water ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Blow the water down until steam gushes out.

Slowly with feedwater pumps stopped.

Four to five repeated blows of about 5 seconds each.

When the boiler steam pressure has been reduced to atmosphericpressure. 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which main air compressor is normally used to top up the mainair bottles ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main air compressor No 1.

Main air compressor No 2.

Main air compressor No 1 or No 2.

Main air compressor No 1 and No 2.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During vessel manoeuvring, which Main Air Bottles are used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No 1 Main Air Bottle.

No 2 Main Air Bottle.

No 1 or No 2 Main Air Bottle.

No 1 and No 2 Main Air Bottle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items "NR " fitted after the compressors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Demisters.

Oil separators.

Safety valves.

Check valves.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of filling valves are fitted on all the air bottles ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High pressure gate valves.

High pressure scew lift valves.

High pressure remote-control valves.

High pressure S.D. check valves.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is item "M" fitted in the discharge line of the Instrument AirCompressor (I.A.C.) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An oil separator.

An automatic drain valve.

A moisture separator.

A drain valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the primary purpose of drain valves "D" fitted on all airbottles ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To blow the bottles empty if required.

To remove dirt from the bottle.

To remove water and condensate from the bottle.

To remove excessive oil from the bottle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the fittings listed below is NOT usually fitted on acompressed air bottle ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A thermometer.

A pressure gauge.

A safety valve.

A drain valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "A.D." in the main air supply line from the InstrumentAir Bottle ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An air drain.

An air safety discharge valve.

An air dryer.

An air pressure safety device.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are items "CP" fitted in the Working Air and Instrument Airsupply lines ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure capacity vessels.

Condensate pots.

Constant pressure vessels.

Pressure relief units.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose you find that the safety valve of the Working Air Bottleblows off at a pressure in excess of 8.5 bar. Which of the causeslisted below is NOT a possible cause for this lifting of the safetyvalve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressor unloader is stuck in loading position.

Setting of cut-in / cut-out pressostat wrongly adjusted or defective.

Pressure reducing valve from main air bottle defective or stuck.

Insufficient air consumption by the working air consumers.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In what kind of machinery do you find this type of valve fitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main engine scavenge air manifold.

Ventilation air ducts.

Air compressors cylinder heads.

Auxiliary diesel crankcase door explosion relief valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is part No. 3 of this valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A valve flexible disc.

A feather spring plate.

A disc connecting plate.

A suction/discharge plate disc.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How do you to make this valve air tight during overhaul ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By fitting O-rings on seat plate 5.

By machining the seat of valve disc 4 and seat plate 5.

By fitting cupper gaskets to the valve body.

By lapping and polishing valve disc 4 and seat plate 5.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is this type of valve kept in place in the cylinder head of anair compressor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is screwed into the valve space of the cylinder head.

It is secured to the cylinder head by bolts.

It is fitted in a valve housing which is bolted by a flange onto thecylinder head.

It is kept in place by a collar flange, bolted on the cylinder head2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the valve shown here made air tight in the cylinder head ofthe compressor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No joint, both faces lapped to each other.

An O-ring of perbunan is fitted between valve and seat.

A general purpose joint is fitted.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is it important that the exhaust gas boiler bypass flap toexhaust is operated when the main engine is running at reduced ormanoeuvring speed on Heavy Fuel Oil. ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To ensure proper firing of the engine.

To ensure starting of the engine.

To avoid backpressure on the engine at low speed.

To avoid corrosion in the exhaust gas boiler.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the auxiliary seawater pump "AS" fails, which pump should beused to cool the condensers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fire Pump "FP ".

General Service Pump "GSP".

Hydrophore Pump "HP".

Main Sea Water Pump(s) "MS".4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the reefer condenser pump "PP" fails, which pump would youuse to supply cooling water to these reefer condensers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fire Pump "FP'

General Service Pump "GSP"

Auxiliary SW PUMP "AS"

Any of these pumps may be used.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the auxiliary condenser is not in use for any operation at sea,which pump should be used to cool the atmospheric and dumpingcondensers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The General Service Pump "GSP".

The Fire Pump "FP".

The Reefer Condenser pump "PP".

By the Main Seawater Pump "MS".4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the dirty oily water mixture fills chamber 1 of this separationbowl, where will the clean oil be found ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Item 2 in the bowl.

Item 3 in the bowl.

Item 4 in the bowl.

Between item 2 and item 4.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What liquid substance is present in chamber 1 of this oil- waterseparator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Clean oil.

Water.

Dirty oil.

Oil/water mixture.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a dirty oily/water mixture is entering chamber item 1 of thisseparator, where will the dirt settle ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With the liquid item 3.

On the bottom item 4.

With the liquid item 2.

On the separation plate between liquids 2 and 3.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which force is acting to separate water from oil in this separator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centrifugal force.

Gravitational force.

Kinetic energy.

Chemical potential.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where will the dirt collect which is separated from the oily watermixture in this Sharples separator, shown left ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On the inner mantle of the cylindrical bowl.

On the oil/water separation plate.

On the bottom of the cylindrical bowl.

Near separating plate flushed off with water.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where will the dirt collect from the oily water mixture if separatedby the centrifugal disc type separator, shown right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On the cylindrical surface of the bowl.

On the bottom of the bowl.

On the top separation plate between oil and water.

In between the discs.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The Sharples separator, shown left and the Disc type separator,shown right, both run at high RPM. But which runs at the highestspeed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Both run at the same RPM.

The Sharples runs at a higher RPM.

The DISC type runs at a higher RPM.

It depends for which kind of oil gravity either is used.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The Disc type oil separator can usually separate water from oilwhen processing oils between which density ranges ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.845 to 0.965.

0.78 to 0.98.

0.87 to 0.95.

0.84 to 0.945.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If insufficient water sealing is present (blue colour) in the bowl ofthis separator, what will be the effect ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water will discharge with the clean oil.

Insufficient oil will be pumped through the purifier.

The purifier will overflow oil on the water side.

The high temperature alarm will activate.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What should be the thermal efficiency of this kind of tube heatexchanger ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

between 32 and 46 %.



100 %.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the heated medium of this heater is oil and the heating mediumis steam, excess steam supply or insufficient oil flow could causeexcessive .................... in the heater.

1)

2)

3)

4)

deformation.

pitting.

corrosion.

carbon formation.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is a heavy flywheel (item number 7) required on this startingair compressor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To absorb the large torsional forces (2 cylinder).

To absorb the vibrations due to high speed (900 - 720 RPM).

To accelerate evenly when starting.

To avoid stalling when drain and unloaders close.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose the rated delivery pressure of this main air compressoris 25 bar, what would be the delivery pressure of the first stagecylinder ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

12.5 bar.

15 bar.

8.3 bar.

5 bar.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which parts of a refrigeration plant are shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressor, dryer, evaporator.

Compressor, oil separator, evaporator.

Compressor, collector, condenser.

Compressor, oil separator, condenser.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of condenser is fitted to this refrigeration unit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A fin coil air fan cooled type.

An air duct cooled type.

A sea water cooled type condenser.

A fresh water cooled type condenser.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: To which type of installation would you find these refrigerationcomponents fitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Reefer ship cargo installations.

Ships accommodation air conditioning plants.

Engine control room air conditioning plants.

Small domestic refrigeration units.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the capacity of this type of refrigeration installationcontrolled ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the compressor unloader.

By the expansion valve.

By the solenoid valve.

No capacity control is fitted.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How are the components of this type of refrigeration systemjoined together ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By flared piping connections.

By screwed piping connections.

By flanged piping connections.

By soldered piping connections.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the correct name of part number 1 shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A thermo-balanced expansion valve.

A thermodynamic expansion valve.

A thermostatic expansion valve.

A thermo-controlled expansion valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What size of refrigeration installation is shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A large installation (reefer cargo).

A medium size installation (accommodation aircon).

A smaller size installation(provision rooms, small air conditioningunits).

A very small cabinet refrigerator unit.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of medium is found in the line to which safety blow-offvalve part No 3 is fitted (red line) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hot superheated gas of high pressure.

Hot saturated gas and oil.

High pressure wet gas.

Resaturated high pressure gas.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No 5 of this refrigerator compressor drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A cylinder head spaces plate.

A valve plate.

A distance collar.

A cylinder head gasket plate.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of material is NEVER used for the pistons of arefrigeration compressor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cast Iron.

Light alloy.

Perlite steel.

Pure aluminium.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is lubrication arranged in this refrigeration compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By attached crankcase lub. oil pump.

By splash lubrication.

By a cylinder lubricator.

By independent lubricating pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the suction and delivery valves are closed for test and thecompressor is losing gas pressure rapidly (indicating a leak), whichpart would you suspect first?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The valve plate gaskets.

The crankcase door gasket (fitted on block No 1).

The flanged pipe gauge connections.

The shaft seal (item No 7).4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No. 7 of this refrigerated compressor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A flexible type shaft seal.

A carbon ring type shaft seal.

A chemical resistant box seal.

A spring tensioned bellow seal.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which type of suction and delivery valves woul be fitted in thistype compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A cylindrical combination suction/delivery valve.

Vane type valve plates riveted on valve plate.

One each cylindrical suction and delivery valve.

Spring controlled poppet valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In what capacity range are refrigeration compressors of this typefound (shaft input expressed in Kilo Watts) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

300 W to 1.5 kW.

2.5 kW to 7.5 kW.

5 kW to 15 kW.

25 kW to 65 kW.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Is capacity control feasable on this compressor ? If yes, howwould it be arranged ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, capacity control system cannot be fitted.

Yes, capacity control valve acts on the unloader by suctionpressure.

Yes, by throttling the suction valve.

Yes, by setting the expansion valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No. 3 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The sterntube.

The stern.

The rudder.

The transom.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the shaft called to which the propeller is fastened ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The main engine shaft.

The stern shaft.

The intermediate shaft.

The tail shaft.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the propeller fitted onto its shaft, so as to avoid it fromslipping ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is bolted on the flange of the drive shaft.

It is locked into slots on the drive shaft.

It is keyed onto a tapered shaft.

Wires are fitted through the securing holes of shaft and propeller.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part is fitted under the propeller cone ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The propeller seal.

The propeller locking bar.

The propeller nut.

The rope guard.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What metal is the stern tube usually lined with?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Aluminium brass.

Gunmetal.

White metal.

Phosphor bronze.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How would this stern tube bearing be lubricated ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By grease.

By water supply.

By a closed lubricating oil system.

It is self lubricating.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If refrigerant gauges are calibrated in Absolute CorrespondingTemperature, can these gauges be used for any refrigerant in anyrefrigerating system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Can be used for Freon 12 or Freon 22 only.

Can be used for any refrigerant.

Can be used for any refrigerant except AMMONIA.

Are calibrated for only one refrigerant.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the shape of stern tube seals (forward and aft) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are flat gaskets between flanges.

They are square in form and diagonally cut.

They are round in form and in one piece (O-ring type).

They are lip seals and in one piece.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which are the stern tube bearing parts on this type of stern tube?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cylindrical steel tube aft.

The forward and aft plummer blocks.

The forward and the aft bearing bushes (liners).

The cylindrical steel tube with white metal lining and oil supplysystem. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the 3-way cock part No. 7 in the stern tubeoil circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To remove air from the system.

To fill oil in the system.

To drain the oil from the stern tube and sample.

To change over from main to forward stern tube sealing circuit.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is the stern tube header tank fitted above the sea water level?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To ensure lubrication of the after stern tube seal.

To ensure lubrication of the forward stern tube seal.

To avoid oil being spilled overboard.

To avoid sea water entering the stern tube.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Steam produced by a boiler whose temperature is above thatcorresponding to its pressure is referred to as..............?

1)

2)

3)

4)

dry steam.

regenerated steam.

bled steam.

superheated steam.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What liquid is present in collecting point 11 at the bottom of thefresh water generator evaporator shell?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ejector water.

Brine.

Fresh water.

Sea water.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the sea water pump item No. 13 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To supply sea water to the condenser.

To drive the air ejector of the evaporator.

To supply water to be evaporated.

To cool the evaporator.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the source of energy used to convert salt water into freshwater in this fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The vacuum and ejector pump item 13.

The seawater pump supplying the evaporating water item 14.

The ejector pump and seawater pump combined.

The waste heat from the main engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is a vacuum created in the fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the condensing effect in the condenser.

By pumping or educting out the brine.

By the vapour eductor driven by the ejector pump.

By the differential temperature of fresh and sea water.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is item No 9 shown here fitted between evaporator andcondenser of this fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A desalinator unit.

A water filter assembly.

A water deflector.

A heating cap.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the required salinity of the fresh water produced asdrinking water onboard ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Below 20 ppm.

Below 50 ppm.

Below 7 ppm.

Below 2 ppm.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the maximum salinity allowable (in ppm) for waterproduced by this fresh water generator when it is to be used inmedium pressure water tube boilers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20 ppm.

15 ppm.

7 ppm.

2ppm.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the FW generator is producing water with salinity of 5 ppm andis changed to produce water of 2 ppm, this is mainly achieved by.....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

slowing down production by opening the vacuum breaker valve.

decreasing production by lowering fresh water supply from M.E.

decreasing sea water cooling to the condenser.

throttling sea water feed supply to the evaporator.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What should be the level in the sight glass of the accumulatedfresh water in the fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

One inch from the bottom.

Two inches from the top.

Half level.

Between one fourth and half level.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the ideal temperature difference between inlet and outleton this evaporator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 to 4 degree C.

4 to 6 degree C.

6 to 8 degree C.

8 to 12 degree C.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of pump is the distillate water pump, item No 7, and atwhat pressure is it discharging the liquid?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Vane pump, under pressure.

Centrifugal pump, under vacuum.

Centrifugal pump under pressure.

Vane pump, under vacuum.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Prior to starting the distillate pump, item No 7, it is necessary tomake sure that ............................ in order to avoid the pump runningdry.

1)

2)

3)

4)

water is visible in the sight glass of the evaporator.

the discharge valve of the pump is shut.

the vacuum in the evaporator is still minimum.

the evaporator is full and under presuure.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When starting up a fresh water generator it often happens that thedistillate pump fails to pump out the produced water. This could becaused by ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the vacuum being too high in the fresh water generator.

the fresh water generator being too high.

an air leak on the shell and grease needs to be applied.

the pump is drawing in air through a leaking shaft seal.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the watch as duty engineer, what would youcheck first, before inspecting the plant condition?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The engine room bilges.

The log book entries from the previous watch.

The fire alarm monitoring equipment.

The Chief Engineer's standing orders and special instructions.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Whilst taking over of the watch, besides verifying standing ordersand the actual condition of the plant, tank levels and operations,what other important matter should you verify?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the bilges of all wells pumped.

What is the firefighting equipment in state of readiness.

If any workis being performed in the engine room.

Where are the leakages in pipes, tanks and equipment.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In reefer installations the cooling effect is produced by loweringthe pressure of the refrigerant so that .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the liquid will be able to absorb heat from the surroundings.

the liquid will be able to expand to gas.

its boiling point is reached and it will be able to absorb heat.

it will be able to be compressed again and give off heat.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In this nozzle/flapper assembly (part of a pneumatic controlsystem) at what distance away from the nozzle does the flapper needto be moved in order not to have any influence on the NBP (nozzleback pressure) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

h = 0.4 D.

h = 0.25 D.

h = 0.5 D.

h = D.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the meaning of the pressure indicated by NBP on thisnozzle/flapper assembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Normal Basic Pressure.

Nominal Balance Pressure.

Nozzle Back Pressure.

Nozzle Balance Pressure.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most common reason for malfunctioning or erraticfunctioning of a pneumatic nozzle/flapper assembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The nozzle is worn out.

The flapper is broken or distorted.

Dirty air passages of restrictor and nozzle.

Oil or moisture in the back pressure line (NBP).3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the flapper is pushed against the nozzle so that h = 0, what willthe reading of NBP become ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 psi.

20 psi.

3 psi.

15 psi.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: This characteristic shows that only linear part a-b can be used.This means that the normal effective travel of the flapper is only............... for the full measuring range.

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.005 mm.

0.01 mm.

0.05 mm.

0.10 mm.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What pneumatic control device is shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pneumatic flapper/nozzle assembly.

A pneumatic controller.

A pneumatic amplifier.

A pneumatic booster aggregate.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which important pneumatic control accessory is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressure regulator.

An amplifier.

An nozzle / flapper assembly.

A transmitter.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most common reason for malfunctioning of apneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Gasket No 8 blown.

Diaphragma No 7 bursts.

Valve stem No 6 defective.

Internal passages blocked by oil mixed with dirt.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: This shows a pneumatic control unit which forms the basis ofpneumatic control engineering. It is ...............?

1)

2)

3)

4)

a pneumatic transmitter assembly.

a totaliser or summator unit.

a nozzle/flapper assembly with amplifier.

a pneumatic basic controller unit.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: These small pneumatic pipes are connected to the different partsof pneumatic system so they can be easily dismantled, using...................?

1)

2)

3)

4)

clamps with bellow packing.

retainer springs and silicon.

plugs and O-rings.

sleeves and copper gaskets.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part shown here is the nozzle in this pneumatic assembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part No. 2

Part No. 3

Part No. 4

Part No. 51

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will be the existing pneumatic pressure in connecting pipeitem No 6 from flapper nozzle assembly to the pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between 2 and 2.75 psi.

Between 3 and 15 psi.

20 psi.

Between 0 and 20 psi.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the output pressure of this pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

7 to 15 psi.

3 to 15 psi.

15 to 25 psi.

3 to 20 psi.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What pneumatic device is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A proportional controller.

A proportional transmitter.

A feedback amplifier.

A feedback controller.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the name of the bellow P, which indicates its purpose ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Absorbing bellow.

Equalising bellow.

Feedback bellow.

Lifting bellow.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If we shift the nozzle/flapper assembly to the left so that thelength of "a" is half of length "b", to what level will L' rise before itstabilizes ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Twice the height from level L.

Half the height from Level L.

1/4th the height from level L.

Four times the height from level L.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the level difference between L and L' called in thisprocess ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The span.

The range.

The amplification.

The offset.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The working pressures used by pneumatic control componentsare between 3 and 15 psi. What are the equivalent currents used byelectric control equipment ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between 0 and 20 mA or 4 and 20 mA.

Between 10 and 50 mA or 15 and 50 MA.

Between 20 and 60 mA or 25 and 75 mA.

Between 0 and 5 or 3 and 9 mA.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Alternator temperature indicators often giving readings indegrees Fahrenheit. If a reading is 80 degrees F, how many degreesCelsius is this ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

23.8.

26.6.

29.2.

32.7.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The two valves shown on the left of this picture are called flatvalves and give a high throughput for a small lift in height. They aremostly used for ...........................

1)

2)

3)

4)

process stability, for a certain percentage in lift changes thethroughput by the same percentage.

self correcting flow valve, by changing pressures in the system thethroughput the same.

open - close regulation.

a stop (zero flow) valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The two valves shown in the centre of the drawing are.....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

pear shaped valves.

flat top valves.

linear valves.

equi-percentage valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The two valves on the left of this picture are ................., the twovalves on the right are ............... valves.

1)

2)

3)

4)

flat top, linear.

pear shaped, equi-percentage.

linear, curved.

linear, equi-percentage.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In addition to pressure, Freon gauges are calibrated in:

1)

2)

3)

4)

absolute pressure.

absolute corresponding temperature.

superheated gas temperature.

saturated gas temperature.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a refrigeration system the method of reducing the capacitywithout reducing the compressor speed is called:

1)

2)

3)

4)

hot gas by-passing.

short cycling.

hot pressure by-passing.

low pressure by-passing.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When the evaporator coils are located directly inside therefrigerated space the system is known as..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

an indirect system.

a low pressure system.

a double evaporator system.

a direct system.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An abnormally hot suction line in a refrigerating plant may be dueto.............

1)

2)

3)

4)

insufficient refrigerant.

too much refrigerant.

too much oil in circulation.

high latent heat of evaporation.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Low alkalininity of boiler water or the presence of free oxygen, orboth may result in .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

scale.

corrosion.

foaming.

priming.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Flash point of oil is the temperature at which ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

It will ignite in the cylinder.

condensation occurs.

it should be stored in a pressurised tank.

flammable vapours form at its surface.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Kinetic energy of a body is due to its .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

position.

temperature.

motion.

horsepower.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is a unit of work?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pounds per minute.

Kilograms per minute.

Kilogram meters.

Foot-pounds per minute.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Power is the work done ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

per unit of acceleration.

per unit of force.

per unit of time.

per unit of distance.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the combustible elements of fuel oil is a major source ofboiler corrosion?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Oxygen.

Sulphur.

Hydrogen.

Carbon.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A hydrazine test is conducted on boiler water to check for ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

sulphates.

excess oxygen.

phosphates.

nitrates.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Saturated steam produced by a boiler should be separated frommoisture ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

by the superheater.

by cyclones.

by passing through the dry pipe.

in the turbine steam trap.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The Specific Heat of water is ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

One

10 degree F

100 degree C

greater than 212 degree F1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The unit of measure used to express the chloride content of boilerwater is ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

PPM.

gms per cc.

pH.

micro-ohm.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do you call the valve that prevents steam pressure fromexceeding the allowable working pressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The safety valve.

The steam regulator valve.

The steam pressure reducing valve.

The main steam stop valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The relief valves in a fuel oil service system discharge to eitherthe service pump suction or to the ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

recirculating line.

simplex fuel oil strainer.

settling tanks.

slop retention tanks.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Testing boiling water for chloride content will indicate the amountof ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

solids in the water as a result of sea water contamination.

phosphate present in the water.

dissolved solids in total present in the water.

alkalinity level.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Under normal conditions, how is the superheated steam outlettemperature regulated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By diverting part of the flow through the desuperheater.

By varying the combustion air.

By regulating the water supply temperature.

By replacing the burners nozzles.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following is the neutral PH value ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0

7

9

7.52

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Steam which is in physical contact with the boiling water fromwhich it is being generated is called ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

unsaturated steam.

pure steam.

wet steam.

saturated steam.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The atmospheric pressure is accurately indicated by a .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bourdon gauge.

hygrometer..

manometer.

barometer.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When a fresh water generator condenses water vapour into waterit ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

emits latent heat of fusion.

emits latent heat of evaporation.

absorbs latent heat of fusion.

absorbs latent heat of evaporation.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The heat used to change a liquid to a vapour is called 'latent heatof ..............'

1)

2)

3)

4)

fusion

evaporation

absorption

transmission2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A refrigerant gives up heat when it ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

evaporates.

condenses.

vapourises.

boils.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The lowest temperature obtained in a refrigerator system is thetemperature of the .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

evaporator coil.

liquid in the condenser.

receiver cooling water temperature.

liquid in the evaporator.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Refrigerating or cooling effect is produced by ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the pressure change of the refrigerant.

the boiling refrigerant changing to a vapour.

increasing the pressure of the refrigerant.

lowering the pressure of the refrigerant.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The two main types of refrigeration system evaporators are called............

1)

2)

3)

4)

wet and dry.

dry and flooded.

finned and tube.

short and extended.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The greatest decrease in the temperature of a refrigerant is at the...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

expansion valve.

evaporator.

condenser.

receiver.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When Freon is leaking from a refrigerating system, a halide torchflame will turn .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

blue.

yellow.

green.

orange.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A receiver in a refrigeration system is used to ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

separate oil from the refrigerant.

store the refrigerant.

cool the hot gases.

condense the refrigerant.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When used with reference to a refriferation or air conditioningsystem ambient temperature is the ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

temperature of the space being cooled.

temperature of the air outside the spce being cooled.

temperature difference between the space being cooled and theoutside temperature..

temperature of the machinery space.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The temperature of a refrigerant is highest just before it enters the..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

receiver.

condenser.

evaporator.

king valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Moisture in a refrigeration system will cause a .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

low discharge temperature.

high suction pressure.

high suction temperature.

faulty expansion valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The cooling effect in a refrigeration system is produced by ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

lowering the pressure of the refrigerant.

increasing the pressure of the refrigerant.

boiling the refrigerant.

pressure changes to the refrigerant.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Excess refrigerant in a refrigeration system is normally removedfrom the .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

discharge side of the evaporator.

suction side of the system.

comprssor crackcase.

charging connection of the system.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The indications of a faulty refrigeration compressor valve are..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

low head pressure-high suction pressure.

Any of these.

continuous running.

gradual or sudden decrease in capacity.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: High latent heat is desirable in a refrigerant so that ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

smaller compressors can be used.

smaller pipes can be used.

it will boil at low temperature.

a small amount of refrigerant will absorb a large amount of heat.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When adjusting compressor V-belts ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

make them as tight as possible.

allow 12mm slack.

make the belt just tight enough to turn the pulley.

always replace the belt first.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What will happen if brine in a refrigeration system has a highspecific gravity ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It will freeze.

It will crystallize.

Nothing will happen.

It will solidify.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a refrigeration system, a precooler is sometimes installedbetween the ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

compressor and the condenser.

condenser and the expansion valve.

expansion valve and the evaporator.

evaporator and the compressor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Frost appearing at the high pressure side of a thermostaticexpansion valve in a refrigeration system is probably caused by..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the refrigerator box being too cold.

a dirty or iced-up expansion valve.

the condenser being too cold.

the head pressure being high.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In all refrigeration installations, the cooling effect is produced inthe ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

compressor.

evaporator.

condenser.

liquid reservoir.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: An automatically controlled Freon-12 compressor will stop whenthe ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

expansion valve closes.

expansion valve opens.

solenoid valve closes.

solenoid valve opens.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the compressor discharge in a refrigeration system becomesfrosted, the probable cause is ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

the expansion valve being improperly set.

the refrigerant flooding back.

the compressor cuts out too frequently.

a faulty king valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the refrigeration system, the low pressure side would be from..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the outlet of the expansion valve to the suction of the compressor.

the discharge of the compressor to the inlet of the expansion valve.

the outlet of the condenser to the inlet of the expansion valve.

the outlet of the condenser to the outlet of the expansion valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When used in operating accomodation air conditioning systems,humidity is a measure of ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

temperature.

evaporation.

latent heat.

water vapour content.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the other name of the brine-circulating system ofrefrigeration?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Closed system.

Expansion system.

Indirect system.

Direct system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a refrigeration system, a fluid that serves only as a heat carrieris called the .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

condensing refrigerant.

secondary refrigerant.

vaporizing refrigerant.

primary refrigerant.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When ordering an expansion valve for a refrigeration systemwhich of the following information is necessary ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Size and pressure.

Size, tonnage, temperature and pressure.

Pressure and temperature.

Size and tonnage.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressure reducing valve.

A exhaust valve.

A safety valve.

A non-return valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No. 1 called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A shaft.

A spring.

A spindle.

A guide.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A spring cap.

A valve cover.

A spring adjuster.

A spring retainer.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A valve disk.

A valve disk holder.

A valve seat.

A spring supporter.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The spring retention piece.

The spring cover.

The valve lid.

The spring guide.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is "simmer" in a safety valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

First leakage before the valve opens.

A metallic hammering noise.

A hissing sound indicating that a safety valve is leaking.

A failure of a safety valve to re-seat.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How often should the operation of a boiler safety valve bechecked ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At each annual survey.

At each dry dock.

At regular intervals.

Only when the electronic checking system fails.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component "A" called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The evaporator.

The condensor.

The pump.

The compressor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component B called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The evaporator.

The brine tank.

The condensor.

The suction tank.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is component C called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The expansion valve.

The suction valve.

The pressure regulator.

The condensor valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component D called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The condensor coil.

The expansion coil.

The evaporator coil.

The superheater coil.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is component G called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The freon tank.

The water tank.

The compressor receiver.

The liquid receiver.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the four processes in a refrigeration cycle ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Suction / Compression / Expansion / Power.

Compression / Condensation / Expansion / Evaporation.

Evaporation / Expansion / Implosion / Condensation.

Condensation / Evaporation / Cooling / Compression.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the function of the expansion valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To regulate the flow of refrigerant to the evaporator.

To reduce the pressure of the liquid refrigerant.

To increase the pressure of the liquid refrigerant.

To regulate the flow of refrigerant to the evaporator and to reducethe pressure of the liquid refrigerant. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the evaporator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Transferring heat from the substance being cooled.

Evaporating humid air in the room or area being cooled.

Act as a heat exchanger between the hot refrigerant and thecooling medium.

To recycle used refrigerant.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the compressor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To compress hot air.

To pump the liquid stored in the auxiliary refrigerant tank.

To compress the refrigerant.

To compress hot air and to pump the liquid stored in the auxiliaryrefrigerant tank. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part in this diagram is the discharge valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part B.

Part E.

Part G.

Part I.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is significant about an indirect refrigeration system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It measures temperature in directly.

It uses a secondary refrigerant like brine to do the cooling.

It has an indirect circulation of cooling medium.

It uses ammonium instead of Freon as cooling gas.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the dehydrator in a refrigeration system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To reduce risk of corrosion in the brine tank.

To take away humid sediments in the suction valve.

To absorb moisture usually present in the refrigerant.

To reduce moisture in the compressor house.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the Adjusting bolt ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No 1.

No 2.

No 5.

No 6.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part is the diaphragm disc ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part 6.

Part 3.

Part 2.

Part 4.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which part is the spring house ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part 3.

Part 4.

Part 5.

Part 6.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is Part No. 7 called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The disc.

The diaphragm.

The plate.

The rubber membrane.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, you should verify thatthe steering gear is ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

operational and the ship is on course.

vibration free operation without oil leaks and that the unit is wellgreased and lubricated.

not running in overload or not overheating.

well ventilated.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should verify thatthe pallister bearing carrying the rudder stock ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

is well greased and that no water ingress is noticeable.

has no jumping clearance.

has no axial clearance.

has sufficient clearance on the gland packing and is not scoringthe liner or the seat plate. 1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should ensure thatthe stern tube oil gravity tanks .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

contain sufficient oil to maintain level during your watch.

contain oil to the correct level mark to ensure that there is no oilloss via the stern tube.

are changed-over from high to low or vice versa as required.

are at the required temperature and if hot, more water should beadded to the stern tube. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should ensure thatthe stern tube seal ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

is supplied with cooling fresh water.

is supplied with cooling sea water.

is not leaking.

has not shifted inside the liner.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should ensure thatthe stern tube shaft is ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

not running hot.

exactly "hand warm ".

not vibrating and not running hot.

not twisted.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should ensure thatthe intermediate shaft ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

is polished and that the polishing mats are in place.

is adequately greased.

is at engine room temperature.

is vibration free.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should ensure thatthe intermediate shaft bearings are ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

at the desired temperature, that adequate oil is flowing and thatcooling water supply is on.

not overheating, not leaking oil and that no white metal is spotted.

not running hot, the cooling water is not blocked and the oil is notdirty.

not hot or making any unusual noise and that the cooling watervalve is open. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, you should check thatthe engine room supply fans ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

are well greased.

are covered by dirt screens.

are not overheating.

are running vibration and noise free.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch you should check thatthe engine room fan's intake grids or intake filters ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

are free of dirt or obstacles.

are properly bolted in place.

are cleaned with oil and grease remover.

are secured by wire mesh.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkin the engine room workshop when no one is working there ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the fire alarm is switched off and that the electric power isswitched off.

The fire alarm is switched on, the electric power to equipmentswitched off and any gas bottle valves are closed.

That the lights are switched off and the valves of the welding gasbottles are closed.

That all lockers are closed, that workshop is locked and the lightsswitched off. 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what are you to checkand verify concerning the bilges and any accumulated water ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The amount of water in the bilges, the Chief Engineer's standingorders and check for any accumulation and its source.

Check accumulation source and piping and check when the bilgeswere last pumped .

Check dryness of bilges, water in accumulation tank (bilge tank)and verify whether bilges were pumped.

Check from where the water or oil is originating and when thebilges were last pumped. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkconcerning the operational heavy fuel oil purifier?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The flow-through capacity, the temperature on the inlet, the bearingtemperature and the Ferodo coupling.

The water seal (tank), the crankcase oil level ,the flow-throughcapacity, the fuel inlet temperature, the overflow pipe and the back

The attached fuel pump bearings, the fuel back pressure, the inlettemperature and the suction strainer.

The Ferodo coupling, the bearing temperature, the crankcase oillevel, the pump bearing temperature and the setting of the timers. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkconcerning the heavy fuel supply to machinery and boilers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the settling tanks and the daily service tanks are full.

That the settling tanks and daily tanks are at least for 75 % full.

The daily and settling tank levels, the purifier line-up andthroughput, in order to ensure at least sufficient fuel supply to last

The temperatures of the settling tanks and daily tanks.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkon the heavy fuel oil daily and settling tanks in addition to the supplycapacity ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air supply to the quick closing valves, the tank vent screens, theremote or distance gauging system.

Compare the remote gauging system with tape sounding readings,drain the moisture off.

Verify the temperatures, check the tank vent screens, unclog thedistance reading system.

The tank temperatures, drain the collected water off and verify if thequantity of water is normal. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkconcerning the operational lubricating oil purifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Check whether throughput is on maximum, check the water seal,check the overflow/water flow off pipe, check inlet temperature and

Check whether throughput is minimum, check the overflow pipe,check whether the alarm is activated.

Check the setting of the timers, check the inlet temperature, theback pressure, the bearing temperatures.

Check the Ferodo coupling, the bearing temperatures, the inlettemperature and the back pressure. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkon all engine room fresh water expansion tanks?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the temperatures are normal and the tanks are not steamingup.

That the levels of the tanks are normal and if any abnormaladditions during previous watches.

That the automatic filling or float systems are in good operationalorder.

That the chemical concentration of the water is correct.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkconcerning the hot well of the condensate/feedwater system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Whether correct level, no excess of make-up water being suppliedand that there is no steaming up.

Whether the cooling water supply is sufficient and that the level issatisfactory.

Whether the heating coil is in operation and that the automaticfilling valve is working to satisfaction.

Whether the filters are cleaned and that the chemical concentrationof the water is correct. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you verifyconcerning the sea cooling water supply system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The suction pressure and the discharge pressures.

The cooling water system line setting and the sea water pressuresto the different components.

The cleanliness of the filters and the correct sea chests are inoperation.

The sea water temperature and the sea water pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkon the operational boilers when the exhaust gas boiler alone isproviding the heat supply?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The soot blowers, the economiser and the boiler furnace.

The boiler water circulating pumps, the feedwater pumps and thefeedwater temperature.

The boiler water level, the steam pressure and the exhaust gaschange over flap position or coil percentage used.

The economiser and superheater temperatures and the steampressure. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkon the oil fired boiler if this is in operation ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam pressure, water level, flame brightness, cleanliness of thephotocell glass plus fuel temperature and pressure.

Furnace temperature, uptake gas temperature and smoke indicator.

Feedwater temperature, fuel oil pressure, CO2 content of uptakegases and flame brightness.

Feedwater temperature, steam pressure, water level, fuel pressureand CO2 content of uptake gases. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkconcerning the main compressed air system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the valves to the deck air fore and after are open.

That the air compressors are in a state of readiness with correct oillevel in the crankcase and air bottles are drained.

That the branch lines to the working and instrument air are correctlyopened and at the desired pressure of 7.5 kg/cm2.

That the non-return valves from compressors to bottles arecorrectly set. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkconcerning the fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The vacuum percentage and the sea water temperature.

The difference between sea water inlet and outlet on the condenserand the fresh water inlet and outlet on the evaporator.

The sea water feed supply pressure, the eductor pressure, thefresh water level in the collector and fresh water pump back

All of the operating parameters and the fresh water production inthe last 4 hours. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: During your watch you notice that the salinity of the fresh waterproduced by the fresh water generator has gone up together with theoutput. You notice too that sea water temperature has dropped.What should you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Throttle the sea water flow to the condenser.

Throttle the fresh water flow to the evaporator.

Increase the flow to the eductors.

Increase the opening on the vacuum breaking valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the most common faults resulting in failure to raiseadequate vacuum in a fresh water generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Insufficient flow to eductors (pump pressure or eductor backpressure), leaking fresh water pump shaft seal, leak on casing or

Dirty condenser, fresh water pump impeller wear rings worn,vacuum breaker valve worn.

Dirty evaporator, feed reducing valve blocked, by-pass valve of thefresh water to evaporator leaking, vacuum breaker faulty.

Reflector plate corroded, feedwater supply pipe blocked, blocked ordirty tubes in evaporator or in the condenser. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you think is the most common cause of poorperformance of fresh water generators ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Scaled/dirty heat exchangers, in particular the evaporator.

Underperformance of ejector and/or fresh water pump(s).

Worn brine or vacuum nozzles.

Internal corrosion of structural components of housing.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Here is a list of activities which amongst other things you willhave to perform when starting a fresh water generator. Which list isin the correct order ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Supply fresh water to evaporator, start fresh water pump, startejector pump, supply coolwater to condenser.

Supply coolwater to condenser, supply fresh water to evaporator,start fresh water pump, start ejector pump.

Start ejector pump, supply cooling water to the condenser, supplyfresh water to the evaporator, start fresh water pump.

Start fresh water pump, start ejector pump, supply cooling water tocondenser and fresh water to the evaporator. 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If when you start up a purifier it does not come up to the desiredrevolutions, or it takes too long a time to come up to the requiredrevolutions, you should change the ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

purifier ball bearings.

friction pad linings.

gravity disc.

O-rings and seal set of the bowl.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The most common reason for overflow on purifiers is ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the wrong gravity disc.

dirt between purifier plates.

water seal broken.

ball bearings worn out.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When the density of purified oil has increased, you should ........

1)

2)

3)

4)

increase the temperature and decrease the gravity disc insidediameter.

increase the temperature and increase the gravity disc insidediameter.

decrease the temperature and decrease the gravity disc insidediameter.

Decrease the temperature and increase the gravity disc insidediameter. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: During start up of a purifier, how will you notice when the bowlhas reached the required revolutions ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The crankcase rotating indicator will turn fast.

The vibrations on the purifier will increase.

The purifier will make a humming noise.

The starting amperage will drop sharply to normal (1/3 to 1/4) fromthe starting current. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Caution must be taken when handling purifiers since errors cancause great danger. Handle with due caution is required inoperation, dismantling, assembling, inspection, maintenance. This isbecause .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

danger of electrocution from the electric power supply to drivingmotor, various control solenoids and other required operational

oils and fuels cause fire and explosion when handled carelessly.This danger is increase because the fuels and oils fed to purifiers is

static electricity may be generated if parts are wrongly assembledcausing explosion within the purifier.

purifier bowls revolve at very high speed generating greatcentrifugal forces, careless handling causes danger of 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If some part of a purifier bowl assembly is defective, what actionshould be taken ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Have it repaired on board if it can be done.

Send it to a qualified workshop for repair.

Order the specific bowl spare part.

Contact the makers for guidance and act on their advice only.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The starting/ accelerating current of a purifier is ............% of thenormal operating current.

1)

2)

3)

4)

50

100

150

2504

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The time interval for automatic sludge discharge from purifiersmust be chosen correctly. In general the more frequent the intervalthe better. Howeve too short intervals are inefficient and too longintervals...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

will also give bad efficiency.

may result in overflowing of the purifier due to clogging with dirt.

will result in difficult desludging due to adhesion of sludge.

may result in water seal depletion.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: As a rule of thumb, the time interval set for automatic desludgingof diesel oil purifiers should be ................ hours.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 to 2

2 to 3

4 to 5

6 to 83

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: As a rule of thumb, the time interval set for automatic desludgingof 380 cSt heavy fuel oil purifiers should be ............... hours.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 to 2

2 to 4

4 to 6

6 to 81

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: As a rule of thumb, the time interval set for automatic desludgingof 180 cSt heavy fuel oil purifiers should be .............. hours.

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 to 3

1 to 2

4 to 6

6 to 81

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: As a rule of thumb, the time interval set for automatic desludgingof lubricating oil purifiers used on crosshead type engine sumpsshould be ................... hours.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 to 2

2 to 4

4 to 6

6 to 84

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The factors which determine the selection of the size of gravitydisc for a purifier are ................................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the bowl speed, the oil temperature and throughput.

the specific gravity of the oil and the oil temperature.

the oil temperature, the sludge content and the specific gravity.

the oil temperature, the water and sludge content and the specificgravity. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Oil purifiers can be used for purifying as well as for clarifyingoperations. The clarifying operation is referred to as ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

the single phase liquid-liquid operation (water from oil).

the 3 phase liquid-liquid-solid operation, separating light from heavyliquids, as well as solids from light as from heavy liquids.

The 2 phase liquid-solid operation, separating dirt from oil.

The 2 phase solid-liquid operation, separating dirt from water andoil. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The usual mode of series operation of two heavy fuel oil purifiersrefers to .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

two identical machines being put separately from settling tank todaily tank at half the feed rate through each purifier.

two identical machines being put from settling tank to 1st purifier,hence to second purifier, at half the throughput each purifier.

two identical purifiers being used for heavy fuel oil as well as fordiesel oil, by changing line system and gravity discs.

two identical machines being operated in series, the first as purifier,the second in line as clarifier with same throughput. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the oil flows out on the heavy liquid (water) side of a purifier,the most likely reason is .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

that the gravity disc inside diameter is too big, or that the oiltemperature has dropped, increasing the density of the oil.

that the revolution of the bowl has slowed and the electric motor isin overload.

that the amount of closing water for the bowl is insufficient.

that the operating water for the bowl has been turned off or thecontaining tank is empty. 1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the oil flows from the sludge outlet on an oil purifier, the mostlikely reason for this is ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

that the relief valve of the gear-type supply pump is working.

that air is being sucked into the suction piping of the lub oil pump.

that defects have developed in the vertical shaft parts or otherwisethat the rubber plate has hardened.

that the bowl has not been closed correctly, there is a fault in mainseal ring, pilot valve or water supply for closing the bowl. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When water is found mixed in the light liquid (oil) outlet of an oilpurifier, the most likely reason is ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

excessive supply of sealing water, feed rate too high and wateroutlet of oil clogged.

defects in the horizontal shaft parts.

water in the gear case.

that the relief valve of the oil supply attached pump has been settoo high, causing overload. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you find that the feed rate of an oil purifier (its throughput) hasreduced, the most likely reason for this is .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

insufficient delivery from the gear pump, the pump's relief valve ispassing, a leaking suction pipe or blocked suction filter.

that the wrong type of gravity disc is fitted, the oil temperature isincorrect or the heater is blocked.

that the amount of sealing water of the bowl is insufficient or thecontaining tank is empty or shut-off.

that the revolution speed of the bowl has slowed or the electricmotor is operating in overload. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the electric motor on an oil purifier is overloaded or has tripped,the most likely reason is ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

that the rubber plate has hardened causing excessive supply ofsealing water.

that there are defects in the driving system, clutch, gears orbearings.

that the discharge pressure on the light liquid outlet is set too high,or the oil temperature has dropped.

that the amount of sealing water is insufficient or the sealing watertimer is wrongly adjustment. 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When abnormal vibrations or sounds are noticed from an oilpurifier, the most likely cause is ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

that the oil seal for the horizontal shaft is worn or damaged.

that the bowl has failed causing contact with non-rotating parts ordefects in horizontal or vertical shaft parts have occurred.

that the gravity disc is the wrong size and/or oil inlet temperature istoo low.

that the water outlet of the bowl is blocked causing imbalance in thepurifier bowl. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When inspecting purifier crankcase oil you find that the oil hasemulsified or that the level of oil has dropped. The most likelyreason is ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

that the bowl revolutions have dropped and the purifier is working inoverload.

that water is leaking in or oil is leaking out via the oil seal of thehorizontal shaft.

that the safety joint of the oil pump is broken.

the bowl is leaking water on the main seal ring.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If during your engine room watch you hear the boiler water levelalarm sound and you notice low water level, but the feedwaterpressure is normal, what should you do first ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Shut the boiler main steam stop valve.

Shut-off the steam heating to the tank consumers.

Open the by-pass feedwater check valves.

Start another feedwater pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If during your engine room watch the steam supply or steampressure should fall for some reason, what should you check first ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuel oil and lub oil purifiers.

The boiler water level.

The hotwell level.

The viscosity of the heavy fuel oil to consumers.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If during your engine room watch, without any previous warningor alarm, the oil fired boiler trips due to "flame failure", what shouldyou check first ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cleanliness of the photocell.

The fuel oil temperature.

The fuel oil pressure.

The boiler water level.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The reason for an oil fired boiler uptake emitting dark smokecould be .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

a faulty or dirty boiler nozzle tip or boiler fuel rotating cup.

the fuel / air ratio adjustment incorrect.

a restriction in the free air supply to the boiler fans, perhaps theengine room vent fans are not running.

Any of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Before starting soot blowing operations on boilers, you shouldensure that ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the safety valves are set correctly.

the boiler water level is at maximum.

the bridge is informed.

the boiler is manually fired.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Boiler water chemical additives should be supplied to the boilervia .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the hotwell.

the hotwell through the chemical dosing pump.

the boiler circulating water inlet through the chemical dosing pump.

the chemical dosing line.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is it dangerous to add chemicals directly into the hotwell ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Danger from splashes on the eyes and skin.

It creates "hot spots" of chemical concentration in the feedwaterwhich can cause structural harm.

The vapours developed are dangerous when inhaled.

The chemical concentration causes harm to the feedpumps.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The main danger of feeding cold feedwater into a boiler is..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

that it causes dangerous steam pressure drops.

that it causes stress in the vicinity of the inlet piping as well ascorrosion.

that it can cause implosions.

that it causes oxygen depletion in the feedwater filling line.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The use of boiler economisers ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

increases the boiler evaporating surface.

increases the overall boiler thermal efficiency.

decreases the steam consumption.

All of these.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Before swinging-out a boiler burner for maintenance or cleaning,you are to ensure that ...............................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the electrical power is switched off.

the fuel is isolated.

the boiler furnace is well ventilated or blown through.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Before raising steam in a boiler, you should ensure that ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the feedwater check valves are open.

the boiler water circulation valves are open.

the steam main stop valve is open.

the air vent cock is open.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If there is a very sudden and large increase in steamconsumption, how will the boiler water level behave ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It will drop drastically.

It will increase drastically.

It will at first drop suddenly, then increase drastically.

It will at first rise suddenly, then drop drastically.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After a total black-out with an automatic power supply system,what is the correct sequence for restarting the essential pumps oncethe power is restored ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main sea water pump, jacket CW pump, piston CW pump, lub oilpump, injector CW pump.

Jacket CW pump, piston CW pump, injector CW pump, lub oilpump, main sea water pump.

Main lub oil pump, jacket CW pump, piston CW pump, injector CWpump, main sea water pump.

Injector CW pump, main sea water pump, jacket and piston CWpump. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Water whith a pH value of 7 is referred to as .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

alkaline.

neutral.

acid.

basic.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Hardness in feed water is mainly attributed to salts of thesemetals ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

Potassium and Iron.

Magnesium and Calcium.

Sodium and Aluminium.

Sulphur and Vanadium.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: All the ferrous components of a ship will sustain strong corrosiveaction in the presence of ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

acid waters.

alkaline waters.

steam.

turbulent water.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The reason why two-stage starting air compressors are used inpreference to single stage compression is that .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the power absorption by single stage compression would be toohigh.

the temperature developed by single stage compression would betoo high.

the starting current of a single stage compressor would be too high.

the friction in a single stage compressor would be too high.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: From where should a boiler water sample be taken for testing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From the water space.

From the steam space.

Lowest part of the boiler drum.

From the drain cock.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: After boiler inspections and surveys, what is the final test carriedout by the surveyor in order to accredit the safety valves and boilermountings ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Check the valves for corrosion.

Check the valve spindles for cracks.

Check safety valve blow-off pressure with boiler under steam.

Check the condition of valves and valve seats.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On resuming normal purification after automatic de-sludging youfrequently experience a high temperature alarm. What will you do toavoid reoccurrence ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increase capacity through the purifier.

Lower the set point of the oil temperature.

Fit or adjust (increase) time delay on the high temperature alarm.

Decrease capacity through the purifier.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If oil is found in the auxiliary boiler water, what action would youtake other than isolating the leak ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Stop any chemical treatment.

Dose the coagulant.

Skim and blow down the boiler.

Dose the coagulant, skim and blow down the boiler.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When an overhaul of a compressor is completed and thecompressor is to be started for a test run, it is important to ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

check the direction of rotation.

check that an open discharge line exists through to the receiver.

check that all air receiver outlets are closed during the test run.

check the maximum pressure of the capacity on run-up.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How do you test the probes for the 15 ppm monitor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By immersing in oil.

By checking in air and immersing in water.

It is only necessary to clean them.

They have to be changed, onboard testing is not possible.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What should you do if a purifier starts to vibrate badly?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Try to increase the flow.

Try to decrease the flow.

Check the vibration alarm.

Stop the purifier immediately.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is it important to follow a maintenance schedule for purifiers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To improve the purifier's efficiency.

To prevent serious damage to main components.

The only maintenance necessary is cleaning of the bowl.

To comply with company regulations.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will you do if the plate exchanger leaks when returned toservice after cleaning?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tighten more.

Close the valves.

Dismantle the exchanger, check or renew packings.

Reduce pressure.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On the air compressor crankcase there is a small valve that letsoff pressure. What should be done if oil is present with the air?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lower the sump oil level.

Check the clearance in the bearing.

Block off the valve.

Overhaul the compressor unit.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A leak from the gland of a centrifugal pump is found to beexcessive. The correct procedure is to ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

fit over size packing to the stuffing box.

tighten the gland as much as possible until the leakage stops.

regularly pump out the bilge well to which it is draining.

re-pack the stuffing box loosely with the correct size packing at theearliest opportunity. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: At what interval should boiler water testing take place ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Every eight hours.

Every fortnight.

Every day.

Every week.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When opening a plate cooler for cleaning, how should the boltsbe removed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fully slacken and remove top ones first, then the middle and thenthe bottom ones.

Fully slacken and remove the middle bolts first, then the top andthen the bottom ones.

One by one, clockwise.

One by one, anti-clockwise.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The plate heat exchanger is separated for cleaning, what shouldyou do if the plates are thick with scale or other organic material ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Change the plates.

Put the plates in water with cleaning chemicals. Use soft a brush orhigh pressure cleaner with care.

Use a high pressure cleaner with abrasives.

Use a wire-brush or metal scraper to clean the plates.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For a low pressure boiler, testing shows the water chloride levelto be 1000 PPM. What action would you take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No action needed.

Blow down boiler and check condenser for leakage.

Increase chemical dosage.

Decrease chemical dosage.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What happens if the rudder is moved in a heavy sea?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The main pressure relief valves lift.

The hydraulic motor absorbs the shock.

The over pressure is absorbed by system accumulators.

The telemotor pump prevents movement by increasing thehydraulic pressure. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the gauge glass indicates no water level in the boiler whatshould be your first action?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Check the operation of the feed pump.

Check the feed tank water level.

Shut off all the burners.

Blow down the gauge glass.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When starting an air compressor, why is it necessary for theunloader to be activated before the drain valves are closed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

So the pumping action can blow the drains through.

To avoid the safety valves blowing.

To avoid air blowing in the bilges.

To prevent the compressor from tripping.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which fuel quality is measured in seconds Redwood?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flashpoint.

Specific Gravity.

Viscosity.

Ash content.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a provison room refrigeration system what would be the mostlikely cause of high compressor discharge pressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Failure of the expansion valve.

Ice formation on the evaporator coils.

Overcooling of the evaporator return.

Inadequate condenser cooling.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the quality of the distilled water from a fresh watergenerator improved?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increasing the shell vacuum.

Decreasing the seawater feed to the evaporator.

Slowing down the output of the evaporator.

Decreasing the jacket water flow to the evaporator.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be fitted to relieve excess refrigeration compressorpressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure relief valve to atmosphere.

Pressure relief valve to suction line.

Bursting disc to compressor suction.

Bursting disc to condenser inlet.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How are boiler tubes secured in the end plates?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Welded

Expanded

Screwed

Screwed collar on the outside of the plate2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What purpose is the fuel oil settling tank?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To settle out water.

To settle out sludge.

To settle out suspended solids.

To settle out all impurities.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What damage could be caused to the boiler by raising steam tooquickly?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Damage to furnace refractory.

Excess soot deposits on cold tube surfaces.

Distortion of the shell due temperature differential.

Leaking tubes where expanded into the shell.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What action would you take if the boiler water Chloride readingsare too high?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Add more chemical to the feed water.

Blow down the boiler regularly until readings are acceptable.

Drain and refill the feed water tank.

Increase frequency of testing.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the desired salinity of the fresh water produced asdrinking water onboard?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Below 20ppm.

Below 50ppm.

Below 10ppm.

Below 5ppm.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is meant by 'Isothermal' expansion?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Expansion during which heat must be added.

Expansion at constant temperature.

Expansion during which heat is lost.

Expansion at constant pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is the most likely cause of a restriction atthe expansion valve?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Oil being carried over with the refrigerant..

Blockage in the filter/drier unit.

Moisture in the system.

Insufficient gas charge.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which is the least harmful of these refrigerants?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Freon 12.

Freon 22.

Ammonia.

Carbon Dioxide.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What of the following is the most damaging to riveted mountings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Leakage through the rivets.

Rusting of the rivet heads.

Raising steam too quickly.

Chloride levels too high.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What action should you take in the case of an boiler uptake fire?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Operate soot blowers to extinguish fire.

Increase air supply to burn fire out.

Shut off burners, shut down fans and close off air supply.

Shut down burners but maintain fans to clear fire.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is temperature controlled in a steam oil heater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam supply pressure reduced.

Steam inlet valve throttled.

Oil flow increased.

Steam outlet valve throttled.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the usual pressure adjustment method on boiler safetyvalves?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Set bolt and locknut.

Removable shim packs.

Different rate springs.

Set spring pressure with machineable adjustment rings.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of a Viscotherm in the fuel system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To control the fuel temperature.

To regulate the fuel pressure.

To control viscosity by altering temperature.

Controlling fuel pressure and temperature.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What slows the rudder movement when the requested position isreached?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The steering wheel transmitter.

The rudder control receiver unit.

The hunting gear feedback signal.

The rudder telemotor control.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What regular maintenance is required on the boiler burner?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Renewing of the electrodes.

Overhauling of the shut-off valves.

Cleaning of the burner tips.

Cleaning and resetting of the air register.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What liquid is present in the collecting point at the bottom of theevaporator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ejector water.

Brine.

Fresh water.

Sea water.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What service is most suitable for the use of rotary compressors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High pressure, low volume.

High pressure, high volume.

Low pressure, low volume.

Low pressure, high volume.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the first action when flashing up a boiler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Start up the water feed pump.

Purge furnace with air.

Clean the burner nozzle.

Lower the oil pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What percentage CO2 in the uptake is present in goodcombustion?

1)

2)

3)

4)

10%

12%

15%

25%3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a single stage air compressor what is the maximum practicaldelivery pressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

7bar.

3bar.

10bar.

15bar.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What percentage CO2 in the flue gases would indicate correctcombustion?

1)

2)

3)

4)

5%

12%

7%

20%2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the sight glass indicate in a refrigerator system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Operation of the expansion valve.

Condition of the filter drier unit.

Adequate refrigerant charge.

Efficiency of the condenser.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What compressed air supply valve must always remain open?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air to ship's whistle.

Air to deck services.

Air to starting air lines.

Air to workshop service.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the scum valves on the auxiliary boiler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Removal of scum from the feed tank water.

Removal of scum from the drains observation tank.

Removal of scum from the boiler water surface.

Draining the boiler water to the bilge.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What best describes the boiler "easing gear"?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remote operation of stop valves.

Manual lifting arrangement of safety valves.

Reduction gearing to facilitate opening of main stop valves.

Feed control unit.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an electrically controlled hydraulic system what do theelectrical controls replace?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The hunting gear.

Hydraulic control valves.

Hydraulic telemotor system.

Rudder feedback signal.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the correct S. G. for brine used as a secondaryrefrigerant?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1.05

1.1

1.25

1.53

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What term is used to describe access holes to the boiler drum?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inspection holes.

Drum access holes.

Manholes.

Furnace inspection panels.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the primary purpose of drain valves fitted on all airbottles?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To blow the bottles empty if required.

To remove dirt from the bottle.

To remove water condensate from the bottle.

To remove excessive oil from the bottle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What precaution must be observed when fitting new anodes toheat exchanger sea water spaces?

1)

2)

3)

4)

PTFE tape applied to the plug threads to enable easy removal.

Ensure the anode is as close as possible to the tube plate.

Ensure no damage is caused to the exterior surface of the anode.

Ensure good, clean contact is made between anode and Coolerbody. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the effect if the boiler fuel oil temperature is too low?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flame failure.

Fuel delivery pump cutting out.

Flame impingement and refractory damage.

Blocking of fuel filters.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What boiler mountings must be dismantled for inspection duringsurvey?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Safety valves.

Gauge glass & valve components.

Feed water check valves.

All boiler mountings.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What condition would necessitate blowing down the boiler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water level too high.

Chloride readings too high.

Steam pressure too high.

PH reading below 7ppm.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the maximum salinity for water produced by a fresh watergenerator when it is to be used in water tube medium pressureboilers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20ppm.

15ppm.

7ppm.

2ppm.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal maximum starting air pressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

50bar.

40bar.

30bar.

20bar.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A hydrazine test is conducted on boiler water to check for............

1)

2)

3)

4)

Sulphates.

Excess oxygen.

Phosphates.

Nitrates.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are some boiler tubes not plain cylindrical?

1)

2)

3)

4)

For extra strength.

To facilitate gas flow.

To give a greater heating area.

To reduce scale formation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is a vacuum created in the fresh water generator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the condensing effect in the condenser.

By pumping or ejecting out the brine.

By the vapour ejector driven by the ejector pump.

By the differential temperature of fresh and sea water.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Upon what is the movement of the rudder dependant, when ahelm order is given?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The degree of opening of the hydraulic bypass valve.

On the adjustment of the feedback rod connection.

On the distance the hydraulic control lever is moved by the floatinglink.

On the hydraulic pressure setting of the relief valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the automatic unloading valve when fittedto the air start compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Prevent the pressure relief valves from lifting.

Prevent damage to the valves when starting.

Avoid the first stage relief valves lifting when starting.

Avoid high starting current on the motor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What equipment Operates on a Rankine Cycle?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Diesel engine.

Petrol engine.

Gas turbine.

Steam power plant.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is the filter/drier unit fitted in the refirgerant line?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between condenser and expansion valve.

Between expansion valve and evaporator.

On the compressor discharge line.

At the evaporator inlet.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the formula P.L.A.N. what is 'N' for a 4 stroke diesel engine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

RPM.

RPM/120.

RPM/30.

RPM/60.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is a telemotor system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hydraulic actuation of steering rams.

Transfer of steering signals from wheel to steering gear.

Hand actuation of steering gear.

Steering gear feedback system.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the telemotor receiver unit control?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main steering motor control voltage.

Hydraulic operating pressure.

Speed of rudder movement.

Hydraulic pump delivery.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most dangerous effect on the boiler burner of water inthe fuel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Poor combustion.

Extinguishing of burner flame.

Damage to furnace refractory.

Loss of boiler efficiency.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where on the main starting air receiver would a fusible plug befitted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On the underside.

Adjacent to the filling valve.

Next to the relief valves.

On the manhole door.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On what part of the air compressor does the unloader act and inwhat way?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It keeps the SUCTION VALVES open.

It keeps the SUCTION VALVES closed.

It keeps the DELIVERY VALVES open.

It keeps the DELIVERY VALVES closed.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the relief valves fitted between mainhydraulic cylinders?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To return any excess oil back to the suction of the pump.

To act as automatic by-pass valves when the steering gear isstopped.

To be opened to allow emergency steering.

To act as safety valves to absorb shock and avoid damage.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is always fitted in instrument air supply lines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An oil separator.

An automatic drain valve.

A moisture separator.

A drain valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When should you make sure that loose gear in machinery spaceis properly secured?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Prior to leaving port.

When you are warned by the bridge of bad weather.

After completion of every job.

At all times.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be a normal operating pressure of an auxiliary boiler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

6 - 9bar.

Below 5bar.

15 - 20bar.

Above 20bar.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most important purpose of the auxiliary boiler on amodern diesel engine vessel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Domestic water heating.

Accommodation heating.

Heating of heavy fuel oil.

Fresh water generation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the expansion valve in the refrigerationcircuit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To allow the expansion of the high-pressure gas before thecondenser.

To reduce the pressure of the liquid refrigerant.

To increase the pressure of the liquid refrigerant.

To regulate flow and reduce the pressure of refrigerant to theevaporator. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could be the effect of excess steam or reduced oil flow in anoil heater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Deformation of tubes.

Eroding of tube ends.

Corrosion of tubeplates.

Carbon formation on tubes.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In the case of air-cooled compressors what form does the coolertake?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Honeycombed radiator.

Vertical flattened pipes.

Finned circular pipes.

Horizontal box section pipes.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of air release valves on boiler shell?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To expel air when raising steam.

To expel air when filling the boiler.

To vent the boiler when shut down.

To check when steam is being produced.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a single motor electrical steering system what supplies themain steering motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hydraulic power pack.

Electrical supply from a local motor/generator.

Mains electrical supply.

Hydraulic power delivered by the main steering motors.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most likely source of Chloride contamination in theboiler feed water?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Feed water tank.

Fuel heater.

Drains cooler.

Accommodation heating.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In tankers an alternate hydraulic oil supply must be automaticallyconnected for the steering system within what time?

1)

2)

3)

4)

45 seconds.

2 minutes.

3 minutes.

5 minutes.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is an air conditioning compressor normally unloaded?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By holding open the discharge valves.

By throttling the suction valves.

By holding open the suction valves.

By throttling the suction valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a conventional rudder system when will least power berequired to move the rudder?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With the vessel stationary.

With vessel moving astern.

Vessel full ahead at service speed.

With vessel moving slowly ahead.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What daily test should be carried out on boiler water?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dissolved oxygen.

Dissolved nitrogen.

Chloride content.

Sulphite content.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the state of refrigerant leaving the evaporator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Low-pressure liquid.

High pressure gas/liquid mixture.

Gas at high pressure.

Gas at low pressure.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the term volumetric efficiency refer to?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mechanical efficiency.

Pumping efficiency.

Thermal efficiency.

Overall efficiency.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On the fresh water generator why is a baffle plate fitted betweenevaporator and condenser?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To cool the vapour.

To prevent carry over of brine.

To maintain the vacuum inside the shell.

To maintain the evaporator temperature.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most dangerous effect of scale build up in the boilerwater space?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Loss of boiler efficiency.

Overheating and deformation of furnace.

Damage to feed water valves.

Flame impingement on the furnace walls.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is the presence of oil particularly dangerous in starting airlines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It may carbon up and choke the lines.

The high oxygen content makes it very explosive.

It may cause sticking of the air start valves.

It could affect the operation of the relief valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of filling valve is fitted on all air bottles?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High pressure gate valves.

High pressure butterfly valves.

High pressure remote-control valves.

High pressure S.D. check valves.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the possible consequence of too high a water level in theboiler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Feed pump cutting out.

Carry-over of the boiler water.

Insufficient steam generation.

Boiler shutting down.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does wheel movement control in an entirely electric steeringsystem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hydraulic transmitter.

Current supplied directly to the electric steering motor.

The electrical balance of the wheel and steering motor rheostats..

Current to the steering gear motor/generator.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the steering system oil tank within the steering pedestal?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main hydraulic system header tank.

Lubrication tank for the steering gear linkage.

Reservoir for the telemotor system.

Header tank for the auto pilot control system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What provides power to the hydraulic emergency steeringsystem.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Battery power to the entire steering system.

Emergency generator running main hydraulic pumps.

Manual operation of main pumps.

Accumulators in the hydraulic system.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is a system for controlling the steeringelectrically?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Graduated stepper motors.

Ward Leonard System.

AC-DC rectification.

Compass repeater motors.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When testing boiler water for chlorides, what does the testindicate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Solids in the water from sea water contamination.

Phosphate present in the water.

Total dissolved solids present in the water.

Alkalinity level.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the main advantage of vacuum production of fresh waterin the fresh water generator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Less possibility of contamination.

Low cost of distillation equipment.

Simpler to operate.

Utilizes waste heat from the main engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is "water hammer" best avoided in steam lines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fully open main stops and line valves when raising steam.

Open line valves as quickly as possible.

Ensure lines are drained and open valves slowly.

Leave main stops and line valves open when shutting down theboiler. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a hydraulic telemotor steering system movement of thewheel.........

1)

2)

3)

4)

transmits electrical signal to the hydraulic actuator valves.

controls the main hydraulic pumps.

controls movement of the transmitter electric motor.

controls movement of the transmitter pistons.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is meant by radial vane type steering system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hydraulic pumps are vane type pumps.

Telemotor is vane type operation.

Rudder movement is via vanes mounted onto rudderstock.

Steering is via rotating propulsion unit.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When commencing operation of the fresh water generator, whatmust you ensure before starting the distillate pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water is visible in the sight glass of the condenser.

The discharge valve of the pump is shut.

The vacuum in the evaporator is still minimum.

The pump is primed via the priming line.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If purifier does not attain full speed what could be the likelycause?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Out of balance.

Bowl incorrectly assembled.

Motor running too slow.

Drive clutch slipping.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are cylindrical boiler end plates of dished shape?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increased water capacity.

Better accommodates the furnace.

Stronger than flat plates.

Easier access to manhole doors.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the plate material used in seawater, plate heatexchangers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Stainless steel.

Cupro Nickel.

Titanium.

Bronze.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following is a rotary compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Starting air compressor.

Emergency air compressor.

Diesel engine charge air compressor.

Control air compressor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How far from the coast is it permitted to use Low-pressureevaporation to produce drinking water?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20 miles.

5 miles.

30 miles.

12 miles.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What maintenance is required for an 'Auto-Kleen' knife type filter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remove element and hand clean.

Periodically remove sludge from the filter base.

Remove element and renew.

Back flush the filter.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most important aspect of communication with theBridge?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ballasting operations, cargo hold bilge pumping.

Executing of orders from the bridge.

Executing orders from and issuing warnings to the bridge.

Operation of fire fighting and life saving equipment.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the state of the refrigerant at the condenser outlet?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High-pressure gas.

High pressure liquid.

Low pressure liquid.

Gas/liquid mixture at evaporator pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What shutdown device might be fitted on air compressors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High air pressure.

Low first stage pressure.

Over speed.

High delivery temperature.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why should refrigerator compressor oil be stored in smallcapacity drums?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ease of handling.

Ease of stowage.

Refrigerator oil is hygroscopic and should not be stored in part fulldrums.

Only small quantities are required.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is it necessary to produce fresh water from seawater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To save cost.

To ensure purity.

Limited shipboard storage.

To make use of waste engine heat.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What factors influence the vacuum inside the shell of a freshwater generator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The temperature of the fresh water heating the evaporator.

The temperature of the sea water cooling the condenser.

The pressure of the ejector water on the vacuum ejector.

All of the given options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What controls the boiler feed water delivery?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Feed water tank level.

Steam demand.

Water level controll of feed pump delivery.

Water level control of feed water inlet valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a refrigeration system what effect has the solenoid stop valve?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Electrically shuts down the compressor.

Shuts off the refrigerant on the compressor suction line.

Operates the stop valve on the compressor discharge line.

Stops the refrigerant from entering the evaporator.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When used as secondary refrigerant what determines the brineS.G. required?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Amount of brine in circulation.

Carrying temperature of the cargo.

Type of primary refrigerant in use.

Capacity of refrigerant compressors.. 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What term is used for unequal distribution of burner spray in theboiler furnace?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flame impingement.

Furnace distortion.

Combustion air imbalance.

Unequal firing.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If fuel is dripping from the water outlet of the purifier what couldbe the cause?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Delivery pump not functioning correctly.

Discharge pump not functioning correctly.

Purifier needs cleaning.

Gravity ring is of the wrong size for the fuel being purified.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the correct sequence after starting the compressor.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressor on load followed by drain valve closing.

Drain valve closes before compressor starts delivering.

Drain valve only operates on shutdown.

Drain closing and compressor starts delivering together.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of valves are normally found in air compressors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Plate or disc valves.

Poppet valves.

Slide valves.

Piston controlled ports.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why are anodes fitted to the seawater side of heat exchangers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To afford corrosion protection for the system pipes and valves.

To prevent scaling of the tubes and tube plates.

To afford corrosion protection to the sea water side of the heatexchanger.

To prevent the formation of marine growth in the water spaces.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What mountings must be tested daily on steaming boilers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main feed water check valves.

Boiler blow down valves.

Safety valve easing gear.

Water level indicators.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Can leaking stern tube seals be replaced when the vessel is afloatand if yes, how?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, they can only be replaced in dry-dock.

Yes, with divers working under water whilst the forward seal isblanked.

Yes, ballast the ship until the stern tube is clear of the water.

Yes, but only the forward seal can be replaced.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would your first action be if the boiler feed pump stopped?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Shut down the boiler burners.

Change over to the auxiliary feed pump.

Check the gauge glass readings.

Shut the main stop valves.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is the stern tube header tank fitted above the sea waterlevel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ensure lubrication of the after stern tube seal.

Ensure lubrication of the forward stern tube seal.

To prevent bilge water entering the stern tube.

To avoid sea water entering the stern tube.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What material is the boiler shell constructed from?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High grade Molybdenum steel.

High tensile steel.

Good quality low carbon steel .

High carbon steel.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would both steering gear motors be run together?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When manoeuvring in confined areas.

When at anchor in a confined anchorage.

When on passage to minimise wear.

In the tropics to overcome the lowering of the oil viscosity.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the boiler Low Level alarm?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increase the feed water supply.

Sound alarm and shut down boiler burner.

Sound low level alarm.

Reduce the oil supply to the boiler burner.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What liquid is used in thermometers for extremely lowtemperatures?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mercury.

Alcohol.

Inert gas.

Pentane.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of hunting gear when referring to a hydraulicsteering system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To transmit hydraulic pressure.

To control hydraulic motor swash plate movement.

Provides feedback to the pump control.

Limits the speed of the rudder movement.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is the temperature of the refrigerant highest?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At the expansion valve.

At the compressor discharge.

At the condenser outlet.

At the compressor suction.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main advantage of plate heat exchangers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Easier to clean.

Cheaper to install.

More efficient and take up less space.

Require less maintenance.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Is it possible to blow down a steaming boiler?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, this should never be carried out.

Only in an extreme emergency.

Yes but steam pressure should be maintained.

Yes but never allow the level to disappear from the gauge glass.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose the delivery air pressure of a compressor is 30.0bar.Which service could this compressor be supplying?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A service air compressor.

An instrument air compressor.

A working air compressor.

A starting air compressor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In steam power plant what supplies the energy input?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The condenser.

The turbine.

The boiler.

The economiser.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following would indicate the steam trap in thedrawing was operating correctly?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Inlet warm and drain hot.

Inlet and drain hot are both hot.

Inlet and drain are both cold.

Inlet hot and drain warm.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Swirlyflo tubes would be used in which application?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Waste heat economiser tubes.

Auxiliary boiler smoke tubes.

Heat exchanger tubes.

Refrigerant condenser tubes.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which way will fluid pass through this valve ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From B to A.

From A to B.

In either direction.

From A to C.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A cover securing screw.

A pressure adjuster.

A vent screw.

A drain screw.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump shaft.

The motor shaft.

The pressure outlet.

An air seal.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO5-Operate Pumping Systems


1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressure adjusting scew.

A drain plug.

An inspection plug.

A sacrificial anode.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part number is the pump shaft ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number 2.

Number 1.

Number 5.

Number 4.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The fresh water pump.

The fresh water generator.

The salt water generator.

The thermostat pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The purifier.

The primary pump

The clarifier.

The suction filter.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of pump is the pump "P" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A centrifugal pump.

A piston pump.

A gear or worm wheel pump.

A vane pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you call the tanks in which heavy fuel oil is stored onboard ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Heavy fuel oil tanks.

Heavy fuel oil daily tanks.

Heavy fuel oil settling tanks.

Heavy fuel oil bunker tanks.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you call the gate valves "MP", "MS", "AP", "AS" locatedon deck ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Heavy fuel oil shut-off valves.

Heavy fuel oil manifold bunker valves.

Heavy fuel oil main bunker valves.

Heavy fuel oil tank valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is heavy fuel oil from the deeptank transferred to the bunker?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Via suction valve "S", the transfer pump, to discharge valve "D".

Via main bunker valve "B.V." to transfer pump "Tp".

Via own pumps "P1" and "P2", the main bunker valve "BV" to valve"D".

Via own pumps "P1" and "P2" to transfer pump "Tp".3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the name and function of the gate valve "BV" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main bunker valve, separates bunker manifold from Engine Room.

Bunker valve, separates suction and discharge manifold.

Bunker valve, separates bunker manifold from deeptank.

Main bunker valve, separates double bottom tanks.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the free flow of HFO in the bunker tanks maintained whenthe external temperature drops below it's pour point ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By transferring it on time to the HFO settling tank.

By circulating it with the transfer pump.

By heating the oil with steam via steam coils or steam banks.

By always ensuring that warm oil is bunkered.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which valve in the engine room must be kept closed if no bunkeroperations or transfer from the deep tanks are taking place ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The settling tank valve.

Valve "BV".

Valve "S".

Valve "D".2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of pump would normally be fitted at position "P" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A piston pump.

A centrifugal pump.

A vane pump.

A gear or screw displacement pump.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are items "V" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Straight bilge gate valves.

Non-return screw down valves.

Vacuum suction boxes.

Vacuum flap valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items "S" and what is their purpose ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Suction valves to pump the wells.

Strainers to stop dirt from entering the bilge system.

Suction boxes to retain priming water.

Elephant shoe to facilitate bilge pumping.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of pump do you think is used for the purpose shownhere ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A gear pump.

A piston pump.

A vane pump.

A worm wheel pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you find it difficult to obtain suction whilst pumping bilge well"A" which of the following actions would you take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Check that bilge well valves "B","C" and "D" are properly closed.

Check that strainer cover of well "A" is not leaking.

Prime the pump with sea water.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are items "W" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ballast water tanks.

Hold deep wells.

Side water tanks.

Cargo hold bilge wells.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item "S" ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A mesh type strainer.

The sea suction valve of the pump.

A shut-off valve.

The automatic 15 ppm shut-down valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Lubricating Oil pressure line filter.

A Fuel Oil pressure line filter.

A seawater, basket suction strainer.

A centrifugal filter.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the correct parts description list of this suction filter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 = Filter cover, 2 = Filter mesh element, 3 = Filter body.

1 = Body cover, 2 = Cartridge, 3 = Cartridge housing.

1 = Top cover , 2 = Filter, 3 = Cast steel pressure body.

1 = Top sealing plate, 2 = Filter element, 3 = Cast Iron body.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What ensures the tightness of the filter cover (1) to the filter body(3) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The vacuum created in the filter.

The clamp on top of the filter cover.

The filter's gasket.

The gasket pressed down by the filter cover's clamp.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of filter is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A cartridge type pressure line filter.

A suction wire mesh filter.

A rotating filter.

A magnetic filter.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the correct parts description list of this pressurised filter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 = Top plate, 2 = Mesh cloth, 3 = Housing.

1 = Filter cover, 2 = Ribbed filter cartridge, 3 = Filter body.

1 = Top cover, 2 = Element, 3 = Cast body.

1 = Filter top, 2 = Filter cloth, 3 = Housing body.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of valve is this ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A screw-down non-return valve.

A fixed non-return valve or check valve.

A high pressure control valve.

A high pressure stop valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the diameter of this valve is 60 mm on it's inner seat, what is theminimum fixed lift height ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20 mm.

15 mm.

12.5 mm.

10 mm.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the screw cap (1) in the picture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To adjust the valve lift.

To access the valve.

To adjust the valve down if it is heard banging.

To manually close the valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which types of tank gauging are fitted here, if: 1 = Float readingon the tank, 2 = Measure tape reading, 3 = Sight glass reading, 4 =Distance reading, 5 = Pneumatic gauging.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1, 3 and 5.

2, 3 and 4.

1, 2 and 3.

2, 3 and 5.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are parts 1 and 4 and what ensures the seal between them ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part 1 = top plate, part 4 = casing, an O-ring.

Part 1 = valve cover, part 4 = valve body, a gasket.

Part 1 = valve plate, part 4 = cast body, a seal.

Part 1 = top cover, part 4 = valve casing, a joint.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of valve is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A gate valve.

A non-return valve.

A check valve.

A screw-lift valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is this unit called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A shaft seal gland and packing.

A mechanical shaft seal.

A segmented seal unit.

A flexible type rotating packing assembly.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of valve is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A 90 degree gate valve.

An angle screw lift valve.

An angle screw-down valve (non return).

A 90 degree check stop valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where are you most likely to find this kind of valve fitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On ballast lines.

In diesel engine starting air lines.

On refrigerating machinery.

On sea chests.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of valve is this ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A manually operated butterfly valve.

A gear operated butterfly valve.

A gear operated gate valve.

A worm wheel operated gate valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the sealing ring (2) fitted on the butterfly valve plate ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is kept in place by a retaining ring secured by countersunks.

It is bolted on and secured by wiring.

It is glued on a separate removable ring.

It sits in a grooved bolted-on section.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is this type of valve usually found ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In piping with large flow but low pressure.

In piping of high pressure and large flow.

In piping of low pressure and low flow.

In piping of high pressure but limited flow.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In what kind of piping would you find this type of filter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In fuel oil piping.

In sea water piping.

In starting air piping.

In bilge piping.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the drain cock (3) on this filter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To drain the dirt out of the filter basket.

To take samples of the liquid.

To drain out the collected water.

To drain the filter before cleaning.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items No. 2 and No. 6 called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bearing sleeves.

Water throwing seals.

Impeller wear rings.

Impeller support rings.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This in terms of overall pump performance, what is the mostimportant negative effect if an impeller wear ring (No 6) is wornexcessively ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump will absorb excessive power, motor overload.

The pumping efficiency deteriorates, less output.

The pump starts vibrating, bearing damage will occur.

The housing will be attacked by cavitation.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of centrifugal pump is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Multi-stage, medium speed.

Floating, self balancing, single stage.

Self priming, single stage, high speed.

Single stage, high speed.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do you think would be the RPM of the electric motor drivingthis pump (Frequency on board is 60 Hz) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

About 2300 RPM.

About 1500 RPM.

About 1150 RPM.

About 870 RPM.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would happen if the cooling water is shut off theatmospheric condenser?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam will blow from the air vent.

The hot well will steam up.

Overpressure will occur in the condenser.

All of the given options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When are the high sea chests used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the ship is deeply laden at sea.

When the ship is in shallow water.

When the ship is in ballast condition.

When the ship is in polluted waters.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of filters are fitted to the high and low sea chestsuction lines ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Perforated plate filters.

Mesh wire filters.

Ball flush filters.

Backflow filters.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Here are some capacities of sea water pumps. Which pump wouldbe the Fire and Ballast Pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

410 m3/hour x 20 metres.

110/410 m3/hour x 70/35 metres.


40 m3/hour x 55 metres.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Here are some capacities of engine room water pumps. Whichone would be the Fresh Water Hydrophore Pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)


0.5 m3/hour x 40 metres.



Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of heat exchanger is drawn here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A single flow pipe tube heat exchanger.

A double flow or loop flow tube heat exchanger.

A finned bank block heat exchanger.

A plate battery heat exchanger.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you find a leak on one of the tubes of this heat exchanger, whatshould you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Weld the tube tight.

Put the heater out of commission.

Seal off the tube with plugs hammered in both tube ends.

Machine plugs and weld in place.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of item No4, fitted to this pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is a filter.

It is a balance valve.

It is a bleed-off valve.

It is a delivery control valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When pumping cold oil with this pump, what precaution wouldyou take?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Start/stop the pump frequently.

Throttle the discharge valve.

Scew back the spring pressure on the pressure regulating valve.

Throttle the suction valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items No. 2 of this pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The driven end bearings.

The shaft seals.

Shaft collars.

The shaft locating collars.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items No. 6 on this pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The thrust plates.

The shaft bearings.

The shaft plates.

The axial plummer pads.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is part No. 1 of this pump ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A metallic type mechanical seal.

Main shaft locating bush.

Main shaft bearing.

The shaft locking collar.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item No. 1 of this type of pump lay-out ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump coupling unit.

The pump shafting system.

The pump driving arrangement.

The intermediate shaft assembly.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item No. 4 on this pump assembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The outer casing.

The reinforcement frame.

The motor stool.

The pump top casing assembly.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the vertical clearance of the impeller in this pump casingadjusted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By adjusting distance/ height by screwed connection 2 on shaft.

By fitting shims between motor shaft and intermediate shaft.

By fitting shims on pump impeller.

By fitting shims in coupled part, item No 2 on shaft.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which pump parts are fitted in shaft assembly part No. 3 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mechanical seal, O-ring and water thrower.

Shaft sleeve and mechanical seal.

Mechanical seal and ball bearing.

Shaft sleeve and ball bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If you need to replace the mechanical seal on this pump, whichparts would you dismantle and remove in order to give access to theseal ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remove motor and intermediate shaft, remove shaft flange.

Remove motor stool with motor and intermediate shaft complete..

Remove pump casing half, release coupling and take out pumpassembly.

Remove intermediate shaft and shaft flange, take out pumpassembly. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When starting a centrifugal pump, in order to reduce the initialpower surge, you should start the pump with ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the suction valve closed.

the discharge valve closed.

throttled suction valve.

throttled discharge valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If it is noted after overhaul that the pump bearings overheat and itis verified that it is correctly assembled and no parts are touching,the reason could be................

1)

2)

3)

4)

that the pump is not bled off properly.

there is insufficient liquid supply to the pump.

misalignment of the shaft.

an obstruction on the discharge side.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On a reciprocating pump piston, the rings are made of materialwith low elastic limit such as hard rubber, Bakelite etc. In order tobe able to fit them in the piston grooves you will need to ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

use a special sliding tool.

apply grease or vaseline to slide the rings on.

heat them in boiling water for 20 to 30 minutes.

put them on top of the boiler casing to warm up.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In which pipe lines would you expect to find an illuminated sightglass?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lube oil pump discharge lines.

Tank overflow lines.

Fresh water return piping and condensate line.

Sea water lines to overboard.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the component shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A centrifugal pump.

A rotor screw pump.

A piston pump.

A screw compressor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is part number 1 in this drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A seal ring.

The pump shaft.

A ball bearing.

An end cover.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump shaft.

The cam shaft.

The distance piece.

The connecting rod.4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The gland packing.

The stuffing box.

A bearing.

A cooling pipe.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The connecting rod.

The pump rotor.

The pump body.

A cooling pipe.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The bearing holder.

The end cover.

The shaft seal.

The pressure relief valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Non return valve.

A Two way valve.

A Triple flushing valve.

A Dynamic valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump bearing.

The mechanical seal.

The water throw ring.

Shaft locking ring.2

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The shaft key.

The shaft securing nut.

Impeller locking ring.

The shaft taper section.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The propeller.

The housing.

The diffuser.

The impeller.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the two main items in this drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A compressor and an electric motor.

An electric motor and a screw pump.

A hydraulic motor and a pump.

A centrifugal pump and an electric motor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of pump is shown here?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A piston pump.

A screw pump.

A centrifugal pump.

A vane pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The lower shaft seal.

The lower shaft bush.

The Impeller securing washer.

The impeller securing nut.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of Part No. 4 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To prevent liquid moving upward.

To hold the impeller and connect the motor.

To support the shaft.

To support the impeller.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is Part No. 6 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The impeller wear ring.

The diffuser vanes.

The impeller blade.

The thrust washer.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown in this drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A screw pump.

A centrifugal compressor.

A vane pump.

A centrifugal pump.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the inlet ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A.

B.

C.

D.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the outlet ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A.

B.

C.

D.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the component shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Defector.

A Constructor.

An Injector.

An Ejector.4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The diffusor.

The ejector.

The nozzle.

The sprayer.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part is the diffusor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part 1.

Part 2.

Part 3.

Part 4.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

The drain screw.

The volute chamber.

The nozzle securing screw.

The flange ring.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you lookfor on all operating worm wheel or gear type pumps ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump casing temperature.

The pressure relief valve setting.

Vibration and noise free operation.

Free movement of the by-pass valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Oil purifiers can be used for purifying as well as for clarifyingoperations. The purifying operation is referred to as..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

the separation of light liquids from heavy liquids, (oil from water)and is called a two-phase operation.

the separation of solids from liquids and is called a single phaseoperation.

the separation of solids from oils with the use of a water barrier sealand is called a two-phase operation.

a 3-phase separating operation of light liquid, heavy liquid andsolids (water, oil, dirt). 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is the correct name for a void spacebetween two tanks carrying different liquids ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A bilge.

A drain tank.

A deep tank.

A cofferdam.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the usual method of reducing delivery pressure on a gearpump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By adjusting the internal spring loaded pressure relief valve.

By throttling the suction valve.

By throttling the discharge valve.

By fitting an orifice in the discharge line.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is an isolating valve fitted on the fire main from the engineroom?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To isolate the pump for repairs.

To isolate the engine room and enable the emergency fire pump tosupply the deck.

In case there is a fire restricted to the engine room.

To maintain pressure on the fire main with the pump not running.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would loss of vacuum indicate on a bilge pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Suction strainer blocked.

Bilge empty.

Pump impeller choked.

Discharge valve closed.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most common cause of failure of reciprocating bilgepumps?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Worn cylinder liner or bucket rings.

Leaking piston rod gland.

Debris holding suction or delivery valves open.

Malfunctioning priming pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centrifugal pump what would happen if the priming pumpfloat valve stuck in the closed position?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pump would not prime.

Pump would not deliver pressure.

Priming pump would run hot.

Pump would run hot.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What item is essential to be fitted to a gear pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure relief valve.

Pressure adjusting valve.

Non-return suction valve.

Non-return discharge valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a centrifugal general service pump how are suction anddischarge sections separated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mechanical garter spring seals.

Machineable sealing rings.

Neoprene lip seals.

Labyrinth seals.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What service are centrifugal pumps most suitable for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Where liquids are not excessively viscous.

Where liquids are extremely viscous.

Where there is a high air content.

Where the liquid has a high temperature.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where would you find a thermostatic control valve?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In an engine lub oil system.

In a fuel oil system.

In an engine jacket water cooling system.

In hydraulic ring main supply system.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a reciprocating pump what would NOT cause of loss ofvacuum?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Priming pump malfunction.

Worn cylinder liner or bucket rings.

Leaking suction/delivery valves.

Leaking piston rod gland.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What maximum oil content may be discharged overboard in'Special Areas'?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No oil content is permissable.

15ppm.

25ppm.

50ppm.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If when in port there is an urgent requirement to pump bilge waterfrom the vessel, what would you do?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pump the bilges over the sides via the oily water separator.

Lower the bilges only during night time.

Pump the bilges only to a shore or barge reception facility.

Pump bilges in a dirty oil tank or sludge tank and note in logbook.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How are cargo hold bilge wells covered to prevent solids fromentering them?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By steel grid plates bolted in place.

By very fine mesh grids.

By perforated plating.

There is no covering.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of valve is fitted to cargo bilge lines at the EngineRoom bulkhead?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Gate valves.

Non-return screw down valves.

Butterfly valves.

Screw lift valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How does a 'quick closing' valve operate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An independent mechanism closes the valve.

The valve bridge is collapsed remotely allowing the valve to close.

A retaining collar is released allowing the valve to close.

The valve can only be opened and closed hydraulically.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where would you find a duplex filter unit?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In fuel oil piping.

In sea water piping.

In starting air piping.

In bilge piping.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a serious cavitation problem is experienced effecting the pumpcasing and impeller badly, the shape and design of which pump partcould be altered and why?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The shape of the inlet piping to smooth the flow into the impeller.

The shape of the outlet pipe to dampen turbulence.

The shape of the impeller to decrease capacity.

The shape of the mouth ring to extend it and avoid turbulence.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would happen if a centrifugal pump priming pump had nowater?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pump would run hot.

Pump would not prime.

Pump would not maintain a vacuum when running.

Delivery pressure would be low.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What maximum oil content must oil/water separators generallydischarge?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1000ppm.

500ppm.

100ppm.

50ppm.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the centrifugal pump delivery pressure is low which would NOTbe the cause?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Excessive neck bush/shaft clearance.

Choked impeller.

Worn impeller.

Excessive impeller/wear ring clearance.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What material are large tube, heat exchanger coversmanufactured from?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cast steel.

Cast iron.

Alloy steel.

Bronze.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of a cofferdam?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To provide a barrier space between tanks containing differentliquids.

As an emergency storage space for bilge water.

As a collection space for leaking pipe work.

As a watertight barrier.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Before loosening pump covers how should the pressure bechecked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Checking the pressure gauge.

Open and check vents are clear.

Remove drain plug.

Remove cover slowly.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What capacity would you consider most suitable for a ballastpump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

25 to 50 cubic metres/hour.



100 to 150 cubic metres/hour.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What generator cooling is sometimes used during dry-docking?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ship's sanitary system.

Circulating fresh water tanks.

Ballast pumps.

Circulating fore or aft peak tanks.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the priming pump was not working how could a vacuum beraised on a centrifugal pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Starting the pump with the discharge valve open.

Filling the pump by hand.

Starting the pump with the sea suction valve open.

Starting the pump with the suction valve closed.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most obvious reason for drop in electrical load on aballast pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Malfunction of the electrical motor.

Pump no longer pumping liquid.

Malfunction of the pump.

Tank being transferred into is full.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are conventional strainers not fitted in the cargo hold bilgewells?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They would restrict the pumping of bilge wells.

Because they are inaccessible when cargo is loaded.

Because the cargo holds are cleaner than the engine room.

Because they might be damaged during loading and discharging.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where what be the most likely service for a multi stage centrifugalpump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bilge and ballast.

Fuel oil transfer.

Boiler feed pump.

Hydraulic winch power pack.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where can wear most affect efficiency in a gear pump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In the gear shaft bearings.

Casing/end gear clearance.

Gear backlash.

Shaft wear at gland.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could cause overheating after pump overhaul if it is verifiedthat assembly is correct?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump is not bled off properly.

Insufficient liquid supply to the pump.

Tightness of the shaft.

Obstruction on the discharge side.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When assembling an "Endless Screw" type pump what resultsfrom insufficient axial or radial clearance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pump will draw more load and quickly overheat.

The pump will not pump.

The pump will not deliver correct pressure.

The shaft seal will loosen due to vibrations.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When starting a centrifugal pump what condition would beadopted to reduce the initial load?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The suction valve closed.

The discharge valve closed.

The suction valve throttled.

Suction and discharge valves closed.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In thermodynamic terms what is a 'perfect fluid'.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fluid that remains unchanged through a working cycle.

An inert gas.

A fluid that cannot be compressed.

Fluid that exhibits similar characteristics to fuel/air mixture.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Reciprocating pumps are most suited to pumping which medium?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Liquids mixed with solids.

Transferring liquids at very high flow rates.

Liquids having high air content.

Pumping liquids against a high head pressure.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main advantage of a central sea water cooler system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cheaper to install.

Ease of cleaning.

More efficient cooling.

Simple and short cooling water pipelines.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Worm and worm wheel distinguish between what pumpcomponents?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The rounded and the bellow gear.

The driving and driven shaft gears.

The tangential gear and the straight shaft gear.

The long shaft gear and the stub shaft gear.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the Oil Record Book?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To record quantity of fuel onboard.

To record all fuel bunkered and bilge discharges.

To record fuel consumption.

To record oily bilge levels.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would the main sea circulating system high sea suctionvalves be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the ship is deeply laden at sea.

When the ship is in shallow water.

When the ship is in ballast condition.

When the ship is in polluted waters.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What happens if the separator oil content exceeds the equipmentallowable level?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pump is stopped and an alarm sounds.

A visible alarm.

An audible alarm.

The discharge is dumped to the bilge.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Under what circumstance may untreated bilges be dischargedoverboard in 'Special Areas'?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When proceeding Full Ahead.

During the hours of darkness.

Only in a case of emergency.

If the bilges are only to be lowered and not pumped right out.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why does the fluid pass through the valve from beneath the valvelid?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The valve is easier to open.

With the valve closed the delivery pressure is isolated from thegland.

There is less restriction to flow in this direction.

There is less scouring of the valve seat at partial openings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the first check if difficulty is encountered when pumpingbilges if the suction gauge reading is high?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Clean the oil/water separator.

Inspect pump internals for wear.

Open the sea suction valve to prime pump.

Check suction strainers and valves.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would you do on first starting a gear pump if pumping coldoil?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Start/stop the pump frequently.

Start the pump with valves closed and gradually open.

Ease off the spring loaded pressure relief valve.

Throttle the suction valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For which service would a gear pump be most suitable?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bilge pumping.

Engine lub oil pressure supply.

Engine cooling water circulating.

Boiler feed water supply.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What advantage does the gate valve have over globe valves?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No flow obstruction when fully open.

Positive closing action.

Low maintenance.

Can be throttled.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are gauze element filters designed to remove?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fine non-metallic solids.

Metallic particles.

Water and sludge.

Coarse solids.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most commonly used packing for valve spindleglands?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mechanical shaft seal.

Soft gland packing.

Preformed lip seals

Carbon sealing rings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When on passage, what should be the condition of the fire main?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressurised at all times.

Sea suction and fire main discharge valves open ready topressurise the main when the fire pump is started.

Drained and empty to prevent leakage at hydrants.

All pump and isolating valves closed.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the valve wheel of an extended spindle valve is free, but thevalve does not seem to be not moving, what would you check first?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Whether the valve is dirty.

To see if the valve spindle is being turned.

To see if there is excess pressure on the valve.

To check that the valve is not broken.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What pollution certification must deep-sea vessels possess?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lloyd's Machinery survey certificate.

MCA pollution certificate.

IOPP certificate.

Safety Construction certificate.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: According to regulations, on board ships it is necessary to havePUMP REDUNDANCY. What does this mean?

1)

2)

3)

4)

All pumps in the engine room are duplicated.

All essential pumps in the engine room have a back-up possibility.

Two identical pumps must be fitted for each circuit.

A stand-by pump must be available for each pump separately.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be the main reason for a centrifugal pump'sperformance deteriorating over time?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cavitation of the impeller.

Excessive wear between impeller and wear ring.

Wear of the gland neck bush.

Wear of the pump housing.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: From the following pump capacities, which would be mostsuitable for the domestic fresh water system?

1)

2)

3)

4)


0.5 m3/hour x 40 metres.



Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is air leakage into the packing gland of a condensate pumpis prevented?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A water seal line to the packing gland.

Special packing in the stuffing box.

An air seal line from the compressed airline.

The air pump fitted to the pump.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is it necessary to use Screw Lift Valves?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fuel tank valves.

Ballast tank valves.

Bilge line valves.

Main sea suction valves.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a centrifugal pump does NOT pull a vacuum what is the mostlikely cause?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Impeller vanes choked.

Impeller/wear ring clearance excessive.

Neck bush/shaft clearance excessive.

Priming pump not functioning correctly.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where would you always find Screw Down Non-Return valvesfitted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

As ballast tank valves.

As fire main isolating valves.

As bilge suction valves.

As fuel tank valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After gear pump re-assembly what must be checked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Suction valve is open.

Direction of rotation is correct.

Gland is not tight.

Discharge valve is open.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the pump illustrated what separates the suction and dischargepressures?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The mouth ring.

The mechanical seal.

The pump body seal.

The pump body cover seal.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What must be fitted to the discharge of the pump in the drawing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure relief valve.

Non return discharge valve.

Manual by-pass valve.

Leak-off connection to cool the shaft gland.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO6-Operate Alternators and Generators

Q: How is the direction of rotation changed in an asynchronousmotor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By switching all three connections on the motor terminal.

By switching two of the three connections on the motor terminal.

The direction of rotation cannot be changed.

By reversing the frequency.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A current clamp meter is clipped around a cable supplying abalanced three phase motor working at full load. The motor is ratedto consume 100 A. What will the meter show ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

100 Amps.

33.3 Amps.

0 Amps.

110 Amps.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The ship's insulation meter indicates a low resistance in theelectrical distribution system, which of these is the most likelycause.

1)

2)

3)

4)

The armature of a switched off AC motor has short circuited.

The TV aerial in the mess room has short circuited.

A connection box has been filled with salt water.

The emergency generator which is currently on stand-by has beensplashed with salt water. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of equipment is this symbol showing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A DC series motor.

An AC shunt motor.

A DC shunt motor.

A DC combined shunt and series motor.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of equipment is represented by this symbol?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A DC series motor.

A DC combined series and shunt motor.

A compound motor.

A shunt motor.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of a " Y/Delta " starter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To start either a D or an Y connected motor.

To regulate large AC motors.

To reduce the starting current in large AC motors.

To reduce the start time for an AC motor.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen when push-button 2 is pressed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The relay coil A will activate as long at the button is pressed.

The switch T will cause the coil to de-activate.

The bulb L will give a pulsating light.

The relay coil A will activate and remain activated even after thebutton 2 has been released. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of a Tacho generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure impedance.

To measure revolutions per minute (RPM).

To measure the direction of shaft rotation.

To measure the relationship between impedance and frequency.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Two generators are running in parallel. Generator one isdelivering 300 Amps more than the second generator. What is thebest course of action ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Adjust the excitation of the two generators to bring them level.

Adjust the speed of one generator.

Replace the A.V.R of the generator which has the highest currentoutput.

Adjust the speed of both generators.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be the correct setting of the current relay for a threephase induction motor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At the rated current.

At 5-15% over the rated current.

At 200% of the rated current.

At 10% below the rated current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A motor controlled by thyristors is to be tested. Whatprecautions would you take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remove all printed circuit cards from the control system andmegger test.

Test the motor in the manual manner using a megger.

Disconnect all cables to the motor.

Use an 'AVO' meter instead of a 'Megger' for the test.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An electrical three phase motor connected to a pump repeatedlytrips on the "over current" relay, What action would you take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increase the current setting on the "over current" relay.

Replace the "over current" relay.

Stop the motor and check the electrical and mechanical function.

Cool down the motor with a portable electric fan.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When two generators are being manually synchronized, whenshould the circuit breaker be closed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the synchroscope indicator is rotating slowly anti-clockwiseand at 11 o'clock position.

When the synchroscope indicator is rotating slow and at 3 o'clockposition.

When the synchroscope indicator is rotating slowly clockwise andat 11 o'clock position.

When the synchroscope indicator is rotating fast and at 12 o'clockposition. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A six pole 50Hz three phase induction motor has a full load at 950rpm. What will the speed of the motor be at half load?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1900 rpm.

475 rpm.

1000 rpm.

975 rpm.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The torque developed by a three phase induction motor isdependent on which of the following?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Its speed, frequency and number of poles.

Its voltage, current and impedance.

Its synchronous speed, rotor speed and frequency.

Its rotor emf, current and power factor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why should a stationary alternator not be connected to live busbars ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because the alternator is likely to run as a motor.

Because the bus bars will be short circuited.

Because the alternator will decrease the bus bar voltage.

Because the voltage of other alternators may fluctuate.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Before starting any maintenance on an electrical motor whatshould you do ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Switch off the main switch for the motor and remove the fuses.

Inform the duty engineer what you are working on.

Hang a sign on the main switchboard to indicate that the motorshould not be started.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Complete the sentence. A series-wound generator has the fieldwindings in series with its ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

armature.

brushes.

commutator.

field poles.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Sparking and grooving of the commutator in a DC motor may becaused by..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

current overload.

the wrong types of brushes.

the strength of the field.

any of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The voltage in a 60Hz AC generator is adjusted by.........

1)

2)

3)

4)

the number of poles.

the speed of the engine of the generator.

the magnetic field strength.

the number of series conductors.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: DC generators are rated in .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

KwA.

HP.

KVA.

KW.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: AC generators are rated in ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

KVA.

KwA.

Kw.

HP.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of the voltage regulator fitted to ACgenerators operating in parallel ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To cut in generators automatically as they are needed.

To divide the KVA load equally between all connected generators.

To cut out generators not needed because of reduction in load.

To divide the reactive current equally between the generators.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The failure of an AC generator to pick up voltage may be causedby:

1)

2)

3)

4)

A tripped bus circuit breaker.

Excessive prime mover speed.

Failure of the exciter.

The generator's rotating speed is 10% below rated.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the first step when removing a generator from paralleloperation with other generators?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Trip off the generator from the switchboard.

Remove the load from the generator to be stopped.

Switch off all connected loads.

Increase the cycles of the generator(s) which remain on the line.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What units are used to measure back E.M.F.?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Volts.

Ohms.

Ampere.

Farads.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An earth fault on an electrical motor can be defined as anelectrical connection between its wiring and its .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

circuit breaker.

shunt field.

metal frame work.

fuse.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the reverse power relay connected to anAC diesel generator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To prevent main circuit overload.

To prevent over speeding.

To maintain good load sharing.

To prevent the generator being run as a motor.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of instrument can be used to locate an earthed fieldcoil in a synchronous motor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A voltmeter.

A frequency meter.

A wheatstone bridge.

An ohmeter.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the parts circled in red ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To assist the motor cooling.

Ventilation slots.

To assist induction currents.

To dispense with the cooling fan.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the part circled in red ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To access the windings.

To show the markings of the motor.

The air cooling inlet.

To house the terminals.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the component number 5 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To ensure smooth speed pick-up.

Motor cooling.

To absorb vibration.

To balance the motor2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is component number 2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The permanent magnet.

The starter winding.

The stator winding.

The rotor winding.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the function of component number 6 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To ensure correct balancing of the rotor.

To seal the motor internals.

To provide ventilation.

To locate the bearing.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For what type of load would a star/delta starter be employed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A centrifugal pump.

A small compressor.

An air start compressor.

For very heavy loads composed of resistors.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What can happen if only one generator is connected to the mainsand several large fans are started at the same time ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lights may be a dimmed a little.

The exhaust temperature of the auxiliary engine will raise.

The generator may trip on overload.

Nothing special.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is synchronization required when one alternator is to beparalelled with another?

1)

2)

3)

4)

If not, the electrical net voltage may be out of phase after thegenerators have been connected.

Two generators which are not synchronized cannot be connected.

If two unsynchronized generators are connected, both the dieselprime mover and the generator can be damaged.

The overall insulation resistance can go down if no synchronizationis carried out. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Can the speed of an asynchronous motor be regulated ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No, because the windings are not designed for that.

Yes, if a thyristor regulator is used.

Yes, using resistors in series with the stator winding.

No, because speed can only be regulated by adjusting the voltageof the rotor winding. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In these circuits current I1 and I2 are the same and all resistors Rhave the same value. In which circuit will the voltage be greater ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Circuit 1.

Circuit 2.

They have the same voltage.

Voltage will remain the same bu the current will vary.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items F indicating in this starting box drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The phase terminals.

The fuses.

The front switch.

The front connectors.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What do items C represent in this starter diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Contacts.

Relays.

Overloads.

Transformers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could item D represent in this electric starting diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pressostat.

A thermostat.

A level switch.

Any of the these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When will the left hand lamp 'L' illuminate ? (Assume there is nodefect in the installation)

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the engine is stopped.

When the engine is running.

When the main breaker is switched on.

When an overload/trip occurs.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items 'E' in this starting circuit diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A low voltage relay.

A short-circuit trip.

An overload relay / stop button.

A reverse current trip.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the items marked 'PM' in this electric starter diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Start position switches.

Start push buttons.

Stop push buttons.

Stop position switches.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the items 'PP' indicated in this electric starting diagram?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Start relays.

Stop relays.

Start push buttons.

Stop push buttons.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does item 'C' indicate in this electrical starting circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The main contactor.

The auxiliary contactor.

A thermal relay.

The overload.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does item 'RT' represent in this schematic electrical startingdiagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The time relay.

The overload relay.

The measuring relay.

The signalling relay.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the electric power suppliers on board this ship ?

1)

2)

3)

4)


Electric motors and lighting circuits.

2 Main Diesels, 1 Emergency Diesel, 1 Turboalternator.

4 x alternators, 2 x transformers.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the meaning of item 'CP' in this ship's electric plantdiagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Control panel.

Switch panel.

Main switchboard.

Control room.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does item 'CE' stands for in this ship's electric plantdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Control equipment power.

Central emergency station.

Common energy lighting distributor.

Emergency Switchboard.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is the shore power supply line to be connected to supplythis ship's electric plant ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On CP.

On CE.

On TT.

On T.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the items 'CD' shown in this ship's electric plantdiagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Distribution panels.

Transformers.

Control desks.

Starting boxes.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What possibilities exist to supply power via direct connection tothe Emergency Switchboard.

1)

2)

3)

4)

1) Supply by main diesel engines.2) Supply by emergency diesel.

1) Supply by main switchboard. 2) Supply by emergency diesel.

1) Supply by shore power.2) Supply by main switchboard.

1) Supply by shore power.2) Supply by main switchboard. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are items 'T' shown in this ships electric plant schematicdiagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Terminal boxes.

Transit line connector units.

Transformers.

Thyristor converters.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The Main as well as the Emergency switchboard are panels wherethe electric power is ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

generated as distributed.

fed into and distributed to the motors via starting boxes.

monitored and supplied via distributors.

fed into, monitored and supplied to the consumers.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In which part of a large alternator is the electric power produced ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In the excitator.

In the sliprings.

In the rotor.

In the stator.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the voltage output of an alternator controlled ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the alternator speed.

By the excitation current in the rotor.

By the excitation current in the stator.

By the resistance bridge in the main switchboard.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How many sliprings with carbon brushes are fitted on the rotor ofa separately excited three-phase alternator ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Two.

Four.

Three.

Six.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If an alternator runs at 900 RPM and delivers AC current at 60 Hz,how many pole pairs has this alternator got ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Two.

Four.

Six.

Eight.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The principle of an automatic voltage regulator (AVR) is toproduce an excitation current proportional to ...........................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the speed of the alternator.

the output current of the alternator.

the output voltage of the alternator.

the output voltage and the output current of the alternator.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When parallel running alternators, what effects the reactive powerof each alternator (kVAR) ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The power throttle of the driving units.

The number of pole pairs of each paralleled alternator.

The excitation current.

The temperature of the windings due to load distribution.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Name the three conditions which must prevail to parallel onealternator with another?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Same current, same type of alternator, same frequency.

Same type alternator, same frequency, frequency in phase.

Voltage equal, frequency equal, voltage in phase.

Voltage equal, current equal, frequency equal.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following safety devices fitted on the main breakerwill trip the alternator if a major cabled line to the distributors shouldfail and the insulation break through ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The undervoltage relay.

The short circuit protection.

The reverse current trip.

The high/low frequency trip.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the governor of the driving machine of an alternatormalfunctions, which safety device will trip the main switch breaker ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The overload trip.


The undervoltage/overvoltage trip.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A breakdown in insulation between a motor winding and themotor frame is called ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

an insulation breakdown.

an earth.

a winding breakdown.

a short circuit.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The breakdown in insulation between one or more windings orone or more coils inside an electric motor is called .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

an earth.

a winding break.

a short circuit.

an insulation breakdown.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If open circuit and interruption of current continuity occur in thewindings of an electric motor it is called ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

an earth fault.

a winding break.

an insulation breakdown.

a short circuit.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What happens to the terminal voltage of an alternator producing440 Volt when it supplies a lagging power factor load, exampleinduction motors ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The terminal voltage will fluctuate around 440 Volt.

The terminal voltage will be exactly 440 Volt.

The terminal voltage will drop below 440 Volt.

The terminal voltage goes above 440 Volt.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which are the two requirements to make electricity generationpossible ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Presence of magnetic flux, relative motion between conductor andflux.

Current to induce flux, rotary movement.

Power to induce magnetic flux, power to rotate.

Current to induce flux, conductor motion cutting flux.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What happens to the characteristics of a 3 phase inductor motorif the applied voltage is slightly reduced ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Current and speed decrease, torque remains constant.

Current and torque decrease , speed remains constant.

Speed and torque decrease, current remains constant.

Speed decreases, current and torque remain constant.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can the direction of a three phase induction motor can bereversed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Change the position of the entry cable on all terminals RST.

Change the position of the entry cable on two terminals.

Change the capacitor connection to another line.

Reverse the polarity of the armature.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Arc chutes in circuit breakers are efficient devices for quenchingarcs in air because they ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

extinguish the arc and prevent carbon formation.

isolate the breaker segments so the arc does not blow over.

control the temperature and molecular structure of the arc.

confine the arc, control its movement and provide rapid cooling.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What information would you find on the name plate of any electricmotor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Voltage, current, kWatt, frequency, phases, speed, impedance.

Maker, voltage, full load current, power, frequency, phases, speedRPM.

Maker, voltage, horsepower, phases, BIL rating, polarity.

Voltage, current, horsepower, phases and polarity, speed.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What information would you find on the name plate of anyindustrial transformer.

1)

2)

3)

4)

Power, current, horsepower, ampereage.

Power, voltage, transformation rate, impedance.

Polarity marking, kVA, impedance, voltages, maker.

kVAR rating, voltage, impedance, BIL rating, polarity.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Three motors with full load currents of 15, 40 and 52 Amps eachare fed by an unidentified feeder. What is the minimum size of themotor feeder current carrying capacity ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Approx 134 Amps.

Approx 175 Amps.

Approx 235 Amps.

Approx 350 Amps.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A split-phase motor is an induction motor where the magneticfields are produced by ......... that causes the motor to rotate.

1)

2)

3)

4)

two permanent magnets

the shunt and the series windings

the main and the auxiliary windings

the three stator windings3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How many watts are there in one horsepower ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

720 Watts.

746 Watts.

760 Watts.

860 Watts.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: At what percentage of the motor name plate rating can a thermaloverload relay be safely set for continuously rated motors withservice factor 1.15 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

115 %.

140 %.

165 %.

180 %.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What should be the minimum current carrying capacity of branchcircuit conductors supplying a single motor ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

110 % of the full motor name plate rating.

125 % of the full laoad current name plate rating.

140 % of the full motor name plate rating.

200 % of the full motor name plate rating.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What happens to the terminal voltage of a generator when itsupplies a leading power factor load ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It fluctuates.

It remains steady.

It rises.

It falls.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a Star-connected 3-phase motor ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the line voltage equal to the phase voltage.

the line current is equal to the Phase current.

the phase voltage is higher than the line voltage.

the phase current higher than the line current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The phase to phase voltage of a Star connected alternator is254.34 Volt. What is the equivalent line to line voltage ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

254.34 Volt.

230 Volt.

147 Volt.

440 Volt.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: It is said sometimes that alternators are operating as a load, i.e.as a motor. What are the circumstances for this to occur ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Where parallel operation with deck generator or outside powersupply occurs.

Where two generators are running in parallel.

Where three generators are running in parallel.

When the alternator in question has lost prime mover input.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which is the best way to give an electric motor a completewinding and insulation test ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Megger test each phase separately to earth.

Megger test each phase to phase separately.

Conduct drop (mini-Volt) test on each phase.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Give the reason why shore power and ship's power should neverbe run in parallel ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ship's supply is in STAR, shore supply is in DELTA.

The shore frequency is rigid, the ship's frequency is not.

No common earth is available.

Voltage drop from shore is different from the ship.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When an electric motor is operated at a higher frequency, it willrun ................ and it may be operating ......................

1)

2)

3)

4)

faster..........in overload.

slower.........at too high a voltage.

faster...........at overspeed.

slower.........with too high a current..1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Typically, how many times full load current are motor fuses ratedin order to withstand the large starting current ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 - 3 times.

5 - 7 times.

3 - 5 times.

7 - 9 times.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If a fault has occurred (shorted, earthed) in an electric motor, youshould ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

not replace the fuses if they are not blown.

replace one fuse if only one is found blown.

replace two fuses if only two are found blown.

replace all three fuses, blown or not.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the advantage of a fuse over a circuit breaker with regardto short circuit protection ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is less dangerous since there are no arcs.

It cannot get stuck, no mechanical parts.

The broken fuse is easier to locate.

Its very high speed breaking operation.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For an overload of 25 % of the full rated current how longcompared to tripping a circuit breaker would a fuse take to blow ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Very much longer.

Longer.

Lesser.

No difference.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For instantaneous operation of preference overload tripping, atwhat percentage of the total rated current is the device usually set ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

125 %

120 %

115 %

110 %4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How would you initiate a test, if found necessary, to find out if analternator preference system is working ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By lowering the generator frequency.

By raising the generator frequency.

By raising the alternator voltage.

By lowering the alternator voltage.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are the functions of the Under Voltage Release Unit on thegenerator circuit breaker?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It trips the alternator by under voltage.

It disallows breaker to be put on load by under voltage.

It prevents breaker operation in the absence of voltage.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a total short circuit occurs on a 3 phase alternator and theshort-circuit trip fails to operate, what back-up safety device willactivate ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The preferential trip.

The low frequency trip.

The overspeed trip.

The under voltage trip.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A generator's Reverse Power protection relay is fitted between...........................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the breaker connecting bars.

the breaker and the consumers.

the generator and the consumers.

the generator and the bus bars.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How many seconds time delay is considered normal before agenerator's Reverse Trip Relay operates ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 - 2 seconds.

3 - 5 seconds.

5 - 7 seconds.

7 - 8 seconds.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can you monitor the correct instant for synchronisingalternators should your synchronising system (synchronoscope orlamps) be defective ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By fitting a voltmeter over one phase.

By fitting lamps over the three phases.

By fitting lamps crossed over two phases.

By fitting two voltmeters crossed over two phases.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you checkin the first place concerning the auxiliary diesels and electric powersupply ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the load, Hertz and Voltage are normal, any other powerrequirements are in Chief Engineer's standing orders, number of of

That the voltage, the kVA, the kVAR, the amperage and theexcitation load are acceptable.

That the diesels are exactly sharing 50 % of the total load if two arerunning in parallel or 1/3 of the load with three in parallel.

That none of the diesels is running at more than 70 % of the load, ifso, an additional diesel to be put in parallel. 1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When two diesel generator sets are running in parallel duringyour engine room watch, what should you periodically check ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That both diesels are running at the same speed.

That both diesels have the same voltage and the same frequency.

That both diesels have the same load in kWatt, same reactive loadin kVAR, same amperage.

That both diesels have exactly a 50 % share of the active load inkWatt. 3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When taking over the engine room watch, what should you verifyon the electrical main switch board ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The alternator on load, voltage, amperage, power supply,frequency.

The voltage and amperage delivered to the power consumers, thecondition of the transformers, the non-essential consumers.

The setting of the non-essential consumer trip system, the settingof the overload system, the actual power as percentage of total

Power Generation, power distribution inclusive secondary circuit,any unusual power consumer switched on/off, earth faults main and 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When you make a visit to the emergency diesel generator duringyour engine room watch, what should you look out for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the voltage and the frequency displayed on the emergencyswitch board is the same as on the main switch board.

That the steam heater or electrical heater in the emergency dieselroom is switched on.

That the battery charger is not accidentally kept in ON position, thatthe door of the generator room is always closed behind you.

Radiator fresh water level, oil level in sump tank, preheatingtemperature of cylinders, charging level of batteries, diesel in stand- 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When an automatic power supply system is provided with anauxiliary diesel stand-by system, and the power supply trips at timeZERO, which of the following is a feasible sequence of activities ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Time zero + 10 sec: the stand-by diesel starts. + 20 sec: the stand-by diesel runs. + 40 sec: the power is restored.

Time zero: the stand-by diesel starts. + 7 sec: the stand-by dieselruns, + 8 sec: the power is restored.

Time zero + 5 sec: the stand-by diesel starts. + 10 sec: the stand-by diesel runs. + 25 sec: the power is restored.

Time zero + 30 sec: he stand-by diesel starts. + 45 sec: the stand-by diesel runs. + 60 sec : the power is restored. 2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The best way of testing the "stand-by" function of the emergencydiesel alternator is by ..............................

1)

2)

3)

4)

switching on the 'test run' button on the emergency dieselswitchboard.

starting the emergency diesel manually from the spot and check forany leakages or deficiencies.

causing a total black-out on the ship, for example in drydock orwhen time is available in port.

by switching off the emergency switch board supply breaker on themain switch board. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a shunt generator the armature current is 100 Amps and thefield current 5 Amps. What is the load current of the generator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

110 Amps.

105 Amps.

100 Amps.

95 Amps.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are alternator poles fabricated in laminated form?

1)

2)

3)

4)

For ease of manufacture.

Prevent build up of unwanted eddy currents.

Prevent distortion due to temperature variation.

Makes adjustment of stator weight easier.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Before starting any maintenance on an electrical motor whatshould you do?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Switch off the main switch and remove fuses for the motor.

Inform the duty engineer not to switch on the motor.

Hang a sign on the main switchboard to indicate that the motorshould not be started.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the insulation fails on a major distribution cable, whichalternator breaker trip will operate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The overload trip.

The short circuit protection.



Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the purpose of the preference load tripping system?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Disconnect essential equipment before a short circuit can causedamage.

Re-connect essential equipment after a blackout.

To disconnect non-essential equipment in case of generatoroverload.

To trip the generator before the overload damages the engine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the event of total immersion of an electric motor in sea water oroils, what corrective action should you take to make the motoroperational again?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Wash with tetrachloride, heat to 80º C and change bearings.

Wash with fresh water, wipe dry and re-varnish windings.

Clean with air, wash with fresh water and heat by lamp.

Wash with tetrachloride, wipe dry and re-varnish windings.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the direction of a three-phase induction motor reversed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Change the position of the entry cable on all terminals RST.

Change the position of the entry cable on two terminals.

Change the capacitor connection to another line.

Reverse the polarity of the armature.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In extreme circumstances what is the allowable max & minvoltage tolerance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

90% - 110%.

85% - 120%.

75% - 125%.

70% - 130%.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Line to line voltage of a Delta connected 3 phase alternator isfound to be 440 Volt. What is the phase voltage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

440 Volt.

220 Volt.

254.33 Volt.

311.13 Volt.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How will you find out if an electric motor has developed an earthfault?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By carrying out a Megger test.

By carrying out a Drop test (mini-volt test).

By carrying out Continuity test (one Ohm range on AVO meter).

By carrying out a Phase balance test.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What determines the speed in a squirrel cage AC motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The supply current and Voltage.

The supply current cycles/second.

The number of poles built into the motor.

The supply current cycles/second and the number of poles built intothe motor. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The line-to-line current of a Star connected motor is measured at28 Amps. What is the phase current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

28.0 Amps.

22.72 Amps.

16.18 Amps.

48.44 Amps.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which area of the DC generator requires the most maintenance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Switchboard breaker.

Commutator and brushes.

Bearings.

Main field windings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How many seconds time delay is considered normal before agenerator's Reverse Trip Relay operates?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1 - 3 seconds.

3 - 5 seconds.

5 - 7 seconds.

7 - 8 seconds.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is a generator's Reverse Power protection relay fitted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Between the breaker connecting bars.

Between the breaker and the consumers.

Between the generator and the consumers.

Between the generator and the bus bars.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The failure of an AC generator to pick up voltage may be causedby:

1)

2)

3)

4)

A tripped bus circuit breaker.

Excessive prime mover speed.

Failure of the exciter generator.

The generator's rotating speed is 10% below rated.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How many slip rings with carbon brushes are fitted on the rotor ofa three-phase alternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Two.

Four.

Three.

Six.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is required to generate 50Hertz using a slow speed primemover?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Greater excitation current.

Reduced number of poles.

Increased number of poles.

Gearbox to increase the generator speed.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could cause sparking and grooving of the commutator in aDC motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Current overload.

Wrong types of brushes.

The strength of the field.

Any of the other options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are ideal conditions for taking Megger test readings of analternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hot after stopping.



Running.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When a DC generator is short circuited, how is the output voltageaffected?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increases to max.

Falls to zero.

Remains constant.

Drops slightly.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The principle of an automatic voltage regulator (AVR) is toproduce an excitation current proportional to what?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The speed of the alternator.

The output current of the alternator.

The output voltage of the alternator.

The output voltage and the output current of the alternator.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What determines the output voltage of an AC alternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Number of poles.

Strength of magnetic field.

RPM of the prime mover.

Number of rotor windings.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are ideal conditions for taking Megger test readings of amotor or alternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hot after stopping.



Running.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: With large load change what maintains steady voltage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Automatic voltage regulator.

Automatic voltage regulator & flywheel.

Flywheel & governor.

Governor & automatic voltage regulator.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What units is the output of DC generators rated in?

1)

2)

3)

4)

KwA.

HP.

KVA.

KW.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would you undertake resistance tests on an AC motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When the motor has reached its normal operating temperature.

When the motor has cooled down after use.

When the motor has been warmed up 5ºC above normal operatingtemperature.

When the motor has been carefully cleaned.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When synchronising a generator what does clockwise movementof the synchronising dial indicate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Both generators are running at synchronous speed.

The cycles are the same on the bus bars and incoming generator.

Voltage is the same on both generators.

The incoming generator is running faster than the generator onload. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the main disadvantage with main shaft drivenalternators?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Limited power output.

Engine speed variation.

Only available at sea.

Low speed limits voltage output.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What method should be used for achieving 'reduced voltagestarting' for large AC motors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Star-Delta motor starter.

Auto transformer.

Line resistance starter.

Any of these options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are interpoles fitted to DC generators?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To enable the same size generator to carry more load.

To prevent shaft magnetism.

To counter field distortion.

To prevent burning of the brushes.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an alternator what effect does increasing the excitation have?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increases the voltage produced in the conductor.

Increases the cycles/second of the current.

Increases the amperage produced.

Decreases the voltage produced.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In the event of total immersion of an electric motor in sea waterwhat corrective action should you take to make the motoroperational again?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Wash with tetrachloride, heat to 80ºC and change bearings.

Wash with fresh water, wipe dry and re-varnish windings.

Clean with air, wash with fresh water and heat by lamp.

Wash with tetrachloride, wipe dry and re-varnish windings.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the result if a motor runs at a frequency higher than itsdesigned operating frequency?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It will run faster and be overloaded.

It will run slower and at too high a voltage.

It will run faster and overspeed.

It will run slower with too high a current.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an alternator, what controls the generated Voltage?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Generator speed.

Number of poles.

Excitation current.

Size of the stator windings.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An unidentified feeder supplies three motors with full loadcurrents of 15, 40 and 52 Amps each. What is the minimum size ofthe motor feeder in "AMPACITY "?

1)

2)

3)

4)

120 Amps.

175 Amps.

235 Amps.

350 Amps.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In DC generators what effect can be caused by 'armaturereaction'?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Voltage variation.

Inability of the generator to carry full load.

Arcing at the brushes.

Breakdown of the mica insulation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A 20 Amp motor operates from a 240 V insulated system. Thecable impedance is 0.01 Ohm. What current will flow in case of anearth fault?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0 Amps.

2400 Amps.

240 Amps.

20 Amps.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of thermistors fitted to motor windings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Prevent over-speeding.

Protect from overheating.

Short circuit protection.

Prevent high starting current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The commutator of a DC generator is examined and is found tohave a smooth appearance and a dark chocolate colour. Whataction would you take?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Clean the commutator with emery cloth until the surface is brightand burnished copper.

Change the brushes.

Change the brush springs.

None, this is hoe it should appear.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What determines cycles per second in an AC alternator?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The generator speed.

The number of poles.

The number of conductors.

The generator speed and number of poles.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The kWatt indicator indicates 300 kWatt and the kVAR indicatorshows 200 kVAR. What is the Power Factor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.766

0.799

0.832

0.8643

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will be the most likely equipment to be disconnected by thepreferential trip?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Galley.

General Service pump.

Steering pumps.

Seawater circulating pumps.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What prevents a stationary alternator from being connected tolive bus-bars?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No volt trip.

Low cycle trip.

Reverse power trip.

Overload trip.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which is the best way to give an electric motor a completewinding and insulation test?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Megger test each phase separately to earth.

Megger test each phase to phase separately.

Conduct drop (mini-Volt) test on each phase.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How would you initiate a test, if found necessary, to find out if analternator preference system is working?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By lowering the generator frequency.

By raising the generator frequency.

By raising the alternator voltage.

By lowering the alternator voltage.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How would you test the insulation on an AC motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By carrying out a Megger test.

By carrying out a Drop test (mini-volt test).

By carrying out a Continuity test (one Ohm range on AVO meter).

By carrying out a Phase balance test.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What can cause etched or burned bands on the contact faces ofbrushes in a DC motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Copper embedded in the brushes.

Copper drag on the commutator.

High mica segments.

Brushes improperly positioned.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be the correct setting of the current relay for a threephase induction motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

At the rated current.

At 5-15% over the rated current.

At 33-50% of the rated current.

At 100% of the rated current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a DC generator, where is the current generated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In the armature windings.

In the field windings.

In the commutator.

In the shunt windings.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For instantaneous operation of preference overload tripping, atwhat percentage of the total rated current is the device usually set?

1)

2)

3)

4)

125 %

120 %

115%

110 %4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The phase current in a Delta connected alternator is found to be127 A. What is the line current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

73.32 Amps.

127 Amps.

153.52 Amps.

219.97 Amps.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If a cable length 100m, dia.1.25 mm has a resistance of 30 Ohm,what length cable of same material with dia.0.75 mm has aresistance of 25 Ohm?

1)

2)

3)

4)

15 metres.

20 metres.

25 metres.

30 metres.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the power output of an alternator controlled?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the alternator speed.

By the excitation current in the rotor.

By the excitation current in the stator.

By the resistance bridge in the main switchboard.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the excitation current transmitted to the rotor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Generated from within the rotor.

Via a commutator and brushes.

Via slip rings and brushes.

Via the tacho generator.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How many times full load current are motor fuses rated in order towithstand the large starting current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 - 3 times.

5 - 7 times.

3 - 5 times.

7 - 9 times.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If the governor of the driving machine of an alternatormalfunctions, which safety device will trip the main breaker?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The overload trip.


The under voltage trip.


Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What will happen when an earth fault occurs on one line of aninsulated distribution system?

1)

2)

3)

4)


The system will be in overload and both line fuses trip.


The opposite line fuse will trip due to overload.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How much higher than full load current is motor starting currentwhen starting direct on-line?

1)

2)

3)

4)

2 to 3 times.

5 to 7 times.

9 to 12 times.

12 to 15 times.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What units measure counter electromotive force or back EMF?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Volts.

Ohms.

Ampere.

Farads.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which is true in a Star-connected 3-phase motor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The line voltage is equal to the phase voltage.

The line current is equal to the phase current.

The phase voltage is higher than the line voltage.

The phase current is higher than the line current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following groups of motors are all DC motors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Series and induction.

Synchronous and compound.

Induction and synchronous.

Shunt, series and compound.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When a DC generator is short circuited, what limits the shortcircuit current?

1)

2)

3)

4)

There is no limit.

The generator's internal resistance (ER).

When the cables start melting.

The mechanical size of the switch.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A DC series motor is used to operate a pump driven with a belt,what happens if the belt breaks?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The motor will stop.

The motor will over speed and run out of control.

The motor will slow down.

The motor will continue to run at its original speed.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a 'shunt' DC motor how are the pole windings connected?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In series with the armature.

In parallel with the armature.

Both parallel and in series.

Separately from the armature output.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a series wound generator what is the connection between fieldand armature currents?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Series connected.

Shunt connected.

No connection.

Parallel connection.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the expansion tank ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To store extra water.

To take up the difference of water pressure with changes oftemperature.

To act as a spare tank in case the pressure is dropping.

To take up the difference of water volume with changes oftemperature. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Re-conditioning part 4 and part 7 of this valve using carborundumpaste is called .........?

1)

2)

3)

4)

burnishing.

re-packing.

finishing.

grinding.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO7-Maintain Marine Engineering & Control Systems

Q: If the valve wheel (5) is moving very freely, but you suspect thatthe valve is neither opening nor closing, what are you going to checkfirst ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Remove the complete valve assembly for overhaul.

Open gear box (4) and check if the sheer pin is broken.

Open gear box (4) and check if the valve is greased.

Open the valve wheel spindle and check that it is not broken.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Upon what is the movement of the rudder dependant, when ahelm order is given ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

On the spring tension of spring "S".

On the adjustment of the feedback rod connection "Y".

On the distance the command rod "C" moves point "X".

On the hydraulic pressure setting of the valves "PR".3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What part of a pneumatic control system is this ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An integrator assembly.

A differentiator assembly.

An amplifier.

A nozzle/flapper assembly.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: By what parts is the outlet pressure Pu of this pneumatictransmitter directly controlled ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By spring tension in S.

By the stand of the valves V and B.

By the restriction R.

By slight fluctuation of supply pressure.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be the result if after period of time the tension ofspring S should weaken on this pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It will not have any effect.

It would increase the output pressure Pu.

It would decrease the output pressure Pu.

It will destabilise the amplifier.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the exhaust or air vent port to the atmosphere shown onthis pneumatic transmitter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air passage 12.

Air passage 13.

Air passage 14.

Air passage 15.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For what purpose is spring ball adjustment screw item No 2 fittedon the spring blade of this pneumatic amplifier ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To adjust the valve stem distance.

To adjust the spring blade and output pressure Pu initially.

To control the nozzle back pressure.

To control the rate of amplification response.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Pneumatic instruments have an air filter fitted so that anyimpurity present is removed. Where is this filter fitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In front of the nozzle item No 2.

In the main supply line to each individual instrument.

In the base of the amplifier, filter plug No 4.

In air connecting line, plug No 5.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What important periodical maintenance checks are required onnozzle/flapper assemblies of pneumatic instruments ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Redrilling of the nozzle.

Exchange of nozzle and flapper.

Cleaning of the nozzle and the flapper.

Exchange packings on the nozzle and flapper.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the correct name of item No. 2 shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Restrictor nozzle.

Flapper nozzle.

Filter plug.

Connecting plug.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Between which values (expressed in psi) can setting of the Sv(set value or desired value) bellow of this pneumatic P controller beaffected?

1)

2)

3)

4)


Between 2 and 2.75 psi.


Between 0 and 15 psi.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Comparing this pneumatic control unit with the equivalentelectrical amplifier. What takes the place of the air restrictorpassage used in the pneumatic nozzle/flapper unit in the electricalequivalent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Resistor R1.

Resistor R2.

Voltage U1.

Voltage U2.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What takes the place of the 20 psi input used by pneumaticnozzle/flapper units in this electrical amplifier equivalent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Resistance R1.

Resistance R2.

Voltage U1.

Voltage U2.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What takes the place of the output pressure of the pneumaticnozzle/flapper unit in this electrical amplifier equivalent ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Resistor R1.

Resistor R2.

Voltage U1.

Voltage U2.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does a thick articulated line represent in automationschematic diagrams ? (the top articulated line shown here)

1)

2)

3)

4)

A process line.

A steering line.

A measuring line.

An instrument line.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does a broken or dotted line represent in automationschematic diagrams ? (the second line from top shown here)

1)

2)

3)

4)

An instrument line.

A pneumatic line.

A steering line.

A measuring line.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What does a non-articulated full line indicate in an automationschematic drawing ? (the third line from top shown here)

1)

2)

3)

4)

An electric steering line.

A pneumatic steering line.

A measuring line.

An instrument line.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the symbol drawn on the fourth line form the top (ablank circle) indicate in an automation schematic diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An instrument.

A transmitter.

An indicator.

A controller.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the symbol shown on the fifth line from the top (acircle with a horizontal line through it) of the drawing indicated anautomation schematic diagram ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pneumatic instrument.

An electronic instrument.

An instrument fitted in a central panel.

An instrument fitted in the main control console.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do the letters "PT" shown in this instrument symbol (drawnon the bottom line) indicate if found in an automation schematicdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

First letter: Measuring function, Second letter: Working function.

First letter: Monitoring, Second letter: Controlling.

First letter: Measuring, Second letter: Steering.

First letter: Monitoring, Second letter: Working function.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: As part of an automation schematic drawing, what kind ofinstrument might be fitted on the measuring line as indicated on thetop right drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A thermometer.

A manometer.

A temperature controller.

A temperature transmitter.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: As part of an automation schematic drawing, what kind ofinstrument might be fitted on the measuring line as indicated on thetop centre drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A line capacitor.

A level controller.

A Low Pressure cut-out.

A limit control switch.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of valve is valve A, shown in the left bottom ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An electric motor driven control valve.

A spring loaded solenoid valve, activation to close.

A pneumatic control valve, air to close.

An hydraulic control valve, pressure to open.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What components of the Lubricating Oil Control System areshown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Temperature recorder, transmitter, electronic control valve.

Temperature transmitter and controller, pneumatic control valve.

Cooler temp indicator, transmitter, electric control valve.

Temperature controller, indicator, pneumatic control valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The feedwater valve and the feedwater by-pass valves are................

1)

2)

3)

4)

electronic controlled valves working in tandem.

electronic controlled valves working in opposition.

pneumatic controlled valves working in opposition.

pneumatic controlled valves working in reverse.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This drawing shows a simple mechanical controller controllingthe water level in the tank. Level "L" is the DESIRED water level inthe tank, in automation this is called the ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

measured value.

proportional point.

set point.

set level.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Suppose that in the system drawn the water inflow Q1 increasesso that the float is pushed up by the water to level L'. The value oflevel L' is called the .....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

actual value.

increased value.

level value.

measured value.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The difference between the desired value (level L) and themeasured value (level L') is called .......................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the measuring fault.

the differential value.

the offset.

the inclination.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In the top integrator drawing the bellows fill with air through theRestrictor Valve 'R'. In the electrical equivalent ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the capacitor allows Voltage built up over the resistor.

the capacitor takes the place of the bellow.

the Voltage U2 represent the equivalent of the input air.

the current increases over time.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Explain the function of a capacitor that loads up compared with abellow that fills up with air ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They have both the same function.

They perform opposite functions.

The capacitor is a differentiator, the bellow is an integrator.

The capacitor is an integrator, the bellow is a differentiator.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The measuring signal obtained to carry out flow measuring is aDifferential pressure signal. This is obtained by a certain mediumflowing through a ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

nozzle system.

capillary tube.

oriface plate.

a right-angled nozzle system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: To which channel is the nitrogen-filled thermal bellow in thispneumatic temperature transmitter fitted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Channel 10.

Bellow 8.

Channel 5.

Channel 8.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is item No. 1 of this pneumatic temperature transmitter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The pneumatic amplifier.

The compensator.

The equaliser block.

The range control setting.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the filter of the instrument on this transmitter partdrawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Item No 1.

Item No 2.

Item No 3.

Item No 4.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On this pneumatic transmitter part drawing, which part isamplifying the signal ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part No. 1.

Part No. 2.

Part No. 3.

Part No. 4.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is part No. 11 on this transmitter drawing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The transmitter bellow.

The feedback bellow.

The balance arm tensioner.

The regulating bellow.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which part adjusts the proportional band of this pneumatictransmitter ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Part No. 7.

Part No. 8.

Part No. 9.

Part No. 10.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On which part of this pneumatic transmitter does the pressure ofthe process (steam, oil, water) act ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Item No. 1.

Item No. 2.

Item No. 3.

Item No. 4.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The span of this pneumatic transmitter is set by adjusting ortensioning ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

part No 10.

part No 11.

part No 9.

part No 15.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where would you find this instrument on board a ship ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In the Engine Control Room.

In the Boiler Control Panel.

In the Manoeuvring Remote Panel.

Near the fuel, lubricating oil or water piping.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is the zero setting of this temperature transmitter adjusted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By item No. 1.

By item No. 2.

By item No. 3.

By calibration of items 1, 2 and 3.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the range of this instrument adjusted ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With item No. 1.

With item No. 2.

With item No. 3.

With items 1, 2 and 3.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This is a ...................

1)

2)

3)

4)

temperature compensation system.

Wheatstone bridge.

rectifier bridge.

temperature calibration system.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Compensation wires are electrical conductors made of specialmetal alloy and have as characteristics that ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the current is calibrated by a compensation system.

between these and the metals of the thermoelement nothermocouple exists.

thermal faults within the copper wires (connections E and F) arecompensated for.

minor thermocouples exist which can be compensated for by aregulator/compensator. 2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Control valves in a controlled process can be either pneumatic,electrically or hydraulically operated. What kind of medium is usedto control this valve ? When is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pneumatic, when a big force or torque is required.

Pneumatic, when an accurate valve response is required.

Hydraulic, when a big force or torque is required.

Hydraulic, when an accurate valve response is required.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The two valves shown at the right of the picture are ..................type valves.

1)

2)

3)

4)

flat shaped.

stop flow.

linear.

equi-percentage.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The operating function of the valve on which this pneumatic valvemotor is fitted will be ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

air to open (bottom connection).

air to close (top connection).

pressure to open (positive manometer reading).

vacuum to open (negative manometer reading).1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This automatic control system shows one temperature controllersteering two valve motors (fitted in different process components)by using different working ranges. This is called ................... control.

1)

2)

3)

4)

feedback.

diverted.

split range.

separated range.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The valve positioner acts on the principle of the balance of forces.The tension of part........(..............) is to be in balance with the force ofthe controller pressure which acts on part........... (.............).

1)

2)

3)

4)

4 (relays), 12 (membrane)

9 (spring), 11 (supply valve)

12 (membrane), 6 (feedback lever)

9 (spring), 18 (membrane)4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why does the output (instrument supply) pressure of a reducerfluctuate ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Because the movement of the membrane follows the inputpressure.

Because of the variation on the output pressure.

Because of the variation of the output capacity.

Because of the characteristic of the spring.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A pressure reducing valve works according to the principle ofbalance of forces, in this case the force P2 acting on the membraneis in balance with the force of the ...................

1)

2)

3)

4)

inlet pressure P1.

the ball valve spring.

the ball valve.

the membrane spring.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: This is the drawing of a Machinery Monitoring and Alarm System.What is the heart and brain of this Scanning Unit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The LSU's.

The LAD's.

The CPU.

The MAD.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which part of this machinery scanning system collects theincoming data from instruments and transducers ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The LSU's.

The CPU.

The MAD.

The TWM.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If the engine room is in UMS mode and one of the measuringpoints collected by a LSU and fed into the CPU exceeds its presetvalue parameter, the CPU will .....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

activate the MAD (main Alarm Display) and Visible and Audiblealarms will be activated.

activate the LAD in operation and its visible and audible alarm willset off.

activate the TWM (Type Writer Monitor) and print out the obtainederror value, measuring point number and time.

activates all of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The LSU's (Local Scanning Units) have to measure temperature,pressure, flow, level, RPM, torque, horsepower, circuit and salinityand do so via analog and digital tranducers. What is a digitaltransducer ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A digital transducer gives a continue signal , example 0 - 100 mV.

A digital transducer is an electronic instrument opposed to anAnalog tranducer which is pneumatic operated 3 to 15 psi.

A digital transducer works on AC voltage.

A Digital Transducer gives a direct " on " or " off " signal andinvolve logic transducers. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The latest obtained system values are fed into the computer andcompared with previous ones. The analysis obtained before has tobe compared with the latest analysis. This is called ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

wear down and breakdown prediction.

material fatigue and maintenance scheduling.

trend analysis and maintenance prediction.

wear down and maintenance scheduling.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If a fault occurs in this power supply system, the best and fastestway to locate this fault is by .......................

1)

2)

3)

4)

calling the electrician.

checking the fuses.

checking the input voltage.

checking supply volts, fuses then the Trouble Shooting Chart.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On this commonly used electric pressure transmitter, how willyou adjust the range ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With item No. 1.

With item No. 2.

With item No. 5.

With item No. 7.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How do you adjust the zero setting on this commonly usedelectrical pressure transmitter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By item No. 1.

By item No. 2.

By item No. 5.

By item No. 7.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: hich important maintenance activity should you carry out on pre-tensioning hydraulic tools to ensure their continuous safe use ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Renew the hydraulic oil after every use.

Replace the O-rings of the tool components regularly, replacingparticularly after frequent use.

Check that there are no metallic parts in the internals or in the oil.

Clean the hydraulic filter.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In an automated engine the center from which the ship's engineroom is controlled is called:

1)

2)

3)

4)

the control plant station (CPS).

the power plant station control station (PPCS).

the main engine nerve and control station (MENS).

the engineering control room (ECR).4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The monitoring system that tests the plant for readings of thetemperature, pressure etc. is called:

1)

2)

3)

4)

the demand display unit.

the comparing unit.

the scanning unit.

the loop back system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In automation, RTD & CV stands for:

1)

2)

3)

4)

return time delay.

resistance temperature drop & control event.

resistance temperature detector and control valve.

None of these.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Zinc rods in a refrigeration system are found in the ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

compressor crankcase.

salt water side of the condenser.

gas side of the condenser.

evaporator.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

The Pressure knob.

The Differentiator.

The Measuring scale.

The Adjusting knob.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is Part No. 5 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The Spring holder.

The Pressure adjuster.

The Pressure bearing.

The Differential adjusting nut.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A pressostat as well as a thermostat are sources of .................type output signals ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

binary

impulse

analog

digital1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Bimetallic strips can be used in the measurement of ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

flow.

temperature.

pressure.

length.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is a normal front clearance angle when cylindrical turning?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0-3°

3-5°

5-7°

7-10°3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the sensing device in a pressure gauge using theBourdon Principle?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Diaphragm.

Metal tube.

Corrugated cylinder.

Differential pressure cell.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When thread cutting on the centre lathe where is the top rake toolangle?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From the front of the tool.

From the angle apex of the tool.

From the leading edge of the tool.

Tool rake should not be used.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe how is the work piece secured to the faceplate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tee bolts into the faceplate and dogs.

Adjustable jaws.

Bolts screwed into the faceplate.

Centre bolt and securing plate.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What cross section is the front saddleway on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flat.

Stepped.

'V' shape.

Inverted 'V' shape.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a shaping machine where is the tool post fitted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To the clapper box.

To the ram vertical head.

To the head slide.

To the back block.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the usual method of checking the tool height on a centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using a rule from the bedplate.

By eye against the work piece.

Against the tailstock centre.

Against a mark on the chuck.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe how can the chuck jaws be prevented fromdamaging the work piece?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using softer strips under the jaw grippers.

Wrapping the work piece with protective tape.

Using a sleeve over the work piece.

Using special soft jaws.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What change is made for finish turning in a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting speed increased.

Cutting speed decreased.

Feed rate increased.

Feed rate decreased.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the indexing dial indicate on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Position of the cross slide.

Position of saddle/lead screw.

Speed of the lead screw.

Pitch of thread being cut.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using a milling machine to reduce the thickness of aparallel key how is the material marked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using a special fine, indelible marker.

Using a scribed line on a chalked surface.

Using a scribed line and centre punch marks.

Using Engineer's blue.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What provides auto feed on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ram lead screw.

Table vertical slide.

Head slide.

Table cross slide.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why would the stroke length be adjusted on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

This is not necessary.

To increase the feed rate.

To accommodate varying lengths of work piece.

To alter cutting speed.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to cut an internal keyway in agearwheel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Vertical milling machine.

Horizontal milling machine.

Centre lathe.

Slotting machine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is the speed of rotation of the lead screw adjustable on acentre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To alter the cutting speed of the tool when facing.

To alter the cutting speed of the tool when cylindrical turning.

To alter the chuck speed.

To alter the feed rate of the saddle.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool uses a magnetic bedplate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cylindrical grinder.

Surface grinder.


Vertical milling machine.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using a centre lathe why should short sleeves or closefitting sleeves be worn?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To avoid sleeves being snagged on gear change levers.

To prevent sleeves being caught on the tool post.

To avoid displacing loose equipment on the lathe saddle.

To prevent sleeves being caught up on work piece or chuck.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the difference between American pipe thread and BSP?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Both are the same.

Different TPI but same thread angle.

Different thread angle but same TPI.

Different thread angle and TPI.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is a parallel surface achieved on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bolting work piece straight to table.

Dial gauge against the head slide.

Dial gauge attached to the tool post.

Dial gauge attached to the work piece.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How could an internal keyway be cut on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

This is not possible.

Using a milling tool.

Drilling and finishing with a file.

Locking the chuck and using the main slide in hand4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the advantage of the swan neck design of a shapingmachine cutting tool?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Provides better cutting angle.

Easier access to work piece.

Prevents tool from digging in.

Increases rake angle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the normal test for leaking heat exchanger tubes?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fluorescent dye and ultra violet lamp.

Hydrostatic test.

Air pressure test and soap solution.

Fluorescent dye and halogen lamp.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What instrument uses a Venturi?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure gauge.

Vacuum gauge.

Flow meter.

Differential pressure gauge.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What item must be regularly inspected in SW heat exchangers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Condition of tubes

Water box for corrosion

Zinc anodes

Tube plate for damage3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of cutter would be used on a vertical milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

End mill.

Toothed cutting wheel.

Shanked single point tool.

Profiled milling wheel.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the cutting tool ground when thread cutting on the centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With the cutting face at the thread angle.

With both faces at the thread angles.

With the cutting face at half the thread angle.

The tool matching the thread shape exactly.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What top rake angle would be used for turning Aluminium in thecentre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

40°

35°

25°

45°1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How would a large flat area be cut on a vertical milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using the largest available end mill.

Using repeated cuts across the work piece.

Using a 'fly cutter'.

Using repeated cuts along the work piece.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is a normal front clearance angle when boring?

1)

2)

3)

4)

8°

10°

12°

Any of these options depending on internal diameter.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most important measurement to check whenoverhauling centrifugal pumps?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Shaft axial clearance.

Impeller diameter.

Impeller/wear ring clearance.

Neck bush/shaft clearance.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why are there several tool positions on a centre lathe tool post?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To accommodate different tools for different jobs.

For use when thread cutting.

To provide a fresh tool when one wears.

To carry out more than one operation at a time.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the work piece centred in a cantre lathe four-jaw chuck?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using feeler gauges against the tool post.

By eye using the tool point.

Using a dial gauge against the work piece.

By measuring from the lathe bed.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What accounts for most inaccuracies in older centre lathes?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Wear in the lead screw.

Wear in bearings and guides.

Wear in the cross screw.

Wear in the headstock gears.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to machine large flatsurfaces?

1)

2)

3)

4)


Shaping machine.

Centre lathe.

Planing machine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe there is a drive shaft with keyway alongside thelead screw, what is its purpose?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Controlling the tool feed rate.

Thread cutting.

Auto feed operation of the cross slide screw.

Auto feed operation of the compound slide screw.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a gap bed lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Gap in the bed at the headstock.

Gap in the bed at the tailstock.

Gap between the beds.

Gap in the cross slide bed.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which component of a general service air compressor requiresmost maintenance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Piston and rings.

Bearings.

Delivery valves.

Suction valves.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these spanners is it preferable to use?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Adjustable.

Open Jaw.

Box.

Ring.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would a collet chuck be used on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When carrying out boring operations.

When using a standard diameter material.

When parting off.

During drilling.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When boring on the centre lathe, what is the most usual cause ofchatter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Incorrect tool angles.

Lack of rigidity afforded by the boring bar.

Incorrect cutting speed.

Incorrect feed rate.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which machine tool would be used to machine the bore on a multicylinder block?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Radial drilling machine.

Vertical boring machine.


Horizontal boring machine.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to drill and tap the end of ashaft?

1)

2)

3)

4)



Centre lathe.

Horizontal boring machine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the tool height adjusted on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With the tool post securing screws.

By shimming under the tool.

Adjusting the saddle height.

Shimming under the tool post.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is measured with a pyrometer?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure

Engine RPM

Temperature

Salinity3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When is it permissible to use a hand file on a lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Never.

For removing sharp edges.

To improve the finish.

Producing chamfers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following could be carried out in the shapingmachine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

External shaft keyway.

Internal keyway.

Reducing shaft diameters.

Cutting a 'T' slot.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these requires the lowest cutting speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mild steel.

Stainless steel.

Carbon steel.

Carbon steel.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the name of the tool-mounting shaft on a horizontalmilling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting head.

Tool post.

Arbour.

Cutting shaft.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Vibration testing is an integral part of what type of maintenance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Breakdown maintenance .

Planned maintenance.

Condition monitoring.

Intrinsic surveillance.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the shaping machine head slide checked to be square tothe table?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dial gauge against the table.

Engineers square on the table.

Dial gauge against the head slide.

Dial gauge attached to the tool post.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When tapping holes on the radial drill, how is the tap preventedfrom breaking?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By using a cutting fluid.

By using a very slow speed.

Using a slipping clutch chuck.

By advancing the tap very slowly.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When could a magnetic chuck be used on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Never.

When facing.

When setting up the work piece.

When using the lathe for drilling.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: At what temperatures would a pyrometer be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

In excess of 500°C.



In excess of 100°C.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is one tube end a packed gland in tube coolers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ease of replacing the tubes.

Allow for expansion of the tubes.

To simplify assembly.

Tubes can easily be repacked if leaking.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a Grub Screw used for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fastening flanges.

Securing split cams.

Securing components to a shaft.

Clamping machined parts.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the surface gauge secured to the bed of a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bolted down.

Not secured.

Magnetic base.

Flat base to sit on the bed.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is an end mill secured in the chuck?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Morse taper.

Parallel shank and collet.

Left hand screw thread.

Adjustable jaws.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is an angled face cut on the shaper?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Setting head angle.

Altering stroke position.

Setting tool angle.

Setting table angle.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On the centre lathe what is a collet chuck most suitable for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Gripping large diameters.

Gripping uneven surfaces.

Gripping non-symmetrical work pieces.

Gripping small diameters.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What top rake angle would be used for turning Mild steel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

33°

36°

24°

27°4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using a straight tool on the shaping machine what effectdoes tool deflection have?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No effect.

Decreases cut depth.

Decreases tool clearance angle.

Increases depth of cut.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What adjusts the stroke length on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Locking handle.

Ram lead screw.

Block slide.

Table slide.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would a faceplate be used on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When carrying out facing operations.

When boring an irregular shaped work piece.

Cylindrical turning an irregular shaped work piece.

Carrying out most operations on an irregular shaped work piece.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following would a simple dividing head be used forwhen using a milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting a gear wheel.

Cutting threads.

Cutting a single keyway.

Cutting a flat on a shaft.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the most suitable tool for machining cast iron?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Carbon steel.

High-speed steel.

Ceramic tip tool.

Carbide tip tool.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe when must turning between centres beemployed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When turning a long work piece.

When taking large roughing cuts.

When turning a long taper with the tailstock offset.

When a fine finish is required.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these is NOT a positive locking device?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Spring washer.

Castellated nut and split pin.

Tab washer.

Locking wire.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When change gears are fitted to the back of the centre latheheadstock what are these for?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Changing the chuck speed.

Changing the tool feed rate.

When thread cutting.

Change the speed of the lead screw.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which machine tool would be used to finish machine crankpins?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cylindrical grinding machine.



Vertical milling machine.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine would be used to cut a blind keyway in a shaft?

1)

2)

3)

4)



Centre lathe.

Shaping machine.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the correct method for removing intact engineers studs?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Stud box.

Drill and use stud remover.

Pipe wrench.

Self grip wrench.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If cutting a mm thread on a non-metric centre lathe what gearwheel is required?

1)

2)

3)

4)

143 teeth.

117 teeth.

127 teeth.

254 teeth.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is meant by a 6" Centre Lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

6" between centres.

6" diameter chuck.

6" swing for the work piece.

6" from bed to centre.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the clapper box on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To relieve the tool cutting edge on the return stroke.

To securely hold the tool.

To adjust tool position.

To angle tool position.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to cut straight gears?

1)

2)

3)

4)




Centre lathe.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What jointing material is used on engine exhausts or superheatedsteam lines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Solid copper joints.

General purpose asbestos joints.

Wire reinforced asbestos joints.

Preformed neoprene joints3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If a leak is suspected in a tube heat exchanger what should bechecked first?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tube plates for cracking.

Tightness of packed tube end.

Tubes for damage.

Fixed tube end for security in tube plate.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How would a "V" slot best be cut on a Universal milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mount the work piece at an angle using horizontal arbour.

Using an end mill and setting the head at the appropriate angle.

Using an end mill with the work mounted at an angle.

Using a specially shaped cutter.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the radius put on thread crests?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Grinding the threading tool to the correct shape.

Using a hand-chasing tool.

Using a hand file.

Using a separate, correctly ground tool.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to drill and tap an irregularcasting?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centre lathe.

Radial arm drilling machine.

Boring machine.

Shaping machine.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why must a close fitting, buttoned up overall be worn when usinga lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To avoid catching on the tool post.

To avoid medallions getting caught on the work piece.

To prevent swarf chips flying inside the overall.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What effect has setting the tool too high on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increased front clearance.

Reduced top rake angle.

Reduced front clearance angle.

Increased relief angle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What method does a Pneumercator gauge use?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressed air.

Capacitor.

Diaphragm.

Pressure transducer.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to cut male threads?

1)

2)

3)

4)



Centre lathe.

Boring machine.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Why is the centre lathe the most popular onboard machine tool?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Easy to install

Easy to operate

Easy to maintain

Most versatile4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can vice jaws be checked for parallel on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dial gauge attached to tool post.

Engineer's square on the table.

Engineer's square against the head slide.

Engineer's square against the vertical table slide.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When drilling what could account for an enlarged hole diameter?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Small clearance angle.

Too large clearance angle.

Unequal length edges.

Unequal drill point angle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main safety consideration when using the shaper?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Removal of the stroke-adjusting handle.

Projection of the ram slide behind the machine.

Flying swarf chips.

Dislodging work piece.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using a parting tool in the centre lathe what prevents itfrom binding?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increasing front clearance.

Providing side and body clearance.

Tool slightly angled to work piece.

Increasing top rake angle.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What tool fitting method is normally found in the tailstock of acentre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Threaded tool holder.

Parallel holder with camlock fitting.

Morse taper.

Three jaw chuck.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What could cause a taper when cylindrical turning on a centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Worn lead screw.

Worn cross slide.

Worn headstock bearings.

Chuck not centred.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does a thermistor rely upon?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bi-metal strip.

Metallic conductor.

Semi conductor.

Inert gas.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What property must the work piece have to enable the use of athree-jaw chuck on the centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Concentricity.

Small diameter.

Parallel length.

Not require the use of the tailstock.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main advantage of one-piece working on the centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Quicker processing.

One tool can carry out all operations.

All surfaces are guaranteed to be on the same axis.

No need for a centre.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most important item in thread cutting on the centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compound slide.

Automatic cross slide feed.

Indexing dial.

Travelling work steady.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In which machinery can you not add oil when running?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Main Engine or Auxiliary Diesels.

Steering machinery or stern tube header tanks.

Hydraulic power packs.

Air compressors or refrigerant compressors.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When turning an irregular work piece in a centre lathe using abalance weight on the faceplate, what special precautions must betaken?

1)

2)

3)

4)

That the work piece or weight do not strike the bed or saddle.

That low speeds are used to prevent vibration due to dynamicimbalance.

That the tool or tool post do not strike the work piece as the cutprogresses.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can concentricity be affected when using a three-jaw chuckin the centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tailstock out of line.

One of the jaws not moving.

Foreign body between jaws and work piece.

Chuck not properly secured.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using the centre lathe to drill a blind hole how is the depthchecked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By marking a position on the drill.

By noting the position of the tailstock tool holder extension.

By measuring with a rule.

By marking the bedplate.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How should tight, cooler end covers be removed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using wedges in the joint.

Using a flat chisel behind the cover.

Using jacking bolts.

Using a chain block.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When cylindrical turning a 50mm mild steel bar what would be thechuck speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

125rpm

175rpm

225rpm

275rpm1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe with a lead screw pitch of 5mm it is required tocut a thread of pitch 2mm, what is the required drive/driven gearratio?

1)

2)

3)

4)

1:5

1:2.5

2.5:1

5:12

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the dividing head when used on a millingmachine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Obtaining angular movement of the work piece.

Cutting equal sized cuts.

Cutting a screw thread.

Using a milling machine for micro boring.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can a bevel gear be cut on a milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using a universal milling machine.

Using a universal dividing head.

Using a vertical miller with an end mill.

Using a specially profiled cutting tool.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which can be varied on the shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting speed.

Stroke length.

Table height.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If a short taper section is required how is this best achieved onthe centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Offsetting the tailstock.

Using a taper turning attachment.

Using the cross slide.

Using the compound slide.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is stainless steel swarf particularly hazardous?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is a continuous piece and can become caught up in theworkpiece

It is very hot.

It has extremely sharp edges.

Breaks into chips that then fly off the work piece.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which is the most suitable machine for boring a single cylinderbore?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centre lathe.

Radial drill.

Slotting machine.

Horizontal milling machine.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When machining a work piece in the centre lathe, what is thepurpose of centre drilling the end of the work piece?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To centre the end for use with the tailstock centre.

To centre the end for use with the headstock centre.

When turning between centres.

For any of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When should an adjustable spanner be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Any time.

Only on new nuts and bolts.

Only if the correct size spanner is unavailable.

Only when dis-assembling components.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would a travelling steady be used on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)


When cutting a taper.

When turning a long work piece.

When turning hard carbon steel.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the primary function of the cutting fluid when using amachine tool?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Produce a better finish.

Reduce friction between tool and work piece.

Cool the cutting tool.

Cool the swarf.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is a centtre lathe chuck usually fastened to the headstock?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Morse taper.

Bolted to a faceplate.

With a right hand screw thread.

With a left hand screw thread.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When making heavy cuts on a milling machine how is the workpiece secured?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using the vice.

Using clamps.

Using magnetic base.

Using clamps, dogs and stops.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Where is the true rake angle measured on a centre lathe tool?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From tool cutting edge.

From tool front.

From tool point.

From tool trailing edge.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What jointing material is most suitable for high-pressure steamlines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Rubber.

General purpose.

Neoprene.

Wire reinforced asbestos.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What effect has setting the tool too low on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increased top rake angle.

Reduced top rake angle.

Reduced front clearance angle.

Reduced wedge angle.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe what advantage is there in using a mandrel on abored work piece?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Ease of centring.

Allows for one-piece working.

More solid fastening of work piece.

Prevents damage from jaws.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following operations would be carried out with ahorizontal milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting a spiral slot.

Cutting straight gear teeth.

Cutting a blind, shaft keyway.

Cutting a "T" slot.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following operations would be carried out with avertical milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Internal keyway in a gear wheel.

Removing material from a large, flat surface.

Cutting straight gear teeth.

Cutting a blind, shaft keyway.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When cutting threads on the centre lathe how is the requiredpitch determined?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By the lead screw change gears.

By the chuck speed.

By the cross screw speed.

By the lead screw speed.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When turning a long work piece in the centre lathe what is themost frequent problem?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Differing diameters due to wear of the tool.

Differing diameters due to bed wear.

Deflection of the work piece in the centre.

Poor finish due to inconsistent saddle movement.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What instrument would be used for measuring fan suctionpressure?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure gauge.

Mercury manometer.

Water manometer.

Vacuum gauge.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these materials is cut in a machine tool without cuttingfluid?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mild steel.

Cast iron.

Aluminium.

Carbon steel.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the relationship between cutting and return strokes onthe shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting stroke is quicker than return stroke.

Both cutting and return strokes are same speed.

Depends upon the stroke length.

Return stroke is quicker than the cutting stroke.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What approximate diameter is the work piece machined to beforeexternal thread cutting?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To the outside thread diameter.

To slightly more than the outside thread diameter.

Slightly less than the outside thread diameter.

It doesn't matter as long as it's within 0.2mm of the thread diameter.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the main purpose of maintaining a record of pressures &temperatures?

1)

2)

3)

4)

For the Chief Engineer's Log Abstract records

To operate the plant at it's most efficient

To reduce running costs

To comply with Classification Society requirements1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When used in instrumentation what does a potentiometer record?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Small AC voltages.

Small AC current.

Small DC Voltage.

Small DC current.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What should be adjusted if a taper is to be machined on a centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The chuck jaws.

The tool height.

Depth of cut.

The tailstock.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How does a bolt differ from a Set Screw?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Shorter in length.

Metric thread.

Shorter plain portion.

Threaded right up to the head.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used for accurate machining ofdistance pieces?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centre lathe.

Surface grinding machine.


Shaping machine.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using a centre lathe, when would a driver be used?

1)

2)

3)

4)



When boring.

When facing.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When cutting a steep helix in the centre lathe, as in multi startthreads, what tool angle must be altered?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The top rake angle must be increased.

The front clearance angle must be decreased.

No alteration in angles is required.

The side clearance angle must be increased.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the term when using multi tools on a single shaft on ahorizontal milling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Multi-tool milling.

Pattern milling.

Gang milling.

Process milling.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe, when turning without a centre, how much of thework piece may extend beyond the chuck?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Half the work piece diameter,

Twice the work piece diameter,

One and a half times the work piece diameter,

Three times the work piece diameter,4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a centre lathe what is a "live centre"?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tailstock centre that revolves.

Tailstock used when drilling.

When using the tailstock for thread cutting.

Centre used in the headstock.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Where is the clapper box situated on the shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Attached to the cross slide.

Attached to the table.

Attached to the back block.

Directly to the ram.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What top rake angle would be used for turning cast iron?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0°

5°

7°

10°1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of a "chip breaker" on a centre lathe tool?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Break up the swarf.

Prevent the tool from chipping.

Avoid a chipped finish on the work piece.

Used when machining cast iron.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using a milling machine to reduce the thickness of aparallel key how is the work piece set up once the material has beenmarked?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Marked line set parallel to the table using a surface gauge.

Marked line set up parallel to the vice jaws.

Set by eye and checked after the first cut.

Using a dial gauge on the work piece surface.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the system that monitors plant pressures, temperaturesetc.

1)

2)

3)

4)

The demand display unit.

The comparing unit.

The scanning unit.

The loop-back system.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How can a thread be cut without a chasing dial?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bring the saddle to the same start position every cut.

Marking the chuck and starting at this spot every cut.

By not disengaging the lead screw during the process.

Using the compound slide.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How could drilling and tapping be carried on the centre lathe withan irregular work piece?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With the work set up and bolted to a faceplate.

Setting up the work on the saddle.

Cannot be carried out on a centre lathe.

Using a four-jaw chuck.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When facing on a centre lathe, what controls the tool feed rate?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lead screw.

Cross slide.

Compound slide.

Tailstock.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be the drill point angle for drilling aluminium?

1)

2)

3)

4)

120°

140°

110°

100°2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a parting tool used for on the centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting finished work from the stock bar.

Face finishing.

Thread cutting.

Cutting chamfers.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What top rake angle would be used on a lathe tool for cuttingmedium carbon steel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

20°

15°

15°

5°2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to cut bevel gears?

1)

2)

3)

4)



Shaping machine.

Slotting machine.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What alternative thread cutting procedure is available on thecentre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Use of a whirling box.

Use of a burling tool.

Using a thread cutting chuck.

Using a die nut and spanner with slow chuck speed.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a horizontal boring machine how is the work piece set up tothe boring bar?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By eye using the tool.

Using a surface gauge on the tool holder.

By measuring from the bedplate.

By measuring from the tool holder.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is an Engineer's Stud?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Threaded rod bar.

Hex bolt threaded up to the head.

Threaded rod with plain section.

Bright steel threaded bar.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine would be used to cut a worm shaft?

1)

2)

3)

4)



Shaping machine.

Centre lathe.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the easiest method of turning a taper on the centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Using the cross slide.

Using the compound slide.

Using a taper turning attachment.

Offsetting the tailstock.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In bolt sizes what does AF refer to?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Thread root diameter.

Hexagon size.

Thread outside diameter.

Bolt shank diameter.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When should tubes be plugged on a tube heat exchanger?

1)

2)

3)

4)

If the fixed tube end is leaking.

If the tube itself is cracked.

If the packed tube end is leaking.

Only if no spare tube is available.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When boring on the centre lathe how are tool angles affected?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Increase in wedge angle.

Decrease in side clearance angle.

Decrease in top rake. Increase in front clearance.

Increase in front clearance.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What best describes the tool movement on a shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Horizontal reciprocating.

Vertical reciprocating.

Horizontal rotating.

Stationary with work piece moving.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the principle advantage of the three-jaw chuck on a centrelathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lighter and easier to use.

Self-centering.

Can be used with any work piece.

Simple operation.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which machine tool would be used to machine pump casing wearring landings?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centre lathe.


Horizontal boring machine.

Shaping machine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is measured with a manometer?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Flow rate.

Water level.

Pressure differential.

Vacuum.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of these locking devices can be used more than once?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Self-locking nut.

Tab washer.

Lock nut.

Split pin.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the disadvantage of using clamps to secure work pieceon the shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Insufficient security.

Restricts tool travel.

Table too close to toolbox.

Clamps may prevent tool from traversing entire work surface.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When would a three-jaw chuck not be used on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)


When facing.

When turning non- concentric work pieces.

When boring.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using a drill in a centre lathe, how is this fixed to thetailstock?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With a three-jaw chuck.

With a quick locking chuck.

To use a drill requires a special tailstock.

With a Morse taper.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the name for a milling machine capable of both verticaland horizontal milling?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dual purpose milling machine.

Multi miller.

Universal milling machine.

Switchable milling machine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these materials cannot be cut in a machine tool withoutcutting fluid?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cast iron.

Stainless steel.

Mild steel.

Brass.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On which machine tool does the work piece not move?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centre lathe.

Planing machine.

Surface Grinder.

Shaping machine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What material is most commonly used for main sea water lines?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mild steel.

Galvanised mild steel.

Copper.

Copper/Nickel alloy.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On the centre lathe what is the biggest advantage of turningbetween centres?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tool can access both ends of the work piece.

Work piece can be removed and replaced without further settingup.

No chuck jaws to be aware of.

Faster speeds and feeds can be employed.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If on inspection, anodes are unworn what could be the reason?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Incorrect anodes fitted.

Cooler choked.

No electrical contact between anode and cooler body.

Coolant flow too high.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What safety shut-down devices will usually be found on modernair compressors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

High pressure and high temperature shut downs.

High temperature and low lub oil shut downs.

High and low-pressure shut downs.

Low suction pressure and low lub pressure shut downs.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When turning a taper on a centre lathe what could be adjusted?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Headstock.

Tailstock.

Cross slide.

Lead screw.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On a centre lathe, when turning between centres why may thetailstock centre require backing off?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To allow access for the tool to the end of the work piece.

For facing off the end of the work piece.

To allow for expansion of the work piece during machining.

To cool the centre bearing.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most often used cutting fluid on machine tools?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water.

Mineral oil.

Vegetable oil.

Soluble oil and water.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When should copper based anti-friction compound always beused?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bottom end securing bolts.

Cylinder head holding down bolts.

Exhaust manifold securing bolts.

Fuel pump securing bolts.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When cylindrical turning a 50mm brass bar what would be thechuck speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

300rpm

450rpm

600rpm

750rpm2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When using the machine vice on the shaper what determineswork piece position?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Vice base.

Fixed vice jaw.

Moving vice jaw.

Worktable.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In what sequence do the unloader and automatic drain valvesclose on start-up of an automatic air start compressor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Both close together.

Drain valve closes first and then unloader valve.

Unloader valve closes and drain valve remains open when running.

Unloader valve closes first, then the automatic drain valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What does the term 'up milling' describe when using a horizontalmilling machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When cutting a vertical surface.

When cutting a slot using a horizontal milling machine.

When cutting a chamfer.

When tool rotation direction opposes feed direction.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When machining a long length of raw material on the centre lathehow is this accommodated?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By projecting through the back of the headstock.

It can't, the material has to be sawn into shorter lengths.

By removing the tailstock.

By using a steady.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be the drill point angle for drilling mild steel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

120°

140°

110°

100°1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is a hydrometer used to check?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Distilled water.

Battery electrolyte.

Sewage treatment plant discharge.

Chlorine content of drinking water.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the most common method for securing the work piecewhen using the shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bolted to table.

Clamped in a machine vice.

Clamped to table.

Dogs and stops.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In service, a pump shaft becomes overheated. What effect willthis have on the ball-bearing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The individual balls will distort.

The inner ring will expand.

The lubricating oil will burn.

The outer ring will contract.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: How is stern tube wear down measured when in dry-dock?

1)

2)

3)

4)

By a poker gauge, inserted in the plugm above the stern tube boss.

By blade feelers inserted in the after seal.

By blade feelers inserted in the forward bush from the engine room.

By measuring the lift on the shaft.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using the shaping machine what is the advantage in usingthe vice with jaws parallel to the tool travel?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fixed jaw takes the tool thrust.

Guarantees parallel operation.

Easier access to work piece.

Usually allows a shorter stroke.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using a parting tool on the centre lathe what is the mostimportant consideration?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Tool is at right angles to the work piece..

Tool is the correct height.

Using a slow speed.

Using a slow feed rate.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would a 'round nose' centre lathe tool generally be usedfor?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Rough cutting.

Thread cutting.

Boring.

Light finishing cut.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What precaution may be necessary when using the faceplate withan irregular shaped work piece on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Use very low chuck speeds.

Use hand feed.

Use a balance weight on the faceplate.

Disconnect the lead screw.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be a suitable feed speed when rough turning brass ina centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.1mm/rev.

0.15mm/rev.

0.25mm/rev.

1.0mm/rev.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are hold down strips when used with the shaping machine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

For clamping work to table.

For checking parallel operation.

For securing work piece in vice.

For resting work piece on.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: How is the tool set up when thread cutting on the centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

With the shank at right angles to the work piece.

Using a thread gauge against the work piece.

By eye and then adjusted before the final cut.

With the shank against the face of the work piece.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When repacking soft packed glands how should the joins bespaced?

1)

2)

3)

4)

45°

60°

90°

180°4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the advantage of the four- jaw chuck on a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

More positive grip on the work piece.

Can be used for facing and boring.

Jaws can grip internally and externally.

Independent jaws allow gripping of non-symmetrical work pieces.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What would be a suitable feed speed when rough turning alloysteel in a centre lathe?

1)

2)

3)

4)

0.5mm/rev.

0.1mm/rev.

0.01mm/rev.

0.25mm/rev.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What are lathe beds manufactured from?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Carbon steel.

Cast steel.

Mild steel.

Grey cast iron.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What would be measured with a tachometer?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Peak cylinder pressure

Vibration levels

Engine RPM

Oil viscosity3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of these requires the highest cutting speed?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Aluminium

Brass

Bronze

Cast iron1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When using a centtre lathe, what would be used for turning shorttapers as in chamfers?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cross slide.

Face plate.

Compound slide.

Suitable cutting tool.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Name the two (2) different lubrication oil circuits of a steamturbine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The front bearing circuit/ The rear bearing circuit.

The reduction gear oil / The turbine shaft bearing oil.

The bearing and gear oil circuit / The governor oil circuit.

The thrust bearing and shaft circuit. / The front and governor circuit.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

EO8-Main Propulsion Turbines and Boilers

Q: What kind of steam is feeding the astern turbine fitted on thesame rotor as the LP turbine?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam from the main steam manifold via manoeuvring stand.

Exhaust steam from the high pressure turbine.

Reduced superheated steam via a pressure reducer.

Regenerated steam via resuperheater.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Why is a thrust bearing required on this turbine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To absorb the forward thrust of the propeller.

To absorb the vibrations.

To counterbalance the labyrinth action.

To avoid the rotor shifting due to imbalance in steam pressure.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which alarm and shut-down device is fitted on the thrust bearingassembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The low lub oil flow alarm.

The steam pressure reducing alarm.

The axial clearance alarm.

The cooling water alarm.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of shaft seals are used on this high pressure turbine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Mechanical seals.

Vacuum seals.

Counterbalancing seals.

Labyrinth seals.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What type of high pressure steam turbine is shown here ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A Reaction turbine.

A Zoelly turbine.

A Curtis turbine.

A Zoelly turbine with prebolted Curtis wheel.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Serious tube leakage in the air ejector condenser assembly willcause .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

loss of vacuum.

fouled nozzles.

clogged steam strainers.

faulty steam pressure.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part in this diagram is the high pressure turbine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No. 1

No. 6

No. 4

No. 24

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part in this diagram is the low pressure turbine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 41

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

Turbine coupling.

Turbine bearing.

Turbine drive gear train.

Turbine electromagnetic clutch.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which way does the steam pass through the system ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

From the condensor to the low pressure turbine.

From the low pressure turbine to the high pressure turbine.

From the high pressure turbine to the low pressure turbine.

From the supply valve to the high pressure turbine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Turbo alternators perform which of the following tasks ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Supplying electricity on a motorship.

Supplying electricity from diesel engines.

Supplying electricity on steamships when the main boiler is shutdown.

Supplying electricity on steamships when the main boiler isoperating. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a steamship at sea electricity is supplied by ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

gas turbines.

diesel engines.

the main engine.

turbo alternators.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following statements regarding main boilers is NOTtrue ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The superheated steam pressure could be as much as 60 bar.

The burners could be at the top firing down.

At least two safety valves will be fitted.

The feed water need not be very pure.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Regarding feed water, which of the following statements is NOTtrue ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is fresh water.

It is turned into steam in the boiler.

Steam turns to feed water in the condenser.

Feed water in H.P. boilers is normally pumped with a single stagecentrifugal pump. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Boiler feed water is water ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

mixed with fuel oil and burnt as waste oil.

taken from the condenser and fed back to the boiler.

used to cool steam back into water.

used to cool steam turbines.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a modern steam turbine, steam is prevented from leaking alongthe shaft by ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the blading.

high temperature packing.

a labyrinth seal.

the inlet nozzle.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The condenser in a steam plant is where ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

steam is turned back into water.

water is turned into steam.

low pressure steam is produced.

electricity is supplied.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following statements regarding steam turbines isNOT true ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The H.P. turbine is smaller than the L.P. turbine.

The H.P. turbine receives the steam before the L.P. turbine.

From the H.P. turbine the steam then goes to the condenser.

The H.P. turbine is a faster rotating machine than a diesel engine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a steam plant, the steam turns to water in ......................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the L.P. turbine.

the boiler.

the turbo-feed pump.

the condenser.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: High pressure steam turbines are .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

larger than low pressure turbines.

smaller than low pressure turbines.

directly coupled to the propeller shaft.

powered by feed water.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Modern high pressure boilers produce which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Feed water.

Superheated steam.

Saturated steam.

Fresh water for drinking.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Superheated steam is steam ......................

1)

2)

3)

4)

that is mixed with water vapour.

that has been condensed.

that has been heated until it is "dry".

that can be used for heating the accommodation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Distilled water taken from the condenser and pumped back to theboiler is called ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

condenser water.

evaporated water.

feed water.

fresh water.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What action should you take during your watch if you find thatmore water than usual has collected in the bilge wells ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pump the bilges overboard with the bilge pump.

Pump the bilges overboard with the emergency bilge pump.

Ask permission to pump the bilges via the 15 ppm oily waterseparator.

Pump the bilges into the bilge collecting tank.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

ES1-Pumping Operations (Basic)

Q: Engine room piping colour coded yellow, carries which of thefollowing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressed air.

Seawater.

Lubricating oil.

Fresh water.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Bilges must always be pumped to the sea via ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the centrifugal purifier.

the oil mist detector.

the forecastle head.

the oily water separator.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The main lubricating oil pumps would supply ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

salt water to the main engine.

lubricating oil to the air compressors.

lubricating oil to the main engine.

fuel oil to the main engine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the engine room a pressure vessel half full of air and half ofwater that supplies water to the accommodation is called ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

a fresh water tank.

a pneupress or hydrophore tank.

a mains water supply.

an evaporator.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following types of pump needs priming every time itis used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A reciprocating pump.

A gear type pump.

A centrifugal pump.

A scroll type pump.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On modern ships, which type of pump would be used forsupplying lubricating oil to the main engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A small gear type positive displacement pump.

A large centrifugal pump.

An axial flow pump.

A scroll type positive displacement pump.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Compressed air lines are colour coded ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pink.

Black.

White.

Silver.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In an engine room, pipework coloured green carries which of thefollowing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Sea water.

Lubricating oil.

Fresh water for main engine cooling.

Fresh water for drinking.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Oily water separators are used in which one of the followingsituations ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To separate water from lubricating oil.

As part of the bilge pump system.

To separate oil and water from refrigeration gas in the refrigerationcycle.

To separate oil and water from compressed air systems.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Flange joints or gaskets made from metal would be used in whichof the following places ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water pump casings.

Engine exhaust flanges.

Lubricating oil valve casing flanges.

Hot water system pipe flanges.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following best describes the hydraulic steering gearpump?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is a variable speed constant delivery pump.

The pump is of the centrifugal type.

It is not driven by electric motor.

It is a constant speed variable delivery pump.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A non-return valve can be identified from an ordinary valve by.............

1)

2)

3)

4)

its flanges.

its handle.

its spindle.

an arrow on the body of the valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Name the type of shut off valve that has a wedge which slides upand down ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A globe valve.

A non-return valve.

A gate valve.

A safety valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Centrifugal purifiers are used on board ship ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

to clean fresh water before it is supplied for drinking.

to ensure compressed air is clean before it is used.

remove all the dirt and water from fuel and lubricating oil.

to clean bilge water before discharging overboard..3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Oily water separators perform which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They make sure that no raw sewage is pumped overboard.

They make sure that no oil is pumped overboard.

They remove the water from the fuel before it is burnt.

They clean engine scavenges.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following statements is true about positivedisplacement pumps ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They will produce very high pressures.

They are never used onboard ship.

They are driven by compressed air.

They are used where lower capacities and speeds are required.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Most pumps on modern ships are driven by which of thefollowing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The main engine.

Small diesel engines.

Steam turbines.

Electric motors.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following removes the oil from bilge water before thewater can be pumped overboard ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Purifiers.

Oil filters.

Oily water separators.

Evaporators.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which type of pump would be most suitable for pumping largequantities such as oil cargoes ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Reciprocating pumps.

Screw pumps.

Gear pumps.

Centrifugal pumps.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Positive displacement pumps are ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

not self priming pumps.

self priming pumps.

driven by compressed air.

used for pumping "large" capacities.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

ES2-Electrical Installations and Associated Dangers

Q: The electrolyte in a charged lead acid battery consists of waterand ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

hydrochloric acid..

muriatic acid.

dilute sulphuric acid.

potassium hydroxide.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In this picture of a very commonly used lamp, what are items No.10 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The starting ends.

The ignition plugs.

The end fittings.

The armature fixtures.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the proper name of the lamp shown here item No. 12 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A SL daylight saver lamp.

A TL fluorescent lamp.

A FX neon lamp.

A GE ballast lamp.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is item No. 14 as shown here in this fluorescent lampassembly ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The automatic fuse.

The reset button.

The light switch.

The starter.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What are the prime movers that can be used to drive medium tolarge size industrial alternators ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Internal combustion engines.

Steam turbines.

Gas or hydraulic turbines.

Any of the other options.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following duties would NOT be served by primarybatteries ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Emergency lighting.

Low voltage systems such as telephones.

Emergency generator starting.

The powering of hand torches.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a motorship whilst in port electrical power is provided by....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

shaft alternators.

turbo alternators.

batteries.

diesel generators.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A small electrical circuit can be used to switch on a larger circuitwith which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A transformer.

A breaker.

A relay.

A busbar.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On board ship an electrical transformer is used to ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

change A.C. voltage from one value to another.

isolate a circuit automatically.

produce D.C. from A.C.

change D.C. voltage from one value to another.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following statements about shaft alternators is true?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are only found on ships powered by slow speed dieselengines.

They produce the electrical power when a ship powered by mediumspeed diesels is at sea.

Shaft alternators produce the electrical power on steamships.

Shaft alternators produce direct current.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The main switchboard on a ship is usually situated in which of thefollowing places ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The alternator flat.

The Machinery Control Room.

The Bridge.

The accommodation.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The piece of electrical equipment used for changing a voltage, upor down, is called ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

a transformer.

a switch.

a fuse.

a circuit breaker.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: The charge in a lead acid battery can be measured with which ofthe following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An ammeter.

A hydrometer.

A thermometer.

A wattmeter.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The name given to the force that drives electrical current is whichof the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Amperes.

Ohms.

Watts.

Voltage.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The instrument used to measure electrical insulation is called............

1)

2)

3)

4)

a voltmeter.

an ammeter.

a megger.

a motormeter.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When wiring a modern 13 amp square pin electric plug whichcolour wire is attached to live ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Yellow and green

Black

Blue

Brown4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: An electrical breaker is defined as which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An isolating switch.

A device for changing voltage.

A circuit for producing D.C. from A.C.

A device that acts as a fuse as well as a switch.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following statements about electrical fuses is true ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

When a fuse fails it is necessary to replace it immediately.

A regularly failing fuse should be replaced with one of a high rating.

After a fuse has failed it restores the current automatically once thefault has been found.

Fuses protect circuits and people from excess currentautomatically. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Ohms are a measure of which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The quantity of electricity flowing along a conductor.

A conductor's resistance to electricity flowing along it.

Electrical power in a generator circuit.

The pressure required to drive the electricity through a conductor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Concerning modern 13 amp square pin electric plugs which of thefollowing statements is true ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The earth wire goes to the centre top connection.

The fuse is at the neutral connection.

The live wire is coloured blue.

The neutral wire is coloured brown.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following would be powered by 440 volts A.C. on amodern ship ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Accommodation lighting.

Alarm panels.

Electric motors running pumps.

Emergency generator starter motors.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: If excessive current flows in a circuit which of the followingautomatically isolates the circuit ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuse.

The isolating switch.

The rectifier.

The ammeter.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When wiring a modern 13 amp square pin electric plug whichcolour wire is attached to earth ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Yellow and green

Black

Blue

Brown1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: 220 volts would supply which of the following on a modern ship ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Large main pumps.

Main air compressors.

Engine room lighting.

Purifiers.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On board modern ships the majority of the lights are powered by...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

110 volts.

440 volts.

50 volts.

220 volts.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When wiring a modern 13 amp square pin electric plug whichcolour wire is attached to neutral ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Yellow and green

Black

Blue

Brown3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Busbars are ........

1)

2)

3)

4)

copper bars carrying electrical current.

special types of fuse.

devices for changing voltage.

electrical switchboards.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When changing a fuse care must be taken .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

not to change it with an electrical screwdriver.

not to replace it with one of a higher rating.

to leave the supply on.

to leave the electrical tool connected.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A valve which is operated by an electric circuit is called a ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

breaker.

thermostatic valve.

motorized valve.

solenoid valve.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Watts are a measurement of ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

electrical pressure.

electricity flow.

electrical power.

resistance.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Behind the main switchboard are copper bars carrying electricalcurrent. These are called ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

transformers.

breakers.

batteries.

busbars.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Onboard modern ships the main electrical power circuits areserved by .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

220 volts.

440 volts.

110 volts.

220 volts.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A hydrometer is used to measure ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the internal temperature of a battery.

the acid content of a battery.

the specific gravity of the battery electrolyte.

the water content of the battery.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A conductor's electrical current is measured in..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

Volts.

Amperes.

Ohms.

Watts.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What type of screw is number 2 ?

1)

2)

3)

4)


A round head screw.

A countersunk screw.

A cheese head screw.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)




A countersunk screw.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

ES3-Maintenance and Repair of Machinery


1)

2)

3)

4)


A cheese head screw.

A countersunk screw.

A round head screw.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the device shown in the centre of the picture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A connecting bolt.

A U-connector.

A shackle.

A bend connector.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you call the lifting device shown on the right side of thepicture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An eye lifter.

An elongated eye lifter.

An elongated bolt lifter.

An elongated eye bolt.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown on the left side of the picture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A triple hook chain lifter.

A cylinder head lifter.

A cylinder liner pulling chain.

An oil drum lifting chain.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is shown on the right of the picture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A chain lifter.

A rattle chain.

A lifting block.

A chain block.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What do you call the measuring device shown top centre ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A metal worker's compass, with spring tension adjustable by screw.

A ship's compass used only on board ship.

A workshop compass found in any workshop, any profession.

A plane level compass.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the measuring device shown top right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A micrometer.

A microcalipre.

A clamp metre.

A stress meter.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown top left ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An overhead bulkhead eye.

A strop connection.

A loop welding.

A chainblock clamp.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What rigging device is shown at the bottom ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A strop.

A wire sling.

A double loop wire.

A double eye wire strop.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown top right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An eye bolt.

A connecting bolt.

A shackle bolt.

A strop bolt.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown bottom centre ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pipe flating tool.

A pipe fitting tool.

A pipe cutting tool.

A pipe bending tool.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the purpose of the tool shown bottom right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To extract ball bearings, roller bearings or needle bearings.

To extract pulleys and sleeves from shafts.

To extract bushes and gears from shafts.

All of these.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What is the tool shown top left called ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A carpenter's hammer

Engineer's hammer

A ball head hammer

A carpenter's ball hammer2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of hammers are shown bottom left and right side ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lead hammers.

Recoil-less hammers.

Plastic hammers.

Assemblers hammers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of hammer is shown top left and for what is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bell hammer / To knock split pins in place.

Lead hammer / For heavy hammering of frozen nuts and bolts.

Aluminium hammer / For testing tightness of motor covers.

Plastic or Teflon hammer. / For light assembly work.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of hammer is shown bottom left and for what is it used?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A common hammer / All purpose engineer's work.

A carpenter's hammer / Used for all purpose work on deck.

A curved hammer / Used for hammering and removing rust.

A claw hammer / For carpentry and wood work, nail removal..4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: What kind of hammer is shown right side and for what is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Sledge hammer/ For all-purpose grudgingly and powerfulhammering.

Heavy hammer/ For use on large size forged ring spanners.

Moker hammer / To loosen or fastened cylinder head nuts.

Striking hammer / To loosen or fastening torque rings.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown top right ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pocket spanner.

An adjustable pipe spanner.

An adjustable spanner.

A shifter.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the tool shown top left and for what is it used ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Dopper punch. / To chisel a small hole trough metal sheets.

Pointed chisel / To chisel a tracing groove.

Centre punch. / To mark a point on metal.

Drivel / To push small pins out of their fastening.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What kind of tool is shown top right and what is its purpose ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cross cut chisel / To chisel grooved profiles in metal.

Sharp cut chisel / For inside piping cutting.

Seam cut chisel / To remove welds and protruding objects.

Traverse cut chisel / To break bolts and nuts.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: If you are an engine room rating, what basic technical knowledgemust you posses as far as tools and equipment are concerned ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Be able to identify and select the proper tool for each job

Be able to operate the gas welding equipment

Be able to operate the drilling machine

Be able to operate the milling machine1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Before leaving the engine room workshop, you are to ensure that...........................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the entrance to the shop is secured by padlock.

the inventory of all parts used is filled up.

the lighting is switched off.

all tools are in place, power tool supply is off, all is sea fast.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Auxiliary boilers found on motor ships are usually ......

1)

2)

3)

4)

fire or smoke tube type.

used to start the main engine.

used to supply electrical power.

used to supply electrical power for the ship.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Plate or tubular heat exchangers are used for which of thefollowing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Heating steam while still in the boiler.

Cooling the main engine fresh cooling water.

Cooling the water for the fire main.

Heating the galley range.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Auxiliary diesel engines on motorships supply ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

electricity for use onboard.

electricity for use ashore.

fresh water for drinking.

lubricating oil for use in the main engine.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Pneupress tanks supply ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

water for the fire main.

water for the evaporator.

compressed air to power hand tools.

water to the accommodation.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Temperature can be measured by a ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bourdon tube.

manometer.

galvanometer.

pyrometer.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Pressure can be measured by the use of a .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

Bourdon tube.

bimetal strip.

flowmeter.

liquid in glass thermometer.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Controllable or variable pitch propellers are ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

propellers that act as a rudder.

the rotary part of a centrifugal pump.

used to supply fresh water to condensers.

propellers whose blades are adjustable.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The abbreviation L.O. stands for ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

Left Out.

Lower Outer main engine.

Lubricating Oil.

Lock Out.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The ship's steering gear uses ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

hydraulic power to turn the rudder.

hydraulic power to turn the propeller.

compressed air to turn the rudder.

hydraulic power to drive the bow thruster.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A Bourdon Tube is used to assist the measurement of which ofthe following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Pressure.

Temperature.

Length.

Light.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Main air compressors on motorships supply air to which of thefollowing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Fresh air ventilators.

Main and auxiliary diesel engines.

Turbochargers.

Control room blowers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Compressed air to operate air powered tools is supplied by whichof the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Centrifugal pumps.

Pneupress tanks.

Boilers.

Working air compressors.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Onboard ship an evaporator performs which one of the followingfunctions ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It supplies fresh water to the accommodation from the engine room.

It desalinates sea water to make fresh water.

It treats raw sewage by biological degradation.

It dries compressed air after leaving the air compressor.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Centrifugal purifiers are used to remove ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

oil from bilge water.

dirt and water from compressed air lines.

small amounts of water from fuel or lubricating oil.

dirt from accommodation air.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In an auxiliary diesel engine the connecting rod would join whichof the following items ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Piston and crosshead bearing.

Crankshaft and crosshead bearing.

Camshaft and exhaust valve.

Piston and crankshaft.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Onboard ship which piece of equipment removes water from fueland lubricating oil ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A purifier.

An evaporator.

An oily water separator.

A bilge pump.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a modern ship the main engine lubricating oil is cooled bywhich of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air flowing over a radiator.

Sea water in a tubular heat exchanger.

Refrigeration circuit.

Main engine cooling water.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Propellers used to assist the berthing of a ship by pushing itsideways are called ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

steerable propellers.

bow and stern thrusters.

controllable pitch main propellers.

fixed pitch thrusters.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In auxiliary diesel engines timing of the exhaust valve openingand closing is accomplished by ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

the crankshaft.

the pushrods.

the camshaft.

the pistons.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Bow and stern thrusters are .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

propellers that force the ship sideways when docking.

deflectors which thrust the bow or stern into the water.

rudders at the fore and aft ends of the ship.

another name for bulbous bows.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Propellers that have adjustable blades are called .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

rotating propellers.

controllable pitch propellers.

fixed pitch propellers.

adjustable propellers.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The majority of auxiliary engines on modern ships are ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

gas turbines.

four stroke diesel engines.

large two stroke diesel engines.

steam turbines2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Working air compressors supply which one of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Compressed air at 7 bar for starting diesel engines.

Compressed air at 30 bar for starting diesel engines.

Compressed air at 30 bar for powering hand tools such as needleguns.

Compressed air at 7 bar for powering hand tools such as needleguns. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Rotary vane and 4 Ram are two types of ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

air compressors.

purifiers.

diesel generators.

steering gear.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In which part of a refrigeration circuit is the low temperatureproduced ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The condenser.

The compressor.

The evaporator.

The receiver.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following concerning auxiliary boilers is not true ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are fitted with gauge glasses to enable a check on the waterlevel.

It is essential that the feed water is completely pure.

They all have at least 2 safety valves.

The steam they generate is not usually superheated.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Diesel engine exhaust flanges will have joints made from ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

paper.

rubber.

metal.

compressed fibre.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Bell or wad punches are used for which of the following duties ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Making round holes in wood.

Cutting round holes in jointing.

Cutting round holes in packing.

Cutting round holes in sheet metal.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following arrives in drums as well as in bulk ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lubricating oil.

Fuel oil.

Diesel oil.

Fresh water.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is the preferred method of storing large"O" rings ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Hung in a set position in the stores.

Laid across convenient pipe work.

Hung from a hook in the stores.

Laid flat between boards and labeled.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: When cleaning or overhauling purifiers, which of the followingapplies ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The inside must only be cleaned with lubricating oil.

The separation discs must be kept in their correct order.

The discharge ports must be blocked before cleaning.

The water supply should be left on during the whole operation.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: With regard to the fuel system of a diesel engine which of thefollowing applies ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The h.p. fuel pump needs no maintenance during the life of theengine.

The fuel injectors need checking and adjusting at regular intervals.

After a short period the injectors are replaced and the old onesthrown away.

The injectors never need attention during the life of the engine.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Maintenance to a diesel engine's jacket cooling water systemconsists of ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

chemical analysis and treatment at regular intervals.

replacement of the water every month.

topping up the header tank only.

nothing during the life time of the engine.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is true when maintaining air compressors?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lubricating oil is not changed during the life time of thecompressor.

Air filters are changed every day.

Regular changing of the suction and discharge valves is notnecessary.

Suction and discharge valves have to be changed frequently forgood performance of the compressor. 4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Before dismantling any equipment, first make sure that it is...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

thoroughly clean on the outside.

well painted.

topped up with oil.

well greased.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: With regard to pumps in general which of the following is true?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Corrosion of sea water pumps never happens during the life of thepump.

Bilge pumps do not suffer considerable wear.

Older type material packing is superior to the modern mechanicalcounterpart.

Main lubricating oil pumps would only normally have to be openedfor survey. 4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The oil lubrication schedule ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

describes the type of oil required by machinery.

describes when machinery has to be oiled.

can be found near the generators.

can be found on the side of each drum of oil.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The name given to the material placed in a valve stuffing box is..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

packing.

jointing.

plastic.

sealant.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On a ship operating the U.M.S. system, entry into the engine roomwould only be under which of the following conditions ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

During the day, on your own, without permission.

During the day, with another person, without special permission.

At night without permission.

When a blue light is flashing and a klaxon is sounding.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A watchkeeping engineer normally works in the engine room forwhich of the following periods ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

4 hours on 8 hours off.

12 hours on 12 hours off.

Has every weekend off.

For 24 hours in every 72 hours.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is carried out every day on main boilers tokeep them running efficiently ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cooling down then starting up again.

Blowing the soot from the tubes.

Changing to a lighter grade of fuel.

Draining the water out.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Indicate which of the following systems needs regular chemicalanalysis and treatment ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The fuel oil system.

The bilge water system.

The jacket cooling water system.

The purification system.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following diesel engine components require themost frequent maintenance?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lubricating oil filters.

Exhaust valves.

Inlet valves.

Cylinder heads.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Before beginning maintenance on a valve, what is the first actionyou should take ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Close the valve.

Isolate the valve.

Remove the packing from the valve gland.

Slack off the flange bolts.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: When taking on fuel which of the following does not apply ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Scuppers in the immediate area of pipelines on deck should beplugged.

The flexible pipelines should be watched during the operation.

There should be efficient two-way communication between the shipand the fuel tender.

Fuel tank air vents should be blocked off.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown in this picture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A compressor with an electric motor.

A pump with an electric motor.

A generator .

A fresh water generator.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following regarding separation discs is true?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are found in air compressors.

They form part of a purifier and should be kept in the correct order.

They are only found on diesel engines.

Separation discs are stationary when in operation.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: For good reliable service from air compressors which of thefollowing needs to be changed on a regular basis ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Lubricating oil.

Piston rings.

Lubricating oil filter.

Suction filter.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The person in charge of the day to day running of the engineroom is most often ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the second engineer.

the watchkeeping engineer.

the chief engineer.

the junior engineer.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The part of the valve which stops leakage around the valvespindle is called ....................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the stuffing box.

the body.

the spigot.

the bridge piece.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Ship's bunkers are ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

another name for the ship's beds.

a name to describe the spare gear held onboard.

the stores that arrive on board when a ship is newly built.

the fuel and lubricating oil used for the operation of the ship.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: To ensure a continuous routine check of the machinery, which ofthe following is carried out ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The watchkeeper reports to the chief engineer every hour.

A verbal report is made to the chief engineer after the working day.

An official document called the engine room log is completed atregular intervals.

The engineering watchkeeper is trusted to carry out this taskwithout recording the fact. 3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In the modern cross-head type diesel engine, the main purpose ofthe piston rod stuffing box is .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

to keep the piston rod straight.

to reduce the risk of scavenge fires.

to protect the cross head bearing.

to prolong the life of the piston rings.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Various valves and fittings attached to the pressure parts of theboiler are called the "boiler ................

1)

2)

3)

4)

attachments".

controls".

mountings".

fittings".3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following materials would be most suitable forflange jointing of pipework carrying lubricating oil ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Rubber.

Metal.

Compressed fibre.

Reinforced compressed fibre.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Marine diesel engines are which type of engines ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Spark ignition engines.

Steam powered.

Gas powered.

Compression ignition engines.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: An air compressor driven by the exhaust gases is called ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

a forced draught fan.

a turbo-charger.

an induced draught fan.

a super charger.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A boiler fitting known as a gauge glass, is used for which of thefollowing reasons ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

To measure the water flow to the boiler.

To allow the easy reading of the pressure gauge.

To indicate water level.

To indicate fuel flow.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: In a marine diesel engine , what cools the cylinder liner?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The lubricating oil.

Circulating fresh water.

Circulating sea water.

Heat is carried away via the piston.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The boiler part known as the feed check valve, performs which ofthe following functions ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It controls the steam leaving the boiler.

It protects the boiler from the effects of over-pressure.

It controls the amount of fuel entering the boiler.

It has final control over the water entering the boiler.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Modern high pressure water tube boilers have which of thefollowing:

1)

2)

3)

4)

water in the tubes and are roof fired.

water on the outside of the tubes with the burners at the bottom.

small and compact in size and are inefficient.

the capability to power the diesel engines.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following types of main propulsion units is theslowest turning ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

H.P. steam turbines.

L.P. steam turbines.

Medium speed trunk piston types.

Cross head 2 stroke diesel engines.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: On a boiler the main steam outlet is called .......

1)

2)

3)

4)

the main stop valve.

the air vent.

the feed check valve.

the blow down valve.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The type of main engine known as a trunk piston type engine isusually which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A steam engine.

A slow speed diesel engine.

A gas turbine engine.

A medium speed diesel engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: the term 'compression ignition engine' defines ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

a petrol engine.

a steam engine.

a steam turbine.

a diesel engine.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following is true of large two stroke slow speedengines ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are not turbo-charged.

They are of the trunk piston type.

They have a special bearing called a crosshead bearing.

They only run at 400 - 500 r.p.m.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: During the 4-stroke cycle of a diesel engine, which of thefollowing is true ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The exhaust stroke comes immediately before the power stroke.

The compression stroke is the power stroke.

Air is drawn into the cylinder during the induction stroke.

Fuel is injected immediately after the exhaust stroke.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Superheated steam is used ..............

1)

2)

3)

4)

to start diesel engines.

to keep gas turbine engines warm.

to provide power for conventional steam turbines.

to provide heat for the accommodation.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Engine clutches are used with which type of main engine ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Medium speed engines.

Slow speed engines.

High pressure steam turbines.

Low pressure steam turbines.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is supported by the main shaft bearings ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The turbocharger.

The camshaft.

The propeller shaft.

The ventilation shaft.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Turbocharging an engine is the operation providing extra intakeair to the engine using which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A compressor driven from the crankshaft.

An electruically driven air compressor.

A compressor driven by an exhaust gas powered turbine.

A steam driven turbine.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Modern cross head marine diesel engines are ............

1)

2)

3)

4)

very small and compact.

fitted with many small cylinders.

never used as direct drive engines.

large 2-stroke slow speed engines.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Rubber jointing is used for the flanges of pipework carryingwhich of the following?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Water.

Superheated steam.

Corrosive chemicals.

Oil.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The connecting rod on a cross-head diesel engine is attached towhich of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Piston and crankshaft.

Piston and cross-head bearing.

Cylinder head and exhaust valve.

Cross-head bearing and crankshaft.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A boiler mounting is .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

the bed plate on which the boiler is mounted.

equipment external to the boiler.

the various valves and fittings attached to the pressure part of theboiler.

the boiler burner.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: On a boiler, the valve fitted to protect the boiler from the effects ofover pressure is called .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the blow down valve.

the main stop valve.

the safety valve.

the feed check valve.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a marine diesel engine, the piston runs up and down insidewhich of these ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The cylinder conductor.

The cylinder aperture.

The cylinder facing.

The cylinder liner.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The bilges in a ship are ........................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the floor plates at the bottom of the engine room.

another name for sludge tanks.

the division bulkheads in an engine room.

the lowest part of the ship retaining dirty water from leaks.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Which of the following is NOT a boiler mounting ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Air vent.

Gauge glass.

Blow down valves.

Burner air flaps.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Fresh water on board a modern ship is produced by which of thefollowing?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Purifiers.

Evaporators.

Alternators.

Pneupress tanks.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which part of a marine diesel engine can be inspected throughthe crankcase doors ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The piston crown.

The bottom end.

The exhaust valve.

The inlet valve.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Saturated steam is produced .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

to power steam turbines.

to heat fuel in tanks or to heat accommodation.

to start diesel engines.

to power turbo alternators.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: During the four stroke cycle, which of the following is true ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The injection of the fuel is immediately after the induction stroke.

The exhaust stroke takes place immediately after the power stroke.

After the exhaust stroke the next cycle begins with the compressionof the gases.

Injection of fuel takes place at the end of the power stroke.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following applies to main medium speed engines ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

They are fast engines requiring reduction gearing before driving thepropeller shaft.

They are usually two stroke engines.

They are never used to power ships.

They supply compressed air to drive high-speed engines.1

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Indicate which of the following main propulsion engines is thelargest ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Steam turbines.

Slow speed diesel engines.

High speed diesel engines.

Medium speed diesel engines.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Indicate which of the following main propulsion engines has thefastest rotation speed ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Slow speed diesel engines.

Medium speed diesel engines.

Steam turbines.

Steam reciprocating engines.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A hacksaw blade is placed in the body of the hacksaw with theteeth facing .............

1)

2)

3)

4)

Up and towards the handle.

Down and away from the handle.

Up and away from the handle.

Down and towards the handle.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The diameter of a hole in a piece of metal can best be measuredusing ......

1)

2)

3)

4)

feeler gauges.

inside calipers.

outside calipers.

an engineer's square.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A tool should be used ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

for a variety of functions according to circumstances.

for at least 2 different functions.

only for the function for which it was designed.

with regard to the correct shape of its handle.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Which of the following spanners is best to use in most cases ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

The correct size ring spanner.

A parallel jaw adjustable spanner.

The correct size open-ended spanner.

A pair of stillsons.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A machine tool used for reducing the diameter of a round bar iscalled ..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

a pillar drill.

a centre lathe.

a bench grinder.

a milling machine.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The diameter of round bar is best measured with the aid of.............

1)

2)

3)

4)

feeler gauges.

inside calipers.

outside calipers.

an engineer's square.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: In a set of thread taps the plug tap has ...........

1)

2)

3)

4)

a slight taper at its end.

no thread at all.

the full thread to the end.

a larger taper at its end.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The part of the centre lathe which holds the cutting tool is called..................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the saddle.

the tailstock.

the compound slide.

the tool post.4

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Drilling a hole with a drill in the end of a piece of round bar is bestcarried out using which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pillar drill.

A centre lathe.

A milling machine.

A shaping machine2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: After using hand or power tools, they should be .........

1)

2)

3)

4)

left beside the job for use next time.

returned to their allotted stowage position.

returned to the workshop bench.

returned to the duty engineer.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Side cutters are used .....

1)

2)

3)

4)

to cut the side of metal.

to hold metal while it is being cut.

to hold cold metal.

to cut electrical wiring.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The tool used for scoring lines on metal surfaces is called a ....

1)

2)

3)

4)

a scriber.

a centre punch.

a pin punch.

a hammer.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: A hammer with one flat end to its head and one half round end iscalled.....

1)

2)

3)

4)

a chipping hammer.

a half round hammer.

a claw hammer.

Engineer's hammer.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The file known as a "bastard" file is which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

One that is extremely smooth.

One having an edge with no teeth.

One that is rough and flat.

One having a side rounded so it is half round.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Spanners which have one end as a ring spanner and the otherend an open ended spanner are called ......

1)

2)

3)

4)

half ring spanners.

combination spanners.

half open ended spanners.

socket spanners.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The tool used for marking out a circle on steel is called ..........

1)

2)

3)

4)

a pair of dividers.

oddleg calipers.

inside calipers.

outside calipers.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0


Q: Twist drills can be sharpened with the aid of which of thefollowing ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A pistol drill.

A wire brush.

The bench grinder.

A file.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: A tool used to mark the centre for a twist drill is called ...............

1)

2)

3)

4)

a pin punch.

a pair of dividers.

a scriber.

a centre punch.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: The part of a hand drill which holds the drill bit is called .................

1)

2)

3)

4)

the spindle.

the chuck key.

the handle.

the chuck.4

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: Die nuts are used for which of the following ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

Cutting a new thread in a hole.

Cutting a thread on a round bar.

Cleaning an existing thread.

Holding and turning dies.3

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

RS11F-Maritime English Section 1 - Equipment Vocabulary (Engine)

Q: What does the picture show ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

An emergency lifeboat radio.

A man overboard light/smoke signal

An EPIRB

A red parachute rocket distress flare3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A Sulzer 6 RND 60 slow speed diesel.

A 6 cylinder 2 stroke medium speed diesel.

A Doxford opposed piston 12 cylinder 2 stroke slow speed diesel

A V12 Pielstick medium speed diesel1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

An auxiliary engine coupled with an alternator.

A refrigeration plant compressor.

An oily water separator.

An emergency fire pump connected to an auxiliary engine.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

An auxiliary engine.

A compressor.

A generator.

A purifier.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

A fire pump.

An evaporator.

A compressor.

A purifier.4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

Pump motors.

Cylinder heads.

Turbo chargers.

Injectors.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

Fuel oil pipes.

Fresh water pipes.

Lagged pipes.

Exhaust pipes.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A compressor.

A purifier.

A generator.

A turbine pump.2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

A purifier.

A compressor.

A fuel pump.

A generator alternator.4

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

An air-condition compressor

A turbo charger.

A generator.

A purifier.2

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is the pipe shown in the picture?

1)

2)

3)

4)

It is a tank vent pipe

It is a mast raiser

It is a wing tank filling pipe.

It is a sounding pipe.1

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A man overboard lifebuoy with attached light and smoke signal

A stored lifebuoy with light.

A lifebuoy with parachute distress flare

An early warning signal.1

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0



1)

2)

3)

4)

The controls of a watertight door.

The controls of a lifeboat escape hatch.

The lifeboat brake and falls release cable

The lifeboat engine starting levers3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

A portable generator.

A portable pump.

A portable air compressor

An outboard engine.3

Engine Category

Answer :


1)

2)

3)

4)

Fire hoses drying after use.

Canvas covers.

A ship's stretcher.

Air vent covers drying.3

Engine Category

Answer :

Q: What is shown in this picture ?

1)

2)

3)

4)

A compressor and an electrical motor

A pump and an electrical motor

A generator.

A purifier2

Engine Category

Answer :


Version 1.0.0

hlmaritimetest engine

Documents